TX 
 
 Cornell University Law Library 
 
 THE GIFT OF 
 Date.....^^^...?/'..../.?5.0. 
 
Cornell University Library 
 JX 1987 .A4 1920 
 
 Treaties for the advan'^^KlilmilmHii^ll''^ 
 
 3 1924 017 535 620 
 
\H' 
 
 Cornell University 
 Library 
 
 The original of this book is in 
 the Cornell University Library. 
 
 There are no known copyright restrictions in 
 the United States on the use of the text. 
 
 http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924017535620 
 
Publications of the 
 
 Carnegie Endowment for International Peace 
 
 Division of International Law 
 
 Washington 
 
TREATIES FOR THE ADVANCEMENT 
 
 OF PEACE 
 
TREATIES FOR THE 
 ADVANCEMENT OF PEACE 
 
 BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER 
 
 POWERS NEGOTIATED BY THE HONORABLE 
 
 WILLIAM J. BRYAN, SECRETARY OF STATE OF 
 
 THE UNITED STATES 
 
 WITH AN INTRODUCTION 
 BY 
 
 JAMES BROWN SCOTT 
 
 Director of the Division of International Law of the Carnegie Endowment 
 for International Peace 
 
 NEW YORK 
 
 OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS 
 
 AMERICAN BRANCH: 35 West 32nd Street 
 LONDON, TORONTO, MELBOURNE, AND BOMBAY 
 
 1920 
 
O ^ HLLa, 
 
 COPYRIGHT 1920 
 
 BY THE 
 
 CARNEGIE ENDOWMENT FOR INTERNATIONAL PEACE 
 
 2 Jackson Place 
 
 Washington, D, C. 
 
PREFATORY NOTE 
 
 This publication comprises all the treaties for the advancement of 
 peace which were negotiated by Mr. Bryan while he was Secretary of 
 State of the United States.. It is divided into two sections. Part I 
 contains the perfected treaties. Part II the unperf ected treaties. All of 
 the original texts, English and foreign, are included in this print, with 
 the exception of the Chinese and Greek treaties, for which there is 
 only an English text. A table showing the present status of the 
 treaties is added for the convenience of the reader, and, as evidence of 
 the elasticity of Mr. Bryan's peace plan, an appendix contains the 
 original text and an English translation of a similar tripartite treaty 
 which has been negotiated by Argentine, Brazil and Chile. 
 
 James Brown Scott, 
 Director of the Division of International Law. 
 
 Washington, D. C, 
 July 9, ipi8. 
 
CONTENTS 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Introduction xi 
 
 Letter of Secretary of State Bryan to the Honorable W. J. Stone, Chair- 
 man of the Committee on Foreign Relations of the United States 
 
 Senate, August 1, 1914 xlviii 
 
 Secretary Bryan's Peace Plan (editorial in the American Journal of In- 
 ternational Law, 1914) liii 
 
 The Bryan Peace Treaties (editorial in the American Journal of Inter- 
 national Law, 1916) Ix 
 
 Pabt I. — Perfected Treaties for the Advancement of Peace, concluded 
 
 BETWEEN the UnITED StATES AND 
 
 Bolivia 1 
 
 Brazil S 
 
 Chile 10 
 
 China IS 
 
 Notes exchanged May 11-19, 1916 18 
 
 Costa Rica 20 
 
 Denmark 24 
 
 Ecuador 28 
 
 France 34 
 
 Notes exchanged November 10, 1915 40 
 
 Great Britain 41 
 
 Notes exchanged November 3, 1915 44 
 
 Guatemala 45 
 
 Notes exchanged November 3, 1915 49 
 
 Honduras 50 
 
 Italy 54 
 
 Notes exchanged September 18, 1915 58 
 
 NoT-way 60 
 
 Notes exchanged January 7-12, 1915 65 
 
 Paraguay ^ 
 
 Notes exchanged November 16-22, 1915 69 
 
 Peru 71 
 
 Portugal • 7^ 
 
 Notes exchanged November 16, 1915 • 79 
 
 Russia ^° 
 
 Spain 85 
 
 Notes exchanged November 16-20, 1915 90 
 
X CONTENTS 
 
 PAGE 
 
 ' Sweden 92 
 
 Notes exchanged November 16, 1915 97 
 
 Uruguay 98 
 
 Part II. — Unperfected Treaties with 
 
 Argentine Republic 105 
 
 Dominican Republic 110 
 
 Greece 115 
 
 Netherlands 117 
 
 Nicaragua 121 
 
 Panama 125 
 
 Persia 129 
 
 Salvador 131 
 
 Switzerland 136 
 
 Venezuela 140 
 
 Supplemental protocol 144 
 
 Table showing the Status of Treaties for the Advancement of Peace, 
 
 WITH reference TO EvERY NATION 146 
 
 Appendix 
 
 Treaty between Chile, Argentine, and Brazil to facilitate the peaceful solu- 
 tion of international controversies I47 
 
INTRODUCTION 
 
 Wars may arise from a variety of causes which well-nigh baffle and 
 of pretexts which actually defy classification. No difference is too 
 trifling for war if the nations in controversy wish war; none is too 
 great for peace if the nations concerned desire peace. As a great 
 statesman and wise counselor of our day has aptly said : the dispute 
 is nothing; the spirit in which we approach it is everything. But 
 the spirit must needs be aided; the passion which obscures the issue 
 must be appeased; the fire must not be fanned into flame; the con- 
 flagration, if it can not for the moment be extinguished, must be con- 
 fined. All this takes time, and if time is lacking, peace is doomed. 
 Therefore, when direct negotiations of the parties have failed, the 
 interposition of some new means, such as the good offices or mediation 
 of third parties, tends to prolong discussion and to avert the break; 
 the reference of the dispute to the award of arbiters not only pre- 
 vents the break, but leads to adjustment; the submission of the con- 
 troversy to a court of justice, if one there be, decides the difference 
 according to principles of law and enables the litigants to go their 
 several ways without resorting to arms and disturbing the peace of the 
 community of nations. But time must be given, the means must be 
 at hand; the agencies can not be created in the storm and stress of 
 controversy; the door must be wide open, whether it lead to the 
 chancellery of a third Power, as in the case of good offices or media- 
 tion ; to the chamber of compromise, as in the case of arbitration, or to 
 the court room, in the case of a justiciable dispute. 
 
 In controversies between nations, a refusal to accept good offices 
 or mediation at the hands of third parties, a rejection of a proposal 
 to arbitrate, an unwillingness to employ judicial means in an appro- 
 priate case, indicate a readiness to proceed to extremes, and coupled 
 with the demand on either side of a settlement within a short period, 
 such as forty-eight hours, for example, can only be looked upon as a 
 declaration of war to become effective at the expiration of the time 
 limit. Therefore, any existing agency which prevents the final break 
 is to be commended; any new agency which procures time for the 
 parties and brings an enlightened public opinion from without to 
 bear upon the issue is to be welcomed. 
 
Xn INTRODUCTION 
 
 In addition to direct negotiation between nations in dispute, the 
 First Hague Peace Conference of 1899 recognized good offices and 
 mediation, commissions of inquiry and arbitration as methods of set- 
 tling international differences which direct negotiations between the 
 contending parties, technically called diplomacy, had failed to adjust. 
 The Second Conference of 1907 added to these agencies judicial set- 
 tlement, without, however, hitting upon an acceptable method of 
 appointing the judges, and thus constituting the proposed court in 
 which the causes between nations were to be decided by due process of 
 law, as are ordinary suits between man and man. 
 
 Mr. Bryan's treaties for the advancement of peace, of which thirty 
 were negotiated and signed by him as Secretary of State, twenty- 
 nine advised and consented to by the Senate, and twenty actually 
 proclaimed by the President, aim to supplement, not to supplant exist- 
 ing agencies by bringing to discussion any and all outstanding differ- 
 ences, not adjusted by these or other agencies, iii the belief that the 
 immediate and therefore the ultimate danger of war would be averted 
 through an agreement of the parties to refrain from hostilities pending 
 investigation, for which a twelvemonth is allowed, by a careful discus- 
 sion before a permanent commission of five members, in which each 
 of the contending countries is represented by a citizen or subject of 
 its own choice, created in advance of the dispute or existing at its out- 
 break. Such treaties would facilitate settlement by ascertaining the 
 facts and suggesting the principle of solution, even although the report 
 of the commission should not bind the parties or decide the controversy. 
 
 Let us briefly consider these different phases of peaceable settlement 
 in order to see the nature and scope of the Bryan plan and its place 
 in the peace movement. 
 
 First, of good offices and mediation. 
 
 By the Pacific Settlement Convention of 1899, drafted by the Hague 
 Peace Conference of that year, composed of official representatives of 
 twenty-six nations, and recommended for adoption to those and all 
 other civilized nations forming the society of nations, increased to 
 forty-four in 1907, the nations agreed "to use their best efforts to 
 insure the pacific settlement of international differences" in order to 
 obviate "as far as possible recourse to force in the relations between 
 States." 
 
INTRODUCTION XUl 
 
 To render this agreement effective they further agreed, "in case of 
 serious disagreement or conflict, before an appeal to arms . . ., 
 to have recourse, as far as circumstances allow, to the good offices or 
 mediation of one or more friendly Powers." Here is a clean cut, 
 definite agreement weakened if not rendered nugatory by the clause 
 "as far as circumstances allow," by virtue of which one or other of the 
 Powers decides for itself whether the circumstances of the particular 
 case allow a recourse to good offices or mediation. 
 
 This is a right which the States always possessed, but the Russian 
 Government was able to assert in justification of the provision that in 
 the forty years succeeding the Congress of Paris "there has not been 
 a single case where the States in controversy have addressed a request 
 for mediation to neutral States."^ Therefore, the express approval of 
 it in this Convention was of vast importance, as the approval of the 
 principle by all the States, as distinct from a progressive few, even 
 although no State was bound unless it wanted to be. 
 
 But the Convention does not stop here ; it goes further and takes a 
 step in advance by recommending "that one or more Powers, strangers 
 to the dispute, should, on their own initiative, and as far as circum- 
 stances may allow, offer their good offices or mediation to the States 
 at variance" ; that "Powers, strangers to the dispute, have the right to 
 offer good offices or mediation, even during the course of hostilities." 
 It further specifically provides that "the exercise of this right can never 
 be regarded by one or the other of the parties in conflict as an un- 
 friendly act." 
 
 To the captious critic this seems a small matter, as States possessed 
 this right before and exercised it at their pleasure and in their dis- 
 cretion. True, but the clauses in question constitute an approval of 
 such action, on their part, which they were admittedly free to take 
 and a recommendation that it be done "as far as circumstances may 
 allow," that is to say, if the offer would not in their opinion be hopeless, 
 or, in other words, if the offer is one which they would be prepared to 
 consider if made to them instead of by them. 
 
 Again the Convention recommends that the offer be made "even dur- 
 ing the course of hostilities," and wisely, as nations are often as em- 
 barrassed to stop hostilities as they were anxious to begin them, and 
 
 1 Proceedings of the First Hague Peace Conference, part 1, p. 123 ; Scott, 
 Reports to the Hague Conferences of 1899 and 1907 (1917), p. 96. 
 
XIV INTRODUCTION 
 
 inclined to welcome a proposal which a belligerent would not care to 
 make lest its motives be questioned and it be accused of weakness or 
 inability to carry on the war. 
 
 But admitting that nothing new is created by these provisions which 
 represent the practice of nations when minded to give a word of advice 
 or lend a helping hand, the next succeeding provision at least removes 
 an objection, if it does not add a right, inasmuch as it provides that the 
 offer is not to be regarded by one or other of the parties in conflict "as 
 an unfriendly act." 
 
 With these observations by way of introduction the Convention thus 
 states the function and purpose, the nature and effect of good offices 
 and mediation, which were apparently regarded as synonymous by its 
 f ramers : 
 
 The part of the mediator consists in reconciling the opposing 
 claims and appeasing the feelings of resentment which may have 
 arisen between the States at variance (Article 4). 
 
 The functions of the mediator are at an end when once it is 
 declared, either by one of the parties to the dispute, or by the 
 mediator himself, that the means of reconciliation proposed by 
 him are not accepted (Article 5). 
 
 Good offices and mediation, either at the request of the parties 
 at variance, or on the initiative of Powers strangers to the dis- 
 pute, have exclusively the character of advice and never have 
 binding force (Article 6). 
 
 The acceptance of mediation can not, unless there be an agree- 
 ment to the contrary, have the effect of interrupting, delaying, or 
 hindering mobilization or other measures of preparation for war. 
 
 If mediation occurs after the commencement of hostilities it 
 causes no interruption to the military operations in progress, 
 unless there be an agreement to the contrary (Article 7). 
 
 The meaning of this is clear: the good office of a friend or of a 
 mediator is not to interfere with measures which a nation has a right 
 to take according to its sovereign pleasure, but to suggest that the con- 
 flict be adjusted peaceably, if war has not begun, and, if hostilities are 
 in progress, that they be ended according to a method which the 
 mediator either discloses or is willing to disclose upon request. Ac- 
 curate writers limit good offices to advice and extend mediation to co- 
 operation in the adjustment which good offices have advised. But 
 whether this distinction be sound or observed in practice, the method 
 is diplomatic, in that it is negotiation by third parties instead of nego- 
 tiation between the parties in conflict ; it is unlimited in that the differ- 
 
INTRODUCTION XV 
 
 ence may concern a question of fact, of law, or of policy, and the 
 pacificators may with the assent of the nations at odds accomplish 
 whatever the parties might themselves have done if they had remained 
 on speaking terms, if they had not resorted to fisticuffs or, as we may 
 more elegantly say, to war. 
 
 If a distinction between good offices and mediation is to be observed, 
 President Roosevelt's action in bringing Russia and Japan together at 
 Portsrnouth, whereby the treaty of Portsmouth, of September 5, 1905, 
 was negotiated by their representatives, and the war ended, is to be 
 considered good offices, not mediation. The following official telegrams 
 under date of June 8, 1905, addressed to the American Ambassador at 
 St. Petersburg and the American Minister to Tokio finely state Mr. 
 Roosevelt's humanitarian purpose and the means by which it was 
 effected : 
 
 The President feels that the time has come when, in the interest 
 of all mankind, he must endeavor to see if it is not possible to 
 bring to an end the terrible and lamentable conflict now being 
 waged. With both Russia and Japan the United States has in- 
 herited ties of friendship and good will. It hopes for the pros- 
 perity and welfare of each, and it feels that the progress of the 
 world is set back by the war between these two great nations. 
 The President accordingly urges the Russian and Japanese Gov- 
 ernments, not only for their own sakes, but in the interest of the 
 whole civilized world, to open direct negotiations for peace with 
 one another. The President suggests that these peace negotiations 
 be conducted directly and exclusively between the belligerents — in 
 other words, that there may be a meeting of Russian and Japanese 
 plenipotentiaries or delegates without any intermediary, in order 
 to see if it is not possible for these representatives of the two 
 powers to agree to terms of peace. The President earnestly asks 
 that the Japanese Government do now agree to such meeting, 
 and is asking the Russian Government likewise to agree. While 
 the President does not feel that any intermediary should be 
 called in in respect to the peace negotiations themselves, he is 
 entirely willing to do what he properly can if the two powers 
 concerned feel that his services will be of aid in arranging the pre- 
 liminaries as to the time and place' of meeting ; but if even these 
 preliminaries can be arranged directly between the two powers, or 
 in any other way, the President will be glad, as his sole purpose is 
 to bring about a meeting which the whole civilized world will pray 
 may result in peace.^ 
 
 1 Foreign Relations of the United States, 1905, p. 808 ; see also, Moore, Digest 
 of International Law, vol. 7, p. 21. 
 
XVI INTRODUCTION 
 
 In any event the mediator advises, and his decision, if he proposes 
 one, is advisory and without binding effect until by acceptance of the 
 parties it becomes their decision and adjusts the controversy. The 
 action of Leo XIII in proposing terms for the adjustment of the 
 Caroline controversy in 1885, between Germany and Spain was that 
 of a mediator not arbitrator. When, however, the terms were ac- 
 cepted by both of the disputants, the erstwhile suggestion had the 
 force of an arbitral award, and the action of the Pope is to be con- 
 sidered as an act of mediation of which it is a typical and illuminating 
 example. 
 
 In 1884 an admiral of the Imperial German Navy hoisted the Ger- 
 man flag at Yap, in the Caroline Islands, over which Spain claimed 
 sovereignty. This the Imperial Government denied, and sought to ac- 
 quire title in its own behalf by possession followed by effective occu- 
 pation. This action on the part of Germany led to outbreaks in Madrid, 
 in which the Imperial German Embassy and Consulate were attacked. 
 In this state of affairs Prince Bismarck proposed, and Spain accepted 
 the mediation of Pope Leo XIII. His Holiness thereupon suggested 
 in their behalf the negotiation of a convention by which Germany 
 acknowledged the sovereignty of Spain over the Caroline and Pellew 
 Islands. In consideration of this action on the part of Germany Spain 
 was to engage itself to establish, as quickly as possible, "a regular 
 administration with sufficient force to guarantee order and the rights 
 acquired" in the archipelago, to offer to Germany complete "liberty of 
 commerce and navigation," the right to fish and to establish a naval 
 station and coal depot at or in the islands, and finally to guarantee "the 
 liberty of making plantations" in the islands, and of "founding agricul- 
 tural establishments on the same footing as Spanish subjects."^ 
 
 The parties in dispute did this, and so hostilities were happily averted 
 through the mediation of the Holy Father. 
 
 The distinction between mediation on the one hand and arbitration 
 on the other exists in nature, not merely in name, and is thus clearly and 
 authoritatively stated in the Digest of Justinian: 
 
 A man is held to have undertaken an arbitration, so Pedius says 
 (b. 9), when he has assumed the duties of judge and promises to 
 give a decision which shall finally dispose of the matters in dis- 
 
 1 Moore, History and Digest of the International Arbitrations to which the 
 United States has been a party, vol. 5, pp. 5043-4. See also, Moore, Digest of 
 International Law, vol. 7, p. 6. 
 
INTRODUCTION Xvii 
 
 pute. But where, the same writer proceeds, the supposed arbitrator 
 only intervenes so far as to try whether the parties will allow their 
 dispute to be disposed of by his advice and authority, he cannot 
 be held to have undertaken an arbitration.* 
 
 The same distinction, deeply embedded in private law, exists also in 
 public law, and in that portion of it termed the law of nations, as was 
 aptly pointed out by Sir James Mackintosh, who is reported to have said 
 in the course of debate in Parliament on April 11, 1815: "A mediator 
 is a common friend, who counsels both parties with a weight propor- 
 tioned to their belief in his integrity, and their respect for his power. 
 But he is not an arbitrator, to whose decision they submit their differ- 
 ences, and whose award is binding on them."- 
 
 The first step to internationalize good offices and mediation, giving to 
 them the standing and dignity of an international institution, was taken 
 in connection with the Congress of Paris which put an end to the 
 Crimean war. The belligerents with the addition of Austria and Prus- 
 sia, adopted, upon the initiative of the British plenipotentiary. Lord 
 Clarendon, himself influenced indirectly by William Jay, and directly 
 by English peace men, "the voeu that States, between which any serious 
 misunderstanding may arise, should, before appealing to arms, have 
 recourse, as far as circumstances might allow, to the good offices of a 
 friendly Power."* The plenipotentiaries were either so sure of the use- 
 fulness or harmlessness of their vwu, as to express the hope "that the 
 Governments not represented at the Congress will unite in the sentiment 
 which has inspired the vceu recorded in the present protocol."* 
 
 In Article 8 of the Treaty of Paris the same plenipotentiaries stipu- 
 lated on behalf of their respective countries that "if there should arise 
 between the sublime Porte and one or more of the signatory Powers a 
 difference threatening the maintenance of their relations, the sublime 
 Porte or each of the Powers before having recourse to the employment 
 of force, will put the other contracting Parties in a position to prevent 
 this extremity through their mediation."^ 
 
 And finally as showing the precedents for the action of the Hague 
 
 iDig. bk. IV, tit. 8, law 13, § 2 [Monro's translation]. 
 
 2 Hansard's Parliamentary Debates, vol. 30, p. 525. See also, Moore, Digest 
 of International Law, vol. 7, p. 3. 
 ^British and Foreign State Papers, vol. 46, p. 135. 
 * Ihid., p. 136. 
 s/Wi., p. 12. 
 
XVlll INTRODUCTION 
 
 Conference in the matter of good offices and mediation, which appear to 
 be used indiscriminately in these various instances, Article 12 of the 
 General Act of the Conference of Berlin in regard to the Kongo, signed 
 February 26, 1885, may be quoted : 
 
 In cases where serious disagreement with regard to, or within 
 the limits of, the territories mentioned in Article 1 and placed 
 under the regime of commercial liberty may arise between the sig- 
 natory Powers of the present act or Powers which may adhere 
 thereto in the future, these Powers agree before appealing to arms, 
 to resort to the mediation of one or more friendly Powers.'^ 
 
 The friendly compositor frequently mentioned in the Middle Ages 
 but much of a stranger in the modern world may be considered either 
 as the mediator acting with consent and invested with the power of de- 
 ciding the controversy submitted to him, or as an arbiter chosen by the 
 parties in dispute and authorized by them to settle the difference defini- 
 tively by the application of his sense of right and fairness. In such a 
 case the settlement of the dispute is regarded as of more consequence 
 than the method employed. It may include quarrels arising out of 
 questions of fact, law or policy; the compositor may act as a diplomat, 
 arbiter or judge. The admirable disposition of the difficult and trying 
 controversy known as The Alsop Case between Chile and the United 
 States, which was submitted to the friendly composition of Edward 
 VII in 1909 and, upon his death, to his successor, George V, by whom 
 it was decided in 1911, upon the advice of eminent counsel, shows 
 that the friendly compositor may be at one and the same time the im- 
 partial judge, although in the decision of this very case the function 
 of the friendly compositor is said to be to pronounce "an award which 
 shall do substantial justice between the parties without attaching too 
 great an importance to the technical points which may be raised on 
 either side."^ The Hague Conferences did not deal with friendly com- 
 position other than as it may be included in good offices, mediation or 
 arbitration, and the subject is only mentioned in passing to call atten- 
 tion to this method, whose day is not yet run, in which the conscience 
 of a particular individual is preferred to diplomacy, without reference 
 to law, which is at least respected in arbitration and is the very life and 
 soul of judicial decision. 
 
 1 British and Foreign State Papers, vol. 76, p. 12. 
 
 2 American Journal of International Law, vol. S, p. 1081. 
 
INTRODUCTION xix 
 
 Next as to arbitration. 
 
 The First Hague Peace Conference gave its outspoken and un- 
 equivocal approval to arbitration in general, expressed itself strongly in 
 favor of arbitrating disputes of a legal nature, especially those involv- 
 ing the interpretation or application of international conventions, and 
 the delegates of the Powers taking part in the Second as well as the 
 First Conference expressly reserved for their countries the right of 
 concluding "new agreements, general or special, with a view to extend- 
 ing obligatory arbitration to all cases which they may consider it 
 possible to submit to it." 
 
 To facilitate immediate recourse to arbitration whose object they 
 defined as "the settlement of differences between States, by judges of 
 their own choice, and on the basis of respect for law," the signatory 
 Powers undertook to organize a Permanent Court of Arbitration, open 
 and accessible at all times, provided a method of constituting a tem- 
 porary tribunal from the panel of the so-called Permanent Court, and 
 furnished a code of procedure to be followed unless the parties in con- 
 troversy should prefer to adopt other rules. 
 
 Here again it may be objected that there is little in this that the 
 Powers had not done and could not do without these various provisions. 
 And this is undoubtedly so. The Jay treaty of 1794 between Great 
 Britain and the United States had brought arbitration again into the 
 thought and practice of nations, with the result that in the course of the 
 century intervening between the treaty and the conference some hun- 
 dred international controversies, involving numerous cases in some in- 
 stances, as wheels within wheels, had been submitted to temporary 
 tribunals of arbitration or to mixed commissions. The procedure in- 
 cluded in the Convention merely stated the practice and procedure of 
 the nations which had grown up in the course of the century from 
 the experience acquired in arbitration. The nations before as after, 
 selected, by agreement, the members of the temporary tribunals or 
 mixed commissions, whether the names of prospective arbiters were or 
 were not included in a panel of arbiters and called in this way to their 
 attention. 
 
 But the fact remains that what nations had done betimes and in pairs 
 received the solemn and formal approval of twenty-six nations, whose 
 delegates recognized arbitration "as the most effective, and at the same 
 time the most equitable, means of settling disputes which diplomacy 
 
XX INTRODUCTION 
 
 had failed to settle." It thus went forth from the Conference interna- 
 tionalized, and with an added prestige and appeal. 
 
 There is, however, a difference between a recognition of arbitration 
 and an agreement to resort to it. Unfortunately the opposition of 
 the Imperial German delegates prevented the adoption of a general 
 agreement both at the First Conference, in 1899, and at the Second, in 
 1907, by virtue of which twenty-six nations in the First and forty-four 
 in the Second would otherwise have bound themselves to arbitrate such 
 a controversy as the Serbian question of 1914, a failure to do which 
 precipitated the war of that year, to which the United States reluctantly 
 but inevitably became a party in 1917. 
 
 A special treaty or agreement has to be concluded to submit the ques- 
 tion to arbitration at a time when neither of the disputants is in a frame 
 of mind to reach an agreement upon the issue, and to constitute a tem- 
 porary tribunal of five members chosen from the panel, of whom two 
 by the Convention of 1899, one by the revised Convention of the Second 
 Conference of 1907, could be citizens or subjects of each of the dis- 
 putant States. 
 
 In the absence of a general treaty of general obligation the code of 
 procedure is of slight value, and there is little incentive to arbitrate 
 when the treaty has to be concluded, the issue defined, the court created 
 and its members selected when the nations may barely be on speaking 
 terms. Experience is against thatching the roof in time of storm. A 
 general agreement to submit all or certain categories of disputes to 
 arbitration, the right of each country to submit its case as it conceives 
 it to be, to a tribunal in existence, to be decided by recognized principles 
 of law and equity are prerequisites to arbitral adjustment, as otherwise 
 the nation can by delay and lack of cooperation extricate itself from a 
 resort to arbitration which twenty-six nations in 1899 and forty-four in 
 1907 solemnly recognized "as the most effective, and at the same time 
 the most equitable, means of settling disputes which diplomacy has 
 failed to settle." 
 
 But the treaties of arbitration which have been concluded by virtue 
 of the right reserved in the Convention, submit legal questions and dis- 
 putes concerning the interpretation and application of treaties and con- 
 ventions and almost invariably withdraw from the obligation questions 
 of vital interest, independence, honor, and necessarily those afifecting 
 third parties. 
 
INTRODUCTION XXI 
 
 Without indulging in criticism of these provisions, which are rather 
 to be commended in the infancy of modem practice, it is a fact that the 
 most troublesome questions are thus withheld not only from arbitral 
 award, but from disinterested discussion, inasmuch as each nation 
 decides for itself whether or not a question falls within the reserved 
 category, and it is also a fact that the absence of a permanent tribunal 
 in being at the outbreak of the dispute, ready and willing to accept 
 jurisdiction thereof and to decide it, offers, as it were, a premium to 
 bad faith. 
 
 When the Second Conference adjourned on October 18, 1907, the 
 United States only had a general arbitral clause in its treaty with 
 Mexico of 1848, confirmed by that of 1853, and the Pecuniary Claims 
 Convention with the Latin American Nations of 1906. This was not 
 much of a showing for the nation which in conjunction with Great 
 Britain had introduced arbitration to the modem world. But with 
 the exception of Great Britain it had more arbitrations to its credit 
 than any other nation, and had submitted nearly a third of all arbitrated 
 cases. Taking the period from 1798, when the first mixed commis- 
 sion met under Jay's treaty, to 1904, it appears that there had been 
 some 241 instances of international arbitration; that of these Great 
 Britain had to its credit 98 ; the United States 76 ; that they had arbi- 
 trated 23 with one another, and that, taking them together, the sponsors 
 of this form of peaceable settlement in the modern world had arbi- 
 trated more than two-thirds of all the cases of arbitration during the 
 entire period.^ 
 
 But these statistics, encouraging as they doubtless are, give but a 
 very inadequate impression of the number of awards actually rendered, 
 inasmuch as a single treaty or convention often submits to a mixed 
 commission outstanding disputes of a certain kind or category arising 
 out of a certain act or series of acts, taking place within a given period. 
 Thus, under the^ special treaty of arbitration of 1868, between Mexico 
 and the United States, no less than 2,015 cases were submitted.^ 
 
 When apprised of this condition of affairs, Mr. Elihu Root, then 
 Secretary of State, took the matter up and in the course of a twelve- 
 month concluded no less than twenty-five treaties, showing how easily 
 
 1 See Fried's Handbuch der Friedensbewegung, Vienna and Leipzig, 1905, 
 pp. 104-S, 123-57. 
 
 2 Moore, History and Digest of the International Arbitrations, etc., vol. 2, p. 
 1314. 
 
XXll INTRODUCTION 
 
 ability and conviction can accomplish what would seem impossible to 
 less daring minds. Of these the first was very appropriately with "our 
 first and ancient ally," and the material portion of this treaty with 
 France is thus worded : 
 
 Differences which may arise of a legal nature, or relating to the 
 interpretation of treaties existing between the two Contracting 
 Parties, and which it may not have been possible to settle by diplo- 
 macy, shall be referred to the Permanent Court of Arbitration 
 established at The Hague by the Convention of the 29th July, 
 1899, provided, nevertheless, that they do not affect the vital in- 
 terests, the independence, or the honor of the two Contracting 
 States, and do not concern the interests of third Parties. 
 
 The great merit of Mr. Bryan's plan is that it creates a permanent 
 Commission of five persons which is in existence at the outbreak of the 
 dispute, whatever its nature, to which it can be and must be submitted 
 and that the commission thus composed has a twelvemonth within 
 which carefully to consider the controversy in all its aspects, during 
 which the disputants pledge themselves not to resort to hostilities. 
 In addition to the legal questions and questions involving treaties 
 and conventions, which the nations may have agreed to submit to arbi- 
 tration, the questions reserved from the obligation to arbitrate are by 
 Mr. Bryan's treaties brought before commissions where they are inves- 
 tigated, and the report drawn up by the commission is presented to the 
 foreign offices of the contending countries for such action as their 
 wisdom may dictate and an enlightened public opinion persuade. 
 
 But before taking up Mr. Bryan's plan there is a further matter 
 which requires consideration, for without it his treaties would seem 
 to lack that firm and sure international foundation which assured their 
 negotiation. 
 
 The First Hague Conference provided in the ninth article of its 
 Pacific Settlement Convention, for the creation from time to time of 
 an international commission of inquiry "to facilitate" a solution of 
 "differences of an international nature involving neither honor nor 
 vital interests, and arising from a difference of opinion on points of 
 fact." As in arbitration, resort was to be made to the commission upon 
 the breakdown of diplomacy. This was not, however, even in the case 
 of facts, an unlimited obligation or recommendation because of the 
 
INTRODUCTION XXlll 
 
 presence of the clause specifying only those which "circumstances 
 allow"; but such differences as were actually submitted were to be 
 subjected to "an impartial and conscientious investigation" in order "to 
 facilitate" their solution "by elucidating" the facts. 
 
 At best the article is a recommendation, not an agreement, to submit 
 facts in dispute; facts involving honor or vital interests are excluded, 
 and those left are only recommended to be referred to "an impartial 
 and conscientious investigation" if "circumstances allow." 
 
 This is not much, even the friendly critic might venture to say; 
 but he would be wrong, for it is a precedent for a commission of in- 
 quiry and a first step to better and greater things. 
 
 The commission, like the temporary tribunal of arbitration, would 
 have to be created for the special difference and "by special agreement 
 between the parties in conflict." The agreement would likwise have to 
 define the facts to be examined and the extent of the commission's 
 powers, and settle the procedure to be followed in the impartial and 
 conscientious investigation. The same method was to be employed to 
 constitute one as the other. Each was to consist of five members to be 
 chosen by direct agreement of the parties; failing which, each of the 
 disputants was to appoint two arbiters or commissioners from the panel 
 of the Permanent Court, who together were to choose an umpire. In 
 case of a tie, the choice of umpire was to be made by a Third Power 
 selected by the parties in common accord. Upon failure of the parties 
 to agree upon the third Power, each of the disputants was to select a 
 different Power, and the two Powers thus chosen were to appoint the 
 umpire. Such was the procedure under the Convention of 1899, 
 but it was faulty in more than one particular, and it might end in 
 failure to constitute the court or the commission. Therefore, the 
 Second Conference of 1907 revised and greatly improved it. Under 
 the original convention the two arbiters or commissioners, to be ap- 
 pointed by each party, might be chosen from its citizens or sub- 
 jects with the result that the body thus selected would be made up 
 of four interested persons struggling, we may well suppose, to con- 
 vert the umpire to their way of thinking, and thus to carry their point 
 whatever it might be. The revised convention changed this unseemly 
 procedure by providing that only one of the two persons chosen by 
 each should be taken from its "nationals," to use a new and convenient 
 word which has evidently come to stay, with the result that the majority 
 of the court or commission is to be composed of strangers, supposedly 
 
XXIV INTRODUCTION 
 
 indifferent in the cause, and the award in the one, and the finding in the 
 other case thereafter depends upon them, not upon interested and 
 therefore disquahfied persons, as formerly. Under the original con- 
 vention it might conceivably happen that the two Powers might not be 
 able to agree upon the umpire. Therefore to prevent this contingency 
 it is provided in the revised text that, upon their failure to agree within 
 two months — diplomacy moves slowly and majestically — each of the 
 Powers is to name two members of the Permanent Panel, not alrieady 
 chosen and not citizens or subjects of the august disputants, and the 
 drawing of lots determines the umpire. 
 
 The commission thus selected is, we shall suppose, ready to begin its 
 labors. Without going into details, it is sufficient to say that the Powers 
 in conflict agree to supply it, to quote the text of 1899, "as fully as they 
 may think possible with all means and facilities necessary to enable 
 it to be completely acquainted with and to accurately understand the 
 facts in question." When the commission has found the facts in con- 
 troversy "by means of an impartial and conscientious investigation," it 
 prepares its report to be signed by all of its members. 
 
 The question naturally arises as to the nature and force of the re- 
 port to reach which the commission has been appointed, and which, it 
 is to be presumed, will be a document of much importance to the parties 
 and to the public. On this point the original convention, untouched 
 in this respect by the revision of the Second Conference is to the effect 
 that "the report of the international commission of inquiry is. limited 
 to a statement of facts, and has in no way the character of an arbitral 
 award" ; and "it leaves the conflicting Powers entire freedom as to the 
 effects to be given to this statement." That is to say, the commission 
 finds facts as a jury in Anglo-American procedure; it contents itself 
 with the statement of the facts as found and thereupon goes out of 
 existence, leaving the Powers free to take any or no action upon the 
 facts. The Conference, however, felt that this seemingly meager re- 
 sult, would be of value to the parties; otherwise the convention could 
 not have provided for the creation of an international agency of this 
 kind. 
 
 It was indeed proposed and urged by the Russian delegation to the 
 Second Conference to bind the parties to submit the facts thus found 
 to an arbitral tribunal if they did not proceed to the settlement of the 
 dispute, but this addition to the text and change in the effect to be 
 
INTRODUCTION XXV 
 
 given to the proceedings found little or no favor, although the only 
 commission hitherto constituted under the convention was authorized 
 to fix responsibility for the injury flowing from the facts as "eluci- 
 dated" by means of the "impartial and conscientious investigation" in 
 the North Sea or Dogger Bank case arising out of the Russo-Japanese 
 War of 1903-5. If the "incident" had taken place upon the stage, the 
 most inveterate theater-goer could hardly have suppressed a laugh. 
 But what could be looked upon as, comical between individuals was a 
 serious matter between nations. British fishing smacks had been dam- 
 aged, two British subjects killed and six wounded by the discharge 
 of guns from the Russian fleet under Admiral Rodjestvensky in its ill- 
 starred voyage from the Baltic Sea to the Straits of Japan. Upon its 
 arrival in these waters it was destroyed by Japanese battleships under 
 the command of Admiral Togo, who, it may be said in passing, began 
 life in the small sailing vessels and row-boats which in his youth formed 
 the Navy of Japan, just as Marshal Oyama, the victor of Mukden, 
 began his military career in the Japanese forces then armed with bows 
 and arrows. But to return to Rodjestvensky, whose fleet on the night of 
 October 8-9, 1904, opened fire off Dogger Bank, upon some vessels 
 which were mistaken, it would seem, for Japanese torpedo boats lurking 
 in the distance and threatening the Russian fleet by its presence. After 
 firing at the hostile craft and scattering the insidious enemy, the Ad- 
 miral, having discharged his duty in the premises, continued his way, 
 which was the way of destruction, until the seriousness of the situation 
 caused him to interrupt his voyage, as the British Government had in the 
 meantime protested to Russia, and interposed a British squadron be- 
 tween the Russian fleet and its progress towards Japan. Due, it would 
 seem, to the good offices, mediation or friendly intervention of France, 
 the expedient of the commission of inquiry, devised in 1899, was tried 
 for the first time and amply justified its institution and the statesmen 
 who stood sponsor for it in the Peace Conference. Great Britain and 
 Russia invested the Commission, as already stated, with the power, not 
 only of finding the facts, but of fixing the blame for their commission, 
 thus taking one instead of two bites of the cherry. It was natural that 
 this should be done on this occasion inasmuch as the presence or absence, 
 found as a fact, of Japanese vessels on the night of the tragedy neces- 
 sarily justified or condemned the action of the Russian Admiral. We 
 must not overlook the consequences of the incident in our amusement 
 
XXVI INTRODUCTION 
 
 at the facts, and the vast importance of the case as a precedent, because, 
 given the world as it is, if is difficult to maintain that the honor or vital 
 interest of one or the other of the nations was not involved, if these 
 terms are tQ be understood as defined by the practice of nations. Yet 
 the presence or absence of a Japanese ship was so essentially a mere 
 matter of fact, that the questions of honor and of vital interests could 
 be waived and the fact found, which also settled both the question 
 of responsibility, without requiring a special finding on that head, and 
 the liability for damages, which however would need to be assessed in 
 accordance with the proofs. 
 
 Because the commission was a success and because it shows of itself 
 the practicability and the possibility of this method of peaceful settle- 
 ment, for which Mr. Bryan stands sponsor on a large and permanent 
 scale, the procedure had in the adjustment is given in some little detail. 
 
 On November 29, 1904, or the 12th of the month if the Russian 
 calendar be used, representatives of Great Britain and Russia agreed 
 upon and signed a declaration to submit the North Sea Incident, as it 
 is officially called, to an international commission of inquiry, composed 
 of five, members, two officers of high rank in the British and Russian 
 Navies, two officers of high rank in the French and American Navies, 
 and a fifth member chosen by the four officers in question or, in default 
 of their agreement, by the Emperor of Austria, who happens also to 
 be the King of Hungary. The five members of the Commission thus 
 selected were to be assisted by a legal assessor, appointed by each of 
 the high contracting Parties, and an agent, likewise chosen by each, 
 "officially empowered to take part in the labors of the commission." 
 
 The commission thus constituted was directed to "inquire into and 
 report on all the circumstances relative to the North Sea Incident, 
 and particularly on the question as to where the responsibility lies and 
 the degree of blame attaching to the subjects of the two high contract- 
 ing Parties or the subjects of other countries in the event of their 
 responsibility being established by the inquiry." 
 
 The commission, to meet at Paris, was to adopt its procedure, and 
 be furnished, "to the greatest possible exteiit," by the two Govern- 
 ments "with all the means and facilities necessary, to enable it to 
 acquaint itself thoroughly with and appreciate correctly the matters 
 in dispute." The report adopted by a majority, was to be signed by 
 all of the members, the two Governments were to bear their respective 
 
INTRODUCTION XXVU 
 
 expenses incurred prior to the meeting of the commission, and equal 
 moieties of the expenses after its meeting, incurred in connection with it. 
 
 The commission composed of Admirals from the British, Russian, 
 French, American and Austro-Hungarian Navies sat in Paris from 
 December 22, 1904, until February 26, 1905, on which latter date it 
 rendered a report, finding that no Japanese vessels were among the 
 British fishing fleet, that Admiral Rodjestvensky was to blame for 
 firing upon the fishermen, whereby two of their crews were killed, six 
 wounded, one boat sunk and five more or less damaged ; and that Rod- 
 jestvensky's action did not discredit him from the military or humani- 
 tarian point of view, although he should have informed "the authorities 
 of the neighboring maritime Powers, that, as he had been led to open 
 fire near a group of trawlers, these boats, of unknown nationality, 
 stood in need of assistance." 
 
 The Russian Government accepted the facts as found, assumed the 
 responsibility for its Admiral's action, and paid damages amounting 
 approximately to $300,000.^ 
 
 We are now prepared to consider the Bryan peace plan, as it is 
 called, which the reader will observe takes the commission of inquiry 
 as its point of departure, substitutes a permanent for a temporary 
 commission, extends its jurisdiction from facts to all questions not 
 otherwise provided for, retains as essential the purely advisory or 
 voluntary character of the report and assigns to the commission the 
 generous period of a year within which to complete its labors, during 
 which time the nations pledge themselves not to go to war or resort 
 to any act of hostility. Thirty States have done this, in thirty impor- 
 tant documents, twenty of which have been proclaimed and actually 
 are the supreme law of the land of the contracting parties. 
 
 Mr. Bryan was apparently not influenced in first instance by the 
 action of the Hague Conference, but proceeded, and properly, from a 
 procedure of private law which had proved so successful within its 
 limited domain as to suggest and to justify its extension from the 
 national to the international field. In the course of various interviews, 
 Mr. Bryan explained to the undersigned, approximately as follows, 
 the genesis and nature of his peace plan. 
 
 ^ For documents in the case, see American Journal of International Law, 
 vol. 2 (1908), pp. 929^936; Scott, The Hague Court Reports, pp. 403-412, 609-615. 
 
XXVlll INTRODUCTION, 
 
 The treaties providing for the investigation of all disputes had their 
 origin in a plan similar in principle, Mr. Bryan says, which he advo- 
 cated for several years as a means of dealing with labor disputes. He 
 thought compulsory arbitration objectionable in this country, because 
 it would be contrary to public sentiment to attempt to compel either 
 party to the dispute to comply with an order which involved either 
 carrying on business at a loss, or furnishing labor at a price or upon 
 terms believed by the laboring men to be inequitable. Compulsory 
 investigation, however, was not open to the same objection, for the 
 purpose of investigation is only to lay before the public the facts in the 
 dispute and the disposition of the parties, relying upon the force of 
 public opinion to secure an adjustment of the dispute after the facts 
 are known. 
 
 Mr. Bryan's plan involved the following principles: 
 
 First, that it should be applied to all disputes of every kind and 
 character. 
 
 Secondly, that the investigation should be made by a permanent 
 board whose aid could be invoked by either side at any time, and in- 
 vested with authority to investigate upon its own initiative. 
 
 Thirdly, that in order to assure fairness, the board should in each 
 investigation add two members, one selected by each side, the tem- 
 porary members to have equal authority with the permanent members 
 during the investigation for which they were selected. 
 
 Fourthly, that each side should possess the right to act indepen- 
 dently at the conclusion of the investigation and the presentation of the 
 report, the recommendations of the commission enjoying only such 
 force as their intrinsic merits gave them. 
 
 During the Russian- Japanese war it occurred to Mr. Bryan that the 
 plan proposed for labor disputes might with advantage be applied to 
 international disputes, and in February, 1905, he suggested the plan 
 in an editorial in his paper, the Commoner. This editorial was fol- 
 lowed a few weeks later by another elaborating the same idea. 
 
 In the first editorial referred to, Mr. Bryan said in the Commoner 
 for February 17, 1905^ : 
 
 It is time for the leading nations to join together in proffering 
 their good offices for the settlement of the war in the east. There 
 must be mediation some time, why not now ? Russia can not hope 
 
 1 Reprinted in the Commoner, August, 191S, from which number the following 
 excerpt was taken. 
 
INTRODUCTION XXIX 
 
 to retake Port Arthur in years, if at all, and Japan will find war 
 more expensive and more hazardous the farther her army marches 
 inland. There has been killing enough on both sides to satisfy 
 that absurd sense of honor which requires bloodshed. There never 
 was a time when the Christian nations were under a more im- 
 perative duty to throw their influence on the side of peace, and 
 the United States can well afford to take the lead because our re- 
 lations with both Russia aiid Japan are such as to relieve us of any 
 suspicion of selfish interest. And when peace is restored our 
 nation should take the initiative in promoting a system of arbitra- 
 tion so comprehensive that all differences will be submitted to the 
 Arbitration Court, reserving to each nation the right to refuse to 
 accept the finding if it believes that it affects its honor or integrity. 
 Such a system would make war a remote possibility. 
 
 In the second editorial in the Commoner a week later, on February 
 24, 1905, Mr. Bryan said, after commenting upon the Senate amend- 
 ments to President Roosevelt's and Secretary Hay's treaties of ar- 
 bitration : 
 
 It is possible ... to provide for the impartial investi- 
 gation of any international dispute, leaving the final submission 
 to arbitration to be a matter of treaty. The president might be 
 authorized to enter into an agreement to submit any and every 
 international dispute to the Hague Court for investigation. 
 When the court reports upon the facts and presents the > real issue 
 between the parties then the parties can decide intelligently 
 whether it involves a proper question for arbitration or affects 
 the integrity and honor of either nation. Such an investigation 
 would, in most cases, remove misunderstanding and bring about 
 a reconciliation, and public opinion would exert a powerful in- 
 fluence in harmonizing any differences which might be found to 
 exist. ... If such a plan had been in operation the Russian- 
 Japanese war might have been prevented. It is quite certain 
 that a preliminary investigation by an impartial board would have 
 prevented most of the international wars of the last half century, 
 and would be still more effective in the future. 
 
 In September of 1905 Mr. Bryan left the United States for a trip 
 around the world. The first nation visited was Japan and there, 
 on the twentieth of October, he presented his project at a dinner 
 tendered him at the Bankers' Club in Tokio. On this occasion Mr. 
 Bryan proposed investigation before a declaration of war, and in his 
 remarks in support of the proposal he said : "I believe the establish- 
 ment of such a board, leaving to the nations the right of independent 
 
XXX INTRODUCTION 
 
 action afterwards, would do much to settle difficulties between nations, 
 — indeed, it would do more than any system involving an agreement in 
 advance to abide by the decision." 
 
 During the following June, while in Norway, he received and ac- 
 cepted an invitation to the meeting of the Interparliamentary Union 
 to be held in London in July. The invitation came from Lord Wear- 
 dale, then and now, one of the active and intelligent advocates of inter- 
 national peace, whom Mr. Bryan had met two years before in the 
 United States. Upon reaching London, Mr. Bryan laid the proposed 
 plan before Lord Weardale, who heartily and unreservedly endorsed 
 it. It was then presented to Sir Henry Campbell-Bannerman, the 
 British Premier, who also approved of it, and in his remarks at the 
 opening of the Union, Sir Henry inserted a passage which was intended 
 to serve as an introduction to the plan. In this famous address, de- 
 livered on July 25, 1906, known as the Duma speech because of its 
 ending "the Duma is dead, long live the Duma," inasmuch as that 
 body had just been dissolved. The Prime Minister said, in the passage 
 referred to by Mr. Bryan : 
 
 Gentlemen, I fervently trust that before long the principle of 
 arbitration may win such confidence as to justify its extension to 
 a wider field of international differences. We have already seen 
 how questions arousing passion and excitement have attained a 
 solution, not necessarily by means of arbitration in the strict sense 
 of the word, but by referring them to such a tribunal as that which 
 reported on the North Sea incident ; and I would ask you whether 
 it may not be worth while carefully to consider, before the next 
 congress meets at The Hague, the various forms in which differ- 
 ences might be submitted, with a view to opening the door as wide 
 as possible to every means which might in any degree contribute to 
 moderate or compose such differences.^ 
 
 In the course of Mr. Bryan's remarks in behalf of investigation as 
 an alternative to arbitration and as an amendment to the proposed 
 treaty of arbitration drafted by the Union and adopted at this session 
 he said, in justification of his own proposal and after quoting the 
 above passage from the Premier's speech: 
 
 This amendment is in harmony with this suggestion. The 
 resolution is in the form of a postscript to the Treaty, but like the 
 postscripts of some letters, it contains a very vital subject — in fact. 
 
 1 Interparliamentary Union. Official Report of the Fourteenth Conference^ 
 p. 103. 
 
INTRODUCTION XXXI 
 
 I am not sure but the postscript in this case is as important as the 
 letter itself, for it deals with those questions which have defied 
 arbitration. Certain questions affecting the honor or integrity of 
 a nation are considered outside the jurisdiction of a court of ar- 
 bitration, and these are the questions which have given trouble. 
 Passion is not often aroused by questions that do not affect a 
 nation's integrity or honor, but for fear these questions may arise, 
 arbitration is not always employed where it might be. The first 
 advantage, then, of this resolution is that it secures an investiga- 
 tion of the facts and if you can but separate the facts from the 
 question of honor, the chances are 100 to 1 that you can settle 
 both the fact and the question of honor without war. There is, 
 therefore, a great advantage in an investigation that brings out the 
 facts, for disputed facts between nations, as between friends, are 
 the cause of most disagreements. 
 
 The second advantage of this investigation is that it gives time 
 for calm consideration. That has already been well presented by 
 the gentleman who has preceded me. Baron von Plener. I need not 
 say to you that man excited is a very different animal from a [sic] 
 man calm, and that questions ought to be settled, not by passion, but 
 by deliberation. If this resolution would do nothing else but give 
 time for reflection and deliberation, there would be sufficient reason 
 for its adoption. If we can but stay the hand of war until con- 
 science can assert itself, war will be made more remote. When 
 men are mad they swagger around and/tell what they can do ; when 
 they are calm they consider what they ought to do. 
 
 The third advantage of this investigation is that it gives oppor- 
 tunity to mobilize public opinion for the compelling of a peaceful 
 settlement, and that is an advantage not to be overlooked. Public 
 opinion is coming to be more and more a power in the world. One 
 of the greatest statesmen my country has produced — Thomas 
 Jefferson, and, if it would not offend, I would say I believe him 
 to be the greatest statesman the world has produced — said that 
 if he had to choose between a government without newspapers 
 and newspapers without a government, he woidd rather risk the 
 newspapers without a government. You may call it an extravagant 
 statement, and yet it presents an idea, and that idea is that public 
 opinion is a controlling force. I am glad that the time is coming 
 when public opinion is to be more and more powerful ; glad that 
 the time is coming when the moral sentiment of one nation will 
 influence the action of other nations ; glad that the time is coming 
 when the world will realize that a war between two nations affects 
 others than the two nations involved ; glad that the time is coming 
 when the world will insist that nations settle their differences by 
 some peaceful means. If time is given for marshalling the force 
 of public opinion, peace will be promoted. This resolution is pre- 
 
XXXn INTRODUCTION 
 
 sented, therefore, for the reasons that it gives an opportunity to 
 investigate the facts and to separate them from the question of 
 honor; that it gives time for the calming of passion; and that it 
 gives a time for the formation of a controlling public sentiment.^ 
 
 A proposition relating to mediation was also before the conference 
 and the committee reported in favor of combining the two as alternative 
 propositions and in this form the resolution went through without 
 opposition. The text of this resolution as amended was thus worded : 
 
 If a difference should arise between the contracting parties 
 which, by the terms of the Convention, should not be submitted 
 to arbitration, the parties shall not have recourse to any measure 
 of hostility of whatever nature before having jointly or separately 
 demanded, according to the circumstances of the case, either the 
 constitution of an international commission of inquiry or the 
 mediation of one or more friendly Powers. This requisition shall 
 be made, in case of need, comformably to Article VIII of the 
 Hague Convention for the peaceful settlement of international 
 conflicts.^ 
 
 From that time on, Mr. Bryan presented his plan wherever and 
 whenever opportunity offered, and it was afterward endorsed at an in- 
 ternational peace gathering in New York and in 1910 at a public meet- 
 ing in Edinburgh. 
 
 Later, when President Taft was negotiating treaties of arbitration 
 with Great Britain and France, Mr. Bryan called at the White House 
 and laid before the President and Secretary of State Knox his peace 
 plan, a part of which, Mr. Bryan says, was incorporated in the treaties. 
 Mr. Bryan further adds, in this connection, that the President very 
 generously gave him credit for his suggestion in a public address 
 which he made shortly afterwards in Nebraska. 
 
 The Senate, it is well known, objected to these treaties, but on 
 grounds immaterial to the present purpose, and they .failed of ratifi- 
 cation in the form in which they were submitted. 
 
 When, after the election of 1912, Mr. Bryan was summoned to 
 Trenton by Mr. Wilson, who tendered him the Secretaryship of State, 
 the prospective Secretary of State laid the plan before the President- 
 Elect and told him that with his support the project would, he be- 
 lieved, be accepted by the world. The President, Mr. Bryan says, very 
 heartily approved the proposal. 
 
 1 Interparliamentary Union, ibid., p. 125. 
 'Ibid., p. 123. 
 
INTRODUCTION XXXlii 
 
 Shortly after Mr. Wilson's inauguration, Secretary Bryan submitted 
 to the President a written outline of the plan, and the President, after 
 conferring with the Cabinet on the subject, authorized its presentation 
 to the diplomatic agents of foreign nations represented at Washington, 
 and Mr. Bryan, to remove possible misunderstanding with the other 
 branch of the treaty making power, wisely took the precaution to con- 
 fer with the Senate Committee on Foreign Relations before presenting 
 it to the diplomats. On the 24th of April, 1913, the Ambassadors and 
 Ministers residing at the national Capital met by invitation in the re- 
 ception room of the State Department, and Mr. Bryan presented to each 
 diplomat present a written outline of the plan, after accompanying it 
 with explanations. The plan, as thus presented, provides: 
 
 First, for the investigation of all disputes. 
 
 Secondly, for a permanent international commission. All of the 
 treaties authorize the commission to act upon the request of either party 
 and in a number of treaties the commission is empowered to act upon 
 its own initiative, a provision which Mr. Bryan says he tried to in- 
 corporate in all of the treaties, but was unable to do so in every case. 
 The reason for this desire and effort on his part Mr. Bryan illustrated 
 by the following "Story" which he recounted to the diplomats, to 
 their amusement no doubt and perhaps to their edification: "A man 
 was complaining to a friend that he found it impossible to drink moder- 
 ately, because of the numerous invitations which he received from 
 others. The friend, to whom the complaint was made, suggested to 
 him that the difiEculty might be remedied by calling for 'sarsaparilla' 
 whenever he found that he had all the whiskey he wanted." "But," 
 said the complainant, "that is the trouble ; when I get all the whiskey 
 I want I can not say sarsaparilla." Upon this anecdote, given in his 
 own words, Mr. Bryan thus comments. "The application is easily 
 made. At the time when investigation is most needed the parties to 
 the dispute may be restrained from asking for investigation by the fear 
 that such a request might be construed as cowardice. It is difficult for 
 a nation to say "investigate" when it is angry. At such a time, there- 
 fore, the commission should be authorized to tender its services, and 
 thus relieve both parties of embarrassment." 
 
 Thirdly, for the sake of impartiality, that the commission be made up 
 of one subject or citizen from each nation to be chosen by that nation, 
 and one subject or citizen to be chosen by each nation from a foreign 
 
XXXIV INTRODUCTION 
 
 nation, and a fifth to be selected by agreement of the two contracting 
 nations. 
 
 Fourthly, for a year's time for investigation and report, during which 
 the parties are not to declare war, or resort to hostilities. 
 
 Fifthly, for the reservation by each of the nations of the right to 
 decide for itself, at the conclusion of investigation, what action it will 
 take. 
 
 The resemblance between this plan and the plan intended for labor 
 troubles is, as Mr. Bryan says, very apparent. The two most important 
 features are identical ; the investigation of all disputes and the reserva- 
 tion of the right to act independently — the second, in Mr. Bryan's 
 opinion, being necessary to the acceptance of the first. 
 
 The great trouble with treaties of arbitration has been and is that 
 they leave exceptions — questions of honor, questions of independence, 
 vital interest, and interests of the third parties. It is, however, impos- 
 sible, as Mr. Bryan himself admits, to eliminate these exceptions, in the 
 present state of public opinion, and his plan is intended to close the 
 gap, as it were, and to leave undiscussed no dispute which may indeed 
 become the cause of war but which should not result in war during 
 the year allowed for investigation and report. 
 
 It is also obvious that the plan resembles that proposed for labor dis- 
 putes, inasmuch as the commission is permanent and each party is 
 allowed to select from among its citizens a member of the commission. 
 
 After sufficient time had elapsed for the diplomatic representatives 
 to communicate with their respective countries, Mr. Bryan took up 
 with each country the negotiation of a separate treaty along the line 
 proposed. No attempt was made to enforce the use of any particular 
 phraseology. On the contrary, the nations were assured that the United 
 States stood ready to consider any changes in detail that might be 
 suggested, as Mr. Bryan's desire was to embody in conventional form 
 the provisions necessary to secure the submission of all disputes to in- 
 vestigation before resort to force. 
 
 The first treaty was signed with Salvador on the 7th of August, 1913, 
 and thereafter treaties with Guatemala, P&nama, Honduras, and Nica- 
 ragua in the order named. These treaties, it may be added, contained a 
 provision that the parties should not change their military or naval pro- 
 grammes during the period of investigation, but this clause, objected 
 to by the European nations, was struck out of the five treaties by the 
 
INTRODUCTION XXXV 
 
 Senate at the time of their ratification, so that the treaties are as a 
 series and as a whole practically uniform. 
 
 The Netherlands was appropriately the first of the European nations 
 to sign one of these treaties with the United States. 
 
 Only one nation, Mr. Bryan says, objected to any vital principle, and 
 that nation finally yielded its objection to the all-inclusive character 
 of the treaty. 
 
 On July 24, 1914, Brazil, Argentina and Chile signed simultaneously. 
 On September 15, 1914, France, Great Britain, Spain, and China like- 
 wise signed simultaneously, thus in one day bringing, as Mr. Bryan is 
 accustomed to say, something like nine hundred millions of people 
 under the influence of these treaties which their negotiator believes will 
 tend to make war a remote possibility between the contracting parties. 
 These four treaties, Mr. Bryan adds, had been practically agreed upon 
 for some time, but the contracting nations waited on one another, wish- 
 ing to sign at the same time. The delay in this instance was apparently 
 due to the desire and the present policy of Great Britain to submit 
 drafts of proposed agreements to its self-governing dominions, in 
 whose favor the treaty contained a clause permitting the withdrawal 
 of the Imperial and the substitution of a Colonial Commissioner chosen 
 by the colony affected. 
 
 The treaty with Russia was signed on October 1, 1914. Austria- 
 Hungary, Belgium and Germany endorsed the plan, Mr. Bryan assures 
 us, but they did not enter into treaties embodying it, although, to quote 
 Mr. Bryan's exact language on this point, "the same earnest effort was 
 put forth to negotiate treaties with them which was employed in secur- 
 ing treaties with the other nations, and the plan was offered to all 
 nations alike without regard to population, extent of territory, or rela- 
 tive influence." 
 
 From an examination of the list it will be noticed, as Mr. Bryan 
 stated to the undersigned : "that nearly all of the nations of large in- 
 fluence are included and the nations which liave not endorsed the prin- 
 ciple have, as a rule, been restrained by circumstances which readily 
 explain their failure to give endorsement. For instance, Mexico has 
 not until very recently had a government recognized by the United 
 States. Between us and Japan there is an unsettled dispute relating 
 to the California alien laws, and Colombia, the only country in South 
 America which has not signed the treaty, failed to do so because 
 another treaty awaited ratification by the United States." 
 
XXXVl INTRODUCTION 
 
 The principal arguments in favor of Mr. Bryan's plan, are, to quote 
 his exact language instead of paraphrasing it: 
 
 First, that it gives time for passion to subside and for reason to 
 resume her sway — a time for cooling off. European diplomats 
 have asserted that a week's time for consideration would have 
 prevented the present war. Our plan gives fifty-two weeks. 
 
 Second, it gives time for separation of questions of honor from 
 questions of fact, inasmuch as the line between these two kinds 
 of questions is apt to be obscured in times of excitement. 
 
 Third, it gives time for the peace forces of the world to operate. 
 
 While the treaties do not make war impossible they make it a 
 remote possibility. Nations are not apt to go to war after a year's 
 time spent in investigation of the facts by an international tribunal. 
 
 The nations have had machinery for war — they could go to war 
 in a week — ^but strange to say, they had no machinery for the ad- 
 justment of disputes which defied diplomatic settlement. They 
 were compelled to rely upon good offices or mediation with noth- 
 ing to prevent acts of hostilities before either could be offered. 
 The peace treaty plan furnishes the machinery, and it can be in- 
 voked as soon as diplomacy fails. The time may come when all 
 questions, without exception, will be submitted tO' arbitration ; until 
 that time, the treaty providing for investigation in all cases is the 
 best insurance we have against war."^ 
 
 Taking Mr. Bryan's account of the nature, purpose and scope of the 
 treaties, officially called, "Treaties for the Advancement of Peace," as 
 accurate, as indeed Mr. Bryan must be regarded as the primary source 
 of authority in such matters, we are now prepared to consider the texts 
 of the treaties which he negotiated to give effect to his views. They 
 are thirty in number. The first five were quite naturally concluded with 
 American countries, of which Salvador was the first to sign, and these 
 countries were willing to go farther than the European countries in 
 which a step in advance is the subject of much discussion and is only 
 taken with extreme caution. The first European treaty was, as pre- 
 viously stated, appropriately concluded with the Netherlands, which 
 country has been for some years the very pivot and center of an en- 
 lightened and reasonable peace movement, and since the meeting of the 
 two Conferences at The Hague and the location in that city of the 
 Peace Palace, due to the munificence of an American citizen, Mr. 
 
 1 Letter of Mr. Bryan to J. B. Scott, September 30, 1917. 
 
INTRODUCTION XXXVll 
 
 Andrew Carnegie, to house the Permanent Court of Arbitration and a 
 library for its use. The Hague may with considerable propriety be 
 called the very center and capital of internationalism. 
 
 Let us therefore compare the treaties with Salvador and the Nether- 
 lands and then pass to a consideration of the other treaties which Mr. 
 Bryan was fortunate enough to negotiate with the remaining. American 
 and European countries, and with China and Persia. 
 
 But before doing so, it is advisable to state that treaties embodying 
 Mr. Bryan's plan were concluded with the following countries, ar- 
 ranged according to the dates of signature which are given in each 
 instance : 
 
 Country Date of Signature 
 
 Salvador August 7, 1913. 
 
 Guatemala September 20, 1913. 
 
 Panama September 20, 1913. 
 
 Honduras November 3, 1913. 
 
 Nicaragua December 17, 1913. 
 
 Netherlands December 18, 1913. 
 
 Bolivia January 22, 1914. 
 
 Persia February 4, 1914. 
 
 Portugal February 4, 1914. 
 
 Costa Rica February 13, 1914. 
 
 Switzerland February 13, 1914. 
 
 Dominican Republic February 17, 1914. 
 
 Venezuela March 21, 1914. 
 
 Denmark April 17, 1914. 
 
 Italy May 5, 1914. 
 
 Norway June 24, 1914. 
 
 Peru July 14, 1914. 
 
 Uruguay July 20, 1914. 
 
 Brazil July 24, 1914. 
 
 Argentine Republic July 24, 1914. 
 
 Chile July 24, 1914. 
 
 Paraguay • August 29, 1914. 
 
 China September 15, 1914. 
 
 France September 15, 1914. 
 
 Great Britain September 15, 1914. 
 
 Spain September 15, 1914. 
 
 Russia • • • .October 1, 1914. 
 
 Ecuador October 13, 1914. 
 
 Greece October 13, 1914. 
 
 Sweden October 13, 1914. 
 
XXXVUl 
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 Of these treaties, thirty in number, the Senate of the United States 
 has advised and consented to the ratification of the following twenty- 
 eight, arranged in the order oi such approval : 
 
 Country 
 
 Ratification advised 
 by the Senate 
 
 Argentine Republic August 13 
 
 Bolivia August 13 
 
 Brazil August 13; 
 
 Costa Rica August 13 
 
 Guatemala August 13 
 
 Honduras August 13 
 
 Italy August 13 
 
 Netherlands August 13, 
 
 Nicaragua August 13 
 
 Norway August 13 
 
 Persia August 13 
 
 Portugal August 13, 
 
 Salvador August 13 
 
 Switzerland August 13 
 
 Uruguay August 13 
 
 Venezuela August 13 
 
 Chile August 20, 
 
 Peru August 20, 
 
 France September 25 
 
 Great Britain September 25 
 
 Spain September 25 
 
 Denmark September 30, 
 
 China October 12 
 
 Russia October 13 
 
 Ecuador October 20, 
 
 Greece October 20, 
 
 Paraguay October 22 
 
 Sweden October 22 
 
 1914. 
 1914. 
 1914. 
 1914. 
 1914. 
 1914. 
 1914. 
 1914. 
 1914. 
 1914. 
 1914. 
 1914. 
 1914. 
 1914. 
 1914. 
 1914. 
 1914. 
 1914. 
 1914. 
 1914. 
 1914. 
 1914. 
 1914. 
 1914. 
 1914. 
 1914. 
 1914. 
 1914. 
 
 Of these twenty-eight, ratifications have been exchanged with the 
 following countries, arranged according to the date of such exchange : 
 
 Country Ratifications Exchanged 
 
 Guatemala October 13, 1914. 
 
 Norway October 21, 1914. 
 
 Portugal October 24, 1914. 
 
 Great Britain November 10, 1914. 
 
 Costa Rica November 12, 1914. 
 
INTRODUCTION XXxix 
 
 Spain December 21, 1914. 
 
 Bolivia January 8, 1915. 
 
 Sweden January 11, 1915. 
 
 Denmark January 19, 1915. 
 
 France January 22, 1915. 
 
 Uruguay February 24, 1915. 
 
 Peru March 4, 1915. 
 
 Paraguay March 9, 1915. 
 
 Italy March 19, 1915. 
 
 Russia March 22, 1915. 
 
 China October 22, 1915. 
 
 Chile January 19, 1916. 
 
 Ecuador January 22, 1916. 
 
 Honduras July 27, 1916. 
 
 Brazil October 28, 1916. 
 
 The preamble in all of the treaties is identical and states the con- 
 tracting countries as "desirous to strengthen the bonds of amity that 
 bind them together and also to advance the cause of general peace." 
 
 In the first article of the treaty with Salvador the high contracting 
 Parties "agree that all disputes between them, of every nature what- 
 soever, which diplomacy shall fail to adjust, shall be submitted for in- 
 vestigation and report to an international commission, to be constituted 
 in the manner prescribed in the next succeeding article." That is to 
 say, all disputes, whether involving questions of fact, law or policy, 
 are to be submitted for investigation and report, provided only that 
 diplomacy shall have failed to adjust them. The treaty with the 
 Netherlands is more cautious, and makes it clear that the new supple- 
 ments but does not supplant an older treaty providing for arbitration. 
 Thus : "The High Contracting Parties agree that all disputes between 
 them, of every nature whatsoever, to the settlement of which previous 
 arbitration treaties or agreements do not apply in their terms or are 
 not applied in fact, shall, when diplomatic methods of adjustment have 
 failed, be referred for investigation and report to a permanent inter- 
 national commission, to be constituted in the manner prescribed in the 
 next succeeding article." 
 
 This limitation is just and proper from every point of view. 
 
 In the first place, an obligation to arbitrate is not satisfied by sub- 
 mitting a dispute covered by such a treaty, to the commission which 
 only investigates and reports, whereas an arbitral tribunal decides the 
 
xl 
 
 INTRODT.TCTION 
 
 questions laid before it and binds the conscience and the good faith of 
 the parties to comply with and to execute the award. 
 
 In the second place, the membership of the arbitral tribunal may well 
 differ from that of the commission, inasmuch as different qualifica- 
 tions may be required to pass upon questions of law and to apply them 
 to the facts as stated or found, from those fitted to find facts or take 
 into consideration questions of honor, or vital interest which inevitably 
 involve politics and international policy and in which questions of law 
 may play but a modest or subdued role. • 
 
 In the third and final place, for only essential differences are to be 
 pointed out, the Netherland Government wanted to have it distinctly 
 appear that, as far as it was concerned, the treaty was primarily to 
 bring to investigation and report questions ordinarily reserved from 
 the obligation to arbitrate contained in the general treaties of arbitra- 
 tion, although if the agreement to arbitrate under the general treaty 
 or agreement has not been complied with, the Bryan treaty may then be 
 utilized to cause the particular matter to be submitted to the commis- 
 sion. Such action is, however, to be the exception, not the rule. 
 
 The two treaties are, however, alike in the final and vital clause of 
 the first article, for the text of both is so similar as to be almost iden- 
 tical in language as in meaning. Thus the treaty with Salvador pro- 
 vides, as do all of the series, that the high contracting Parties "agree 
 not to declare war or begin hostilities during such investigation and 
 report." 
 
 In each treaty the commission of inquiry is to be composed of five 
 members, one to be chosen by each from its citizens or subjects, a 
 second from a third country, and in the treaty with Salvador "the fifth 
 member shall be chosen by common agreement between the two Govern- 
 ments" ; in the treaty with the Netherlands the proviso is added "that 
 he shall not be a citizen of either country." Doubtless in practice the . 
 umpire would be a foreigner to each, but it was well to state it in order 
 that three of the members, that is the majority, must be indifferent to 
 the dispute. In each treaty the expenses of the commission are to be 
 paid in equal proportions ; in the treaty with Salvador the commission 
 is to be appointed within four, in that with the Netherlands, within 
 six months after exchange of ratifications and vacancies are to be filled 
 in each as in the case of original appointments. 
 
 The third article of both is very similar, but not identical, as Mr. 
 Bryan did not attempt to secure absolute uniformity of detail, wisely 
 
INTRODUCTION xK 
 
 leaving something to the other side to suggest and to the United States 
 to accept. By the first paragraph of each treaty the dispute is to be 
 submitted to the commission immediately upon the collapse of diplo- 
 macy. In the Salvadorian treaty the commission may "act upon its own 
 initiative," notifying and requesting the cooperation of the Govern- 
 ments; whereas in the Netherland draft the commission may "spon- 
 taneously" offer its services. The meaning seems, however, to be 
 identical in each case, as where special formalities are to be required, 
 they are stated in the treaties. 
 
 In the second sentence of the third article the treaty with Salvador 
 presumes that the request of cooperation is tantamount to an obligation 
 to cooperate. This is not, however, left to conjecture by the Nether- 
 lands, as by the third paragraph of the article, the high contracting 
 Parties "agree to furnish" the commission "with all the means and 
 facilities required for its investigation and report." In the next para- 
 graph of the article the commission has a year in which to investigate 
 and to report upon the dispute, which, in the case of Salvador, may be 
 extended, and in the case of the Netherlands limited or extended by 
 mutual agreement. In each the report is to be in triplicate, one copy 
 for each of the parties and the third for the files of the commission. 
 
 The concluding paragraph is identical and as it is of the essence of 
 Mr. Bryan's plan it is found in all of the treaties in similar if not in 
 identical language. According to the text of the Salvadorian and 
 Netherland treaty it reads: "The high contracting Parties retain the 
 right to act independently on the subject-matter of the dispute after 
 the report of the commission shall have been submitted." 
 
 Thus far there have only been slight differences in the two texts 
 making for clearness in thought and expression, and precision in the 
 nature and extent of the obligation assumed. There was, however, an 
 important difference between the treaties with Salvador, Guatemala, 
 Panama, Honduras, Nicaragua and Persia on the one hand, and all the 
 others, including, of course, the Netherlands, which latter country was 
 the first to strike out the fourth article of the five American treaties in 
 which it was followed by all other countries with the exception of 
 Persia. 
 
 This article is thus worded: 
 
 Pending the investigation and report of the International Com- 
 mission, the high contracting parties agree not to increase their 
 
xlii 
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 military or naval programs, unless danger from a third power shall 
 compel such increase, in which case the party feeling itself menaced 
 shall confidentially communicate the fact in writing to the other 
 contracting party, whereupon the latter shall also be released from 
 its obligation to maintain its military and naval status quo. 
 
 The Senate in advising and consenting to the ratification of the 
 treaties eliminated this article, thus removing this difference between 
 them, reducing any variation in the various treaties to one of method 
 rather than of obligation. 
 
 In taking this action the Senate was well advised as the provisions of 
 the article were complicated, difficult to supervise or control, and sought 
 to lay a burden upon the contracting Parties which they would find irk- 
 some to observe and which in addition was really out of place, as the re- 
 lations of a contracting party with a third State was no concern of the 
 contracting country. 
 
 The final and formal article regarding ratification provides in each 
 of the two treaties under consideration that each is concluded for a 
 period of five years and remains in eflfect thereafter until twelve months 
 after notice given by either of an intention to terminate it. 
 
 Each article of the earliest American and of the European or later 
 model has been passed in review in order to show how alike they are in 
 all their essential parts, and a careful examination and comparison of 
 all the treaties will disclose the fact that they differ from one another 
 and from these two in what may be considered minor details, due to a 
 desire for different provisions in some instances, to a preference for a 
 more precise formulation of their terms and to a greater precision of 
 expression. 
 
 The sense in which the various treaties ratified and proclaimed was 
 understood by Mr. Bryan and the Senate can be seen from Secretary 
 Bryan's letter of August 1, 1914, addressed to the Honorable William 
 J. Stone, then chairman of the Committee on Foreign Relations of the 
 United States Senate, and in an editorial comment written by the under- 
 signed on the treaties in the American Journal of International Law 
 for July, 1914, which Mr. Bryan sent to each member of the Senate at 
 the time of and for the purpose of their ratification. The differences in 
 each case arranged under appropriate headings are admirably stated, 
 and classified in an editorial comment in the American Journal of Inter- 
 national Law for October, 1916, written by George A. Finch, secre- 
 tary of the Board of Editors of the Journal. 
 
INTRODUCTION xHii 
 
 To avoid conscious repetition and an unconscious reproduction of 
 their terms in language paraphrased when not directly quoted, these 
 three documents are for the convenience of the reader appended to the 
 present introduction. 
 
 The Treaties for the Advancement of Peace leave diplomacy to 
 achieve its hundred silent victories to one announced defeat. Good 
 offices and mediation may be offered and accepted. Friendly com- 
 position may be invoked and arbitration employed without interposition 
 of the commission of inquiry. If diplomacy fails and no other means 
 are resorted to, or if the dispute involves honor or vital interests, fall- 
 ing beyond the scope of any agreement, Mr. Bryan's permanent com- 
 mission, composed of three indifferent persons and a member from each 
 disputant, stands ready to accept jurisdiction at the behest of the 
 parties, or of one of them, or to offer their services in order to inves- 
 tigate the case, and to report its findings to the Governments in con- 
 troversy. 
 
 Imitation, they say, is the sincerest flattery, and it is a very striking 
 tribute to the excellence of Mr. Bryan's treaties that the great and 
 progressive States of Argentina, Brazil, and Chile have not only nego- 
 tiated treaties for the advancement of peace with the United States, 
 but have also negotiated a treaty of the same kind between and among 
 themselves.^ 
 
 This treaty, signed in the city of Buenos Aires on the 2Sth day of 
 May, 1915, shows that in their opinion an agreement of this kind need 
 not be confined to two countries, and it is therefore the first step, appro- 
 priately taken in the new world, towards the creation of an interna- 
 tional commission of inquiry to which many nations, if not all, may be 
 parties. What two can do, three have done; and what three can do, 
 all may. It is no doubt easier for a small number of nations to con- 
 clude a treaty of this kind, inasmuch as each may have a permanent 
 member without unduly enlarging the commission. In the present 
 case, each of the contracting nations limited itself to a member, and the 
 commission of three members was to meet and to function in case of 
 need in the conveniently located city of Montevideo, in the Republic 
 of Uruguay. 
 
 1 Appendix, post, p. 147. 
 
xliv 
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 For a treaty to which many nations would be parties, it would only 
 be necessary to agree upon a number of members possessing the con- 
 fidence of the contracting countries, and to allow each of the nations in 
 dispute to add one of its citizens or subjects to the permanent mem- 
 bership thus composed, which may be considered the nucleus of the 
 commission. 
 
 Because of the interest and importance of this treaty, four of its 
 articles are quoted. The first, dealing with jurisdiction is thus worded : 
 
 Controversies which may arise among the three Contracting 
 Parties, or between two of them, on any subject whatever orig- 
 inating in the future and which can not be adjusted by diplomacy, 
 or submitted to arbitration in conformity with existing or future 
 treaties, shall be submitted for investigation and report to a Per- 
 manent Commission organized in the manner established by Article 
 3. The High Contracting Parties engage not to commit hostile 
 acts before the report of the Commission established by the present 
 treaty, or until the expiration of the period of one year mentioned 
 in Article 5. 
 
 The third article provides that the commission shall be organized 
 as follows: 
 
 In order to constitute the permanent commission referred to in 
 Article 1, each of the High Contracting Parties shall appoint a 
 delegate within three months after the exchange of ratifications of 
 the present treaty. Each Government may revoke the appoint- 
 ment of its own delegate at any time before the beginning of the 
 investigation, but shall, however, designate the successor in the 
 same act of revocation. Vacancy due to other causes shall be 
 filled by the respective Government, and the provisions of the 
 present treaty shall not be suspended thereby. 
 
 To the commission thus formed, the fourth article requires that : 
 
 The controversies mentioned in Article 1 shall be submitted for 
 investigation and report to the commission immediately after the 
 breakdown of the diplomatic negotiations for their solution. Each 
 of the Governments interested in the controversy can convoke the 
 Commission. In order that the convocation may produce its effect, 
 it is sufficient to communicate it to the two other Governments. 
 
 The fifth article deals with the procedure, which it regulates in the 
 following manner: 
 
 The Permanent Commission shall be constituted in the city of 
 Montevideo within three months of its convocation, and it shall 
 
INTRODUCTION xlv 
 
 determine the rules of procedure necessary for the accompHshment 
 of its mission. If for any reason the Commission can not meet, it 
 shall, at the expiration of the three months, be considered as con- 
 stituted for the purposes of the periods established in the present 
 article. The High Contracting Parties shall submit the antece- 
 dents and the information necessary for the investigation. The 
 Commission must present its report before the expiration of a 
 year from the date of its constitution. If it can not complete its 
 investigation nor prepare its report within the period fixed, it may 
 extend the period for six months or longer, with the consent of the 
 High Contracting Parties. 
 
 As in the case of the Treaties for the Advancement of Peace, to 
 which only two contracting nations are parties, the report is advisory, 
 leaving it to the nations to take such action as their wisdom, discre- 
 tion, or special interests may suggest. 
 
 But Mr. Bryan's plan and method of composing the commission is as 
 applicable to an international court of justice as to an international 
 commission of inquiry. In enumerating the advantages of his method 
 of constituting the Board or Commission, Mr. Bryan says that in 
 order to assure fairness two members should be added in every inves- 
 tigation, one of whom should be chosen by each side; and that the 
 temporary should possess equal authority with the permanent members 
 during the investigation for which they were selected. If an interna- 
 tional court were to be formed by the civilized nations professing and 
 practicing international law, and if the court were to consist of an odd 
 number of judges, — not less than nine, nor more than thirteen, — each 
 litigating nation could, if not represented on the bench, appoint "in 
 order to assure fairness," one of its subjects or citizens, to sit with 
 the permanent judges during the trial and disposition of the case. The 
 judgment would, under given conditions, be reached by permanent and 
 indifferent members who would nevertheless enjoy the advantage of 
 the presence of alert and vigilant representatives of the litigating 
 nations. The judges would also benefit by the knowledge which the 
 temporary members possessed, of the laws and constitutions of the 
 countries in controversy, without danger that the decision would in any 
 way depend upon these frankly interested parties. 
 
 A court constituted in this manner would be as ready as the commis- 
 sion to assume jurisdiction and if either party could thus lay its case 
 before the court as it may before the commission, a judgment would 
 
Xlvi INTRODUCTION 
 
 be reached by judicial means ascertaining the rights and duties of the 
 contending parties. 
 
 As in the case of the commission, it is not necessary to enforce the 
 decision as execution of an arbitral award depends upon the good faith 
 of the parties, and good faith has hitherto been found sufficient. If we 
 would frankly admit that the duty of the judge is to decide and not to 
 execute, we could by this simple device secure a judicial decision of 
 every justiciable dispute when and as it arises, upon the initiative of the 
 party in interest, and leave public opinion to do the rest. 
 
 By this method a special agreement for each case would not need to 
 be negotiated and any nation could as plaintiff carry its difference to 
 the court and set it in motion. If each party were left free to accept 
 and to comply with the holding, according to its standard of honor and 
 conception of its duty in the premises, there could be no greater ob- 
 jection to a treaty creating a permanent international court of justice 
 instead of or in addition to a permanent international commission of 
 inquiry, and, as far as the United States is concerned, there would be 
 thirty precedents for signing, twenty-nine precedents for ratifying, 
 and twenty precedents for proclaiming such an agreement. 
 
 We are so accustomed to associate execution with judgment that we 
 find it hard, if not impossible, to separate the two and think of one 
 without .the other. Yet it is a fact that the two grew up separately, that 
 the judgment antedated the execution and that it is only in fully de- 
 veloped systems of jurisprudence that the two are combined. They are 
 concomitants in suits between private suitors, they are not inseparable 
 companions in litigation to which nations are parties. It is therefore 
 well to let experience decide whether execution is necessary, and to 
 suggest the terms of an agreement on this subject, if one should prove 
 to be advisable and practicable. 
 
 The absence of the sheriff does not prevent the negotiation of treaties 
 of arbitration, the absence of the marshal should not delay the negotia- 
 tion of a treaty for judicial settlement. The experience had with the one 
 suggests the feasibility of the other, and a permanent nucleus of judges, 
 chosen by the nations, to pass upon their justiciable disputes, would as- 
 sure a judgment by disinterested parties, in accordance with a treaty 
 creating the obligation for all of the high contracting parties to submit 
 their controversies to the same body and number of indifferent judges, 
 preserving to each equality of representation upon the bench during the 
 trial and disposition of the case. 
 
INTRODUCTION xlvii 
 
 This equality would not be affected by the fact that a member of 
 the court happened to belong to one of the litigating nations, inasmuch 
 as the other litigant could exercise its right of appointment for the case 
 and have its views presented by a judge of its own choice, who would, 
 it is to be presumed, be equally well informed and vigilant as the 
 judge of the other litigant. 
 
 By this method we would thus have one obligation for all, and an 
 equality of representation for each at the very moment when it is de- 
 sired and supposed to be of prime importance. 
 
 Possessed of the experience which would necessarily result from 
 such an institution, the nations could then in the light of this experience 
 and of its lessons establish a more perfect tribunal, just as the f ramers 
 of the Constitution of the United States created a more perfect Union 
 because of the experience and the lessons of the Confederation. 
 
 To the modern man with the medieval mind, these treaties will seem 
 but sorry stuff, for they decide nothing, leaving the nations free to 
 adopt or to reject the report of the commitee of inquiry. To others 
 they will seem unheroic, as physical force is neither invoked to compel 
 the contracting parties to submit the dispute to the commission nor to 
 enforce its findings. 
 
 To those who believe in good faith and that it can only be educated, 
 not coerced into action in conformity with the given word, as well as to 
 those who regard public opinion as the universal and supreme sanction 
 before which in the long run crowns are humbled and against which 
 the mailed fist strikes in vain, these harmless agreements, for they can 
 neither injure man nor nation, will be a comfort and a hope : a comfort 
 that the persuasion of public opinion is relied upon instead of physical 
 coercion, and a hope that other advocates of justice between nations 
 will regard these treaties as precedents for further progress. 
 
 Any dispute that can be talked about can be settled ; any dispute that 
 is talked about must and will be settled in accordance with the dictates 
 of an insistent and enlightened public opinion. 
 
 James Brown Scott. 
 
 Washington, D. C, July 9, 1918. 
 
Letter of Secretary of State Bryan to the Honorable W. J. Stone, 
 Chairman of the Committee on Foreign Relations of the United 
 States Senate, August 1, 1914^ 
 
 August I, 1914. 
 My dear Senator: 
 
 In compliance with your request, I am sending you a comparison of 
 the twenty treaties showing wherein they are identical and wherein 
 they differ. The treaty with Salvador, signed August 7, 1913, is the 
 first of this series, and the text of this treaty will be used as the basis 
 for comparison. 
 
 The first clause of Article 1 of the Salvador treaty reads : 
 
 The High Contracting Parties agree that all disputes between 
 them, of every nature whatsoever, which diplomacy shall fail to 
 adjust, shall be submitted for investigation and report to an Inter- 
 national Commission, to be constituted in the manner prescribed 
 in the next succeeding article; 
 
 This clause in the treaties with Guatemala, Panama, Honduras, 
 Nicaragua and Persia is identical with Article 1 of the Salvador treaty, 
 and in the treaties with Denmark, the United States of Venezuela, Nor- 
 way, the Argentine Republic and the Republic of Chile is substantially 
 the same, the difference being merely in the use of other words of the 
 same meaning. 
 
 The first clause of Article 1 of the Netherland treaty reads : 
 
 The High Contracting Parties agree that all disputes between 
 them, of every nature whatsoever, to the settlement of which 
 previous arbitration treaties or agreements do not apply in their 
 terms or are not applied in fact, shall, when diplomatic methods 
 of adjustment have failed, be referred for investigation and re- 
 port to a permanent International Commission, to be constituted 
 in the manner prescribed in the next succeeding article ; 
 
 and this language is followed substantially in the treaties with Bolivia, 
 the Portuguese Republic, Switzerland, Costa Rica, the Dominican 
 Republic (see first sentence in Article III), Italy, Uruguay, and Brazil 
 — the treaty with the United States of Brazil limits questions of an 
 
 1 MS. Department of State. 
 
INTRODUCTION xHx 
 
 international character and this limitation is, of course, understood in 
 the others. The exception in regard to arbitration to be found in the 
 treaty with the Netherlands and in those that contain similar language 
 is also understood. These treaties are intended to supplement other 
 treaties, not abrogate them. 
 
 The last clause of Article I of the Salvador treaty will be found in 
 all the treaties ; where there is any change in the wording, the change 
 does not affect the meaning. This clause embodies one of the essential 
 principles of the plan, namely, that there shall be no declaration of 
 war or commencement of hostilities until the investigation is concluded 
 and the report prepared. The treaty with the Republic of Chile adds : 
 
 Nor before all resources stipulated in this treaty have proved 
 unsuccessful. - 
 
 The first paragraph of Article II of the Salvador treaty reads: 
 
 The International Commission shall be composed of five mem- 
 bers, to be appointed as follows : One member shall be chosen from 
 each country, by the Government thereof ; one member shall be 
 chosen by each Government from some third country; the fifth 
 member shall be chosen by common agreement between the two 
 Governments. The expenses of the Commission shall be paid by 
 the two Governments in equal proportion. 
 
 This method of selection is followed in all the other treaties, but in 
 three treaties, namely, those with Norway, the Argentine Republic, and 
 the Republic of Chile, provision is made for the selection of the fifth 
 member in case the two countries can not agree. In the treaty with the 
 Argentine Republic the fifth member, in case of disagreement between 
 the two countries, is to be chosen by the president of the Swiss Con- 
 federation. The treaty with Norway provides that, in case of dis- 
 agreement, the fifth member shall be chosen according to Article 87 of 
 the Hague Convention of 1907. The treaty with the United States 
 of Venezuela provides that the selection of the fifth member may be 
 submitted to the other four. 
 
 The treaties with the Netherlands, Bolivia, the Portuguese Republic, 
 Denmark, Switzerland, Costa Rica, Dominican Republic, the United 
 States of Venezuela, Italy, Norway, Uruguay, and the Argentine Re- 
 public provide that the fifth member of the Commission shall not be a 
 citizen of either of the contracting nations, and the treaties with, the 
 United States of Brazil and the Republic of Chile provide that the fifth 
 
1 INTEODUCTION 
 
 member shall not be a citizen of any of the countries represented by 
 the other four commissioners. The treaties with the United States of 
 Brazil and the Republic of Chile provide that the fifth member shall 
 preside. 
 
 All the treaties provide that the expenses of the Commission shall be 
 borne equally by the two countries. 
 
 In the treaties with Bolivia, Switzerland, Costa Rica, the Dominican 
 Republic, Italy, and Uruguay it is provided that the Commissioners are 
 to receive compensation only when actually employed. While this is 
 not stated in the other treaties, we may assume that the same is 
 intended. 
 
 All the treaties provide that vacancies are to be filled in the same 
 manner as the original appointments are made. 
 
 The treaties with Bolivia, Switzerland, Costa Rica, Dominican Re- 
 public, Italy, Uruguay, the United States of Brazil, the Argentine 
 Republic, and the Republic of Chile provide that each party, before 
 investigation begins, may withdraw any Commissioner appointed by it 
 and substitute another of its choice. These treaties provide that, before 
 investigation begins, either party may withdraw its consent to the fifth 
 member, in which case the parties are to agree upon a substitute. The 
 treaties with the United States of Brazil, the Argentine Republic, and 
 the Republic of Chile provide that the Swiss Confederation shall select 
 the fifth member if, before investigation begins, one of the two parties 
 withdraws its consent to the fifth member and the two countries cannot 
 agree upon his successor. 
 
 Nine of the treaties provide that the Commission shall be organized 
 within four months after exchange of ratifications ; seven of the treaties 
 fix the time at six months and four provide that it shall be as soon as 
 possible. 
 
 The treaty with Switzerland provides that the Commission shall make 
 its own rules. The treaties with Denmark and Norway provide that the 
 Hague Convention (1907) rules shall govern the Commission unless 
 other rules are agreed upon by the parties. 
 
 The first paragraph of Article III of the Salvador treaty reads : 
 
 In case the High Contracting Parties shall have failed to adjust 
 a dispute by diplomatic methods, they shall at once refer it to the 
 International Commission for investigation and report. The In- 
 ternational Commission may, however, act upon its own initiative, 
 and in such case it shall notify both Governments and request their 
 cooperation in the investigation. 
 
INTRODUCTION li 
 
 This provision for action by the Commission on its own initiative, as 
 well as when action is requested by the parties, is contained in the 
 treaties with Guatemala, Panama, Honduras, Nicaragua, the Nether- 
 lands, Bolivia, Persia, the Portuguese Republic, Denmark, Switzerland, 
 Costa Rica, the Dominican Republic, the United States of Venezuela, 
 Norway and Uruguay; in the treaties with Bolivia and Uruguay the 
 action taken by the Commission offering its services must be taken by 
 unanimous agreement. 
 
 The treaties with Italy, the United States of Brazil, the Argentine 
 Republic and the Republic of Chile provide for the invocation of the 
 Commission by one or both of the contracting parties, but do not au- 
 thorize the Commission to take the initiative. 
 
 The treaty with the United States of Venezuela provides that "The 
 International Commission may, however, before taking diplomatic steps 
 or in the course thereof, act upon its own initiative, and in such case 
 it shall notify both Governments and request their cooperation in the 
 investigation." 
 
 That sentence, standing alone, might indicate an intention that the 
 Commission should offer its services before diplomatic efforts had 
 failed, but when taken in connection with the preceding sentence — 
 
 In case the High Contracting Parties shall have failed to adjust 
 a dispute by diplomatic methods, they shall at once refer it to the 
 International Commission for investigation and report — 
 
 it can not be so construed. 
 
 In the treaties with the Netherlands, Bolivia, the Portuguese Re- 
 public, Switzerland, Costa Rica, the Dominican Republic, the United 
 States of Venezuela, Norway, Uruguay, the United States of Brazil, 
 the Argentine Republic, and the Republic of Chile the parties agree to 
 furnish the necessary documents and assist the Commission. In the 
 treaty with Italy the parties agree to furnish documents and afford all 
 facilities, provided they do not conflict with the laws or supreme inter- 
 ests of the State or damage the rights or interests of third States. 
 
 The second paragraph of Article III of the Salvador treaty reads : 
 
 The report of the International Commission shall be completed 
 within one year after the date on which it shall declare its inves- 
 tigation to have begun, unless the High Contracting Parties shall 
 extend the time by mutual agreement. The report shall be pre- 
 pared in triplicate; one copy shall be presented to each Govern- 
 ment, and the third retained by the Commission for its files. 
 
lii 
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 All the other treaties likewise provide for a year's investigation, the 
 report to be made at the end of that period, unless the time is extended 
 by agreement. The treaty with the Republic of Qiile allows six 
 months more for renewed negotiations to bring about a settlement in 
 view of the findings. 
 
 The third paragraph of Article III of the treaty with Salvador reads : 
 
 The High Contracting Parties reserve the right to act inde- 
 pendently on the subject-matter of the dispute after the report oi 
 the Commission shall have been submitted. 
 
 All the other treaties contain the same or similar language, the reser- 
 vation of the right to act independently after investigation being neces- 
 sary because the treaties cover all controversies not otherwise pro- 
 vided for. 
 
 Article IV of the Salvador treaty reads : 
 
 Pending the investigation and report of the International Com- 
 mission, the High Contracting Parties agree not to increase their 
 military or naval programs, unless danger from a third Power 
 should compel such increase, in which case the party feeling itself 
 menaced shall confidentially communicate the fact in writing to 
 the other Contracting Party, whereupon the latter shall also be 
 released from its obligation to maintain its military and naval 
 status quo. 
 
 The same provision is embodied in the treaties with Guatemala, 
 Panama, Honduras, Nicaragua and Persia, but this article is not found 
 in any of the other treaties. This provision in regard to the military 
 and naval program was suggested by this Government on the theory 
 that it would be necessary to include some such provision in order to 
 secure the necessary time for investigation, but most of the Govern- 
 ments have preferred to make no reference to the subject and the 
 omission is entirely agreeable to this Government. The Governments 
 which signed the treaties containing this provision would doubtless 
 have signed as willingly had the treaties with them omitted Article IV. 
 
 The treaty with Salvador provides in Article V that the convention 
 shall continue for a period of five years and thereafter remain in force 
 until twelve months after one of the Contracting Parties gives notice 
 to terminate it. This form is followed in all the other treaties, ex- 
 cepting the treaty with the Republic of Chile, which prescribes for auto- 
 matic renewal for successive five-year periods. 
 
INTRODUCTION HH 
 
 In addition to the agreement for investigation in all cases, the treaties 
 with the Republic of Chile and the Dominican Republic contain the 
 provisions embodied in the arbitration treaties which the United States 
 has negotiated with some twenty-six countries, the Dominican Re- 
 public and the Republic of Chile not having arbitration treaties pre- 
 viously concluded with the United States. 
 
 Appreciating the support which the members of your Committee 
 have given to this plan for the promotion of peace, and hoping for an 
 early ratification of these conventions, I am, 
 
 Very truly yours, 
 
 W. J. Bryan. 
 
 Secretary Bryan's Peace Plan^ 
 
 As the Journal has devoted two editorial comments to Secretary 
 Bryan's peace plan — that is to say, the conventions negotiated by him 
 as Secretary of State with foreign countries, providing for commis- 
 sions of inquiry to pass upon international disputes which may arise 
 between them — it is not necessary to restate the terms of the treaties 
 or the advantages which are expected to flow from their ratification 
 and application in practice. The Journal, however, is pleased to print 
 the following list of countries, chronologically arranged, which have 
 indicated acceptance in principle of the peace plan up to July 24, 1914, 
 furnished by the courtesy of His Excellency the Secretary of State: 
 
 1. Italy 13. Argentina 
 
 2. Great Britain 14. China 
 
 3. France 15. Dominican Republic 
 
 4. Brazil 16. Guatemala 
 
 5. Sweden 17. Haiti 
 
 6. Norway 18. Spain 
 
 7. Russia 19. Portugal 
 
 8. Peru 20. Belgium 
 
 9. Austria-Hungary 21. Denmark 
 
 10. Netherlands 22. Chile 
 
 11. Bolivia 23. Cuba 
 
 12. Germany 24. Costa Rica 
 
 ^ Editorial by James Brown Scott in the American Journal of International 
 Law, 1914, p. 565. 
 
liv INTRODUCTION 
 
 25. Salvador 30. Nicaragua 
 
 26. Switzerland 31. Persia 
 
 27. Paraguay 32. Ecuador 
 
 28. Panama 33. Venezuela 
 
 29. Honduras 34. Greece 
 
 The following is likewise an official list, furnished by the Secretary 
 of State, of countries, chronologically arranged, which have entered into 
 treaties endorsing the principles and details of the peace plan up to 
 July 24, 1914: 
 
 1. Salvador August 7. 1913 
 
 2. Guatemala September 20, 1913 
 
 3. Panama September 20, 1913 
 
 4. Honduras November 3, 1913 
 
 5. Nicaragua December 17, 1913 
 
 6. Netherlands December 18, 1913 
 
 7. Bolivia January 22, 1914 
 
 8. Portugal February 4, 1914 
 
 9. Persia February 4, 1914 
 
 10. Denmark February 5, 1914 
 
 11. Switzerland February 13, 1914 
 
 12. Costa Rica February 13, 1914 
 
 13. Dominican Republic February 17, 1914 
 
 14. Venezuela March 21, 1914 
 
 15. Italy May 5, 1914 
 
 16. Norway June 24, 1914 
 
 17. Peru July 14, 1914 
 
 18. Uruguay July 20, 1914 
 
 19. Argentina July 24, 1914 
 
 20. Brazil July 24, 1914 
 
 21. Chile July 24, 1914 
 
 Treaties with France and Great Britain have been agreed upon and 
 will, it is expected, be signed in a few days. It is thus seen that twenty- 
 one treaties have actually been signed, and on July 24, 1914, twenty 
 of these were laid before the Senate for its advice and consent. As the 
 Senate Committee on Foreign Relations has already approved them in 
 principle, it is believed that they will shortly be ready for ratification. 
 
INTRODUCTION Iv 
 
 The treaty with Peru, owing to delay in transmission, will be sent to 
 the Senate later. 
 
 The provisions of the treaties differ, although the principle is in- 
 variably the same, and through the courtesy of the Secretary of State 
 the Journal is enabled to give the text of what Mr. Bryan regards as 
 representative of the entire group, namely, the convention between the 
 Netherlands and the United States of December 18, 1913. The pre- 
 amble states — and the preamble is true in this case — ^that the United 
 States and Her Majesty the Queen of the Netherlands are "desirous 
 to strengthen the bonds of amity that bind them together and also to 
 advance the cause of general peace." It would be a waste of time to 
 comment upon this simple sentence, for since the Jay Treaty of 1794, 
 which introduced arbitration into the modern practice of nations, the 
 United States has been a leader, as well as a pioneer in the peaceful 
 settlement of international disputes, and since the meeting of the 
 First Peace Conference at The Hague in 1899 Holland has been and 
 is the center of international development. It is perhaps not too much 
 to say that the little city of The Hague has become the unofficial capital 
 of the society of nations. 
 
 It may be permissible to quote, in support of these views, a passage 
 from an address of Mr. Frederic R. Coudert, introducing His Excel- 
 lency Mr. Loudon, then Netherland Minister to the United States, but 
 now Minister of Foreign Affairs of his country, who in his present 
 capacity authorized the Netherland Minister to negotiate the treaty in 
 question with the United States: 
 
 There is in Europe one country — I was going to say a little 
 country, but that is not the word, because if bigness consists of 
 high principles, if it consists of altruism, if it consists of spiritual 
 power, if it consists of standing for the right and for fairness 
 among men, then Holland is a great country, and always has been. 
 It was great in the days when the military ideal stood high, and, if 
 I remember rightly, none other than Hollanders were accustomed 
 to carrying brooms at their mastheads in a certain historic channel. 
 But times pass along, and having excelled in the ideals of the 
 Middle Ages, they left them to excel in the ideals of modern 
 times .^ 
 
 But to the treaty. By its first article 
 
 - The High Contracting Parties agree that all disputes between 
 them, of every nature whatsoever, to the settlement of which 
 
 1 American Society of International Law, Proceedings (1913), pp. 265-266. 
 
Ivi INTRODUCTION 
 
 previous arbitration treaties or agreements do not apply in their 
 terms or are not applied in fact, shall, when diplomatic methods 
 of adjustment have failed, be referred for investigation and report 
 to a permanent International Commission, to be constituted in the 
 manner prescribed in the next succeeding article; and they agree 
 not to declare war or begin hostilities during such investigation and 
 before the report is submitted. 
 
 It is believed that this article defines in the clearest and most immis- 
 takable language the relation of the International Commission for ar- 
 bitration, for it is expressly stated that diplomatic methods shall have 
 been used to produce agreement and that they have failed ; that arbitra- 
 tion is not rejected in favor of a commission, because the disputes to 
 be submitted to it are either those not covered by a treaty of arbitration, 
 or, if included, are not actually arbitrated. That is to say, disputes 
 of whatsoever nature, not included in arbitration treaties, are to be 
 submitted to the Commission, so that the new agency is to supple- 
 ment the defects or shortcomings of such treaties and to bring to 
 discussion all matters of controversy between the two countries in 
 excess of the obligation assumed in treaties of arbitration. 
 
 As will be seen in Article III, the two countries do not confuse the 
 proceedings before the Commission with the consequences of arbitra- 
 tion, because the Commission reports; the arbitral tribunal decides. 
 The contracting parties believe, and it would appear properly, that a 
 report based upon careful investigation is tantamount to a settlement, 
 and it is to be hoped that this belief will be justified by the facts. It 
 will be noted that the concluding clause of Article I provides that war 
 shall not be declared or hostilities begun before the report of the Com- 
 mission is submitted. While war between the Netherlands and the 
 United States is unthinkable, such an agreement is far from useless. 
 Its very presence is an invitation to other nations, with which war is 
 not unthinkable, to investigate before they fight, or rather to investi- 
 gate instead of fighting. Its presence in many instruments of this 
 kind will reinforce its influence in this one, and it will be harder in 
 the future than in the past to refuse the reasonable demand of a foreign 
 nation, as did the United States in 1898, to submit a controversy such 
 as the blowing up of the Maine to an international commission of 
 inquiry. 
 
 The next article deals with the composition of this important body : 
 
INTRODUCTION Ivii 
 
 The International Commission shall be composed of five mem- 
 bers, to be appointed as follows : One member shall be chosen from 
 each country, by the Government thereof; one member shall be 
 chosen by each Government from some third country; the fifth 
 member shall be chosen by common agreement between the two 
 Governments, it being understood that he shall not be a citizen of 
 either country. The expenses of the Commission shall be paid by 
 the two Governments in equal proportion. 
 
 The International Commission shall be appointed within six 
 months after the exchange of the ratifications of this treaty ; and 
 vacancies shall be filled according to the manner of the original 
 appointment. 
 
 In the first place, it is to be observed that the Commission is to be 
 permanent (Article I) ; that, although each country is to be repre- 
 sented in it by a citizen or subject of its choice, the other members, 
 including the fifth, who may probably be chairman, are to be foreigners, 
 so that control of the national element is excluded ; for, say what we 
 will, a citizen or subject remains in international matters a citizen or 
 subject. His presence in a commission of this kind, however, may well 
 be helpful rather than detrimental, because the report, as will be seen 
 in Article III, is not binding upon the Governments. This article is 
 very important, because it contains an obligation on the part of the 
 Governments and vests the Commission with the initiative, if the Gov- 
 ernments do not themselves lay the dispute before it. But it will be 
 well to quote the article in full before commenting upon it: 
 
 Article III 
 
 In case the High Contracting Parties shall have failed to adjust 
 a dispute by diplomatic methods, they shall at once refer it to the 
 International Commission for investigation and report. The In- 
 ternational Commission may, however, spontaneously offer its 
 services to that effect, and in such case it shall notify both Gov- 
 ernments and request their cooperation in the investigation. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties agree to furnish the Permanent 
 International Commission with all the means and facilities required 
 for its investigation and report. 
 
 The report of the International Commission shall be completed 
 within one year after the date on which it shall declare its inves- 
 tigation to have begun, unless the High Contracting Parties shall 
 limit or extend the time by mutual agreement. The report shall 
 be prepared in tripHcate ; one copy shall be presented to each Gov- 
 ernment, and the third retained by the Commission for its files. 
 
Iviii 
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 The High Contracting Parties reserve the right to act inde- 
 pendently on the subject-matter of the dispute after the report of 
 the Commission shall have been submitted. 
 
 The first sentence should be construed with Article I, for, standing 
 alone, it might seem that arbitration was to be excluded. By so doing 
 it appears that, if there be no treaty of arbitration covering the dispute, 
 or if the duty to arbitrate has not been complied with, diplomacy is not 
 to drag on interminably, for upon its failure the Governments agree 
 to refer the dispute "at once" for investigation and report. It may hap- 
 pen, however, that one of the Governments may be unwilling to do this 
 and, were it not for the second sentence of Article III, we would have, 
 as it were, a deadlock. This sentence, however, allows the Commission 
 on its own initiative — "spontaneously" is the word in the text — "to 
 offer its services," and the second paragraph of the article apparently 
 binds the contracting parties to furnish the Commission "with all the 
 means and facilities required for its investigation and report" as fully 
 as if the reference were with the consent and upon the motion of the 
 two Governments. There would seem, therefore, to be no escape from 
 arbitration, on the one hand, if a treaty exists, or from the investigation 
 and report of a Commission, whether the Government will or no. 
 Herein lies the great importance of the treaties, for investigation must 
 in many cases amount to settlement ; for no nation, however powerful, 
 can in the long run withstand public opinion, and public opinion will 
 no doubt be created by this article. 
 
 It will be observed that the provision found in some of the treaties 
 not to declare war and begin hostilities within a year, absent in ex- 
 press terms from this treaty, is nevertheless read into it indirectly, for 
 the Commission has, by Article III, a year after the beginning of its 
 investigation to prepare its report. The advantage of such a provision 
 is too evident to need comment, and its application to the Maine inci- 
 dent will no doubt suggest itself, even to the casual reader. 
 
 The concluding paragraph of Article III is hardly less important 
 than the power of the Commission to act spontaneously — that is, on 
 its own initiative — and this although it does not attach any obligation 
 on the part of the Governments to put into effect the conclusions of 
 the report. Indeed, this seeming defect is its crowning glory, for we 
 know from every-day experience how unwilling we are to do that which 
 we are bound to do, and how often we do voluntarily what we do not 
 
INTRODUCTION lix 
 
 need to do. There is no escape from the investigation, for, if the 
 Governments are recalcitrant, the Commission itself may step in, and 
 it is interesting to note that in public documents "may" is not permis- 
 sive, but mandatory. If therefore the case is before the Commission, 
 and its submission does not depend upon the two Governments or upon 
 their national representatives, for they are a minority of two in a body 
 of five, a report is inevitable, supposing that the foreign members are 
 set upon a report, and it is believed that compliance with the report is 
 inevitable, because of the pressure of public opinion which will be in 
 this case enlightened. 
 
 For the sake of completeness Article IV is quoted, although the 
 last two paragraphs of it deal with its signature: 
 
 Article IV 
 
 The present treaty shall be ratified by the President of the 
 United States of America, by and with the advice and consent of 
 the Senate thereof ; and by Her Majesty the Queen of the Nether- 
 lands ; and the ratifications shall be exchanged as soon as possible. 
 It shall take effect immediately after the exchange of ratifications, 
 and shall continue in force for a period of five years ; and it shall 
 thereafter remain in force until twelve months after one of the 
 High Contracting Parties have given notice to the other of an 
 intention to terminate it. 
 
 In witness whereof the respective plenipotentiaries have signed 
 the present treaty and have affixed thereunto their seals. 
 
 Done in Washington on the eighteenth day of December, in the 
 year of our Lord nineteen hundred and thirteen. 
 
 The treaty, it will be noted, is concluded for a period of five years, 
 but in reality it is for six years, as it remains in force for a twelvemonth 
 after one or the other party may have given notice of an intention to 
 terminate it. 
 
 From this brief analysis of the convention, it is evident that it does 
 not interfere with any existing agency of peace, because the nations 
 are always free, through the channels of diplomacy, to adjust their 
 disputes by direct negotiations or by some other means, if they so de- 
 sire. Arbitration is expressly reserved, so that the present treaty sup- 
 plements, but does not modify, a duty to arbitrate. It does bind the 
 nations, however, to submit their other disputes without reservation to 
 the investigation and report of a permanent Commission, which can 
 act upon their mutual request, or indeed without their request, and 
 
Ix INTRODUCTION 
 
 Mr. Bryan is to be congratulated upon having secured the discussion 
 of all disputes between the contracting parties, not otherwise provided 
 for, by the apparently simple yet effective device of an investigation and 
 report, which is believed to be tantamount to settlement. 
 
 The Bryan Peace Treaties^ 
 
 We are printing in the Supplement to this number of the Journal 
 the complete English texts of the treaties negotiated by former Secre- 
 tary of State Br)ran for the purpose of advancing the cause of general 
 peace, the ratifications of which have been exchanged up to the present 
 time (October 1, 1916), namely, the treaties with Bolivia, Chile, China, 
 Costa Rica, Denmark, Ecuador, France, Great Britain, Guatemala, 
 Honduras, Italy, Norway, Paraguay, Peru, Portugal, Russia, Spain, 
 Sweden and Uruguay. All of these treaties are based upon the same 
 principle, namely, that disputes which the high contracting parties are 
 unable to adjust by diplomacy or arbitration shall be referred to a com- 
 mission for investigation and report and that hostilities may not be re- 
 sorted to in the meantime. Several formulas for stating and applying 
 these principles were adopted from time to time, and the later treaties 
 present a combination of two or more of the different drafts used. It 
 is believed that it will be of interest to the readers of the Journal to 
 classify the provisions of the treaties so as to show the different forms 
 used with respect to the various countries. 
 
 Jurisdictional clatises 
 
 Four variations of phraseology have been used to express the kind of 
 disputes which the high contracting parties agree to refer for investi- 
 gation and report to the permanent international commissions. They 
 are, with the countries using them, as follows : 
 
 All disputes of every nature whatsoever to the settlement of 
 which previous arbitration treaties or agreements do not apply in 
 their terms or are not applied in fact. 
 
 Bolivia, Costa Rica, Ecuador, Great Britain, Peru, Portugal and Uruguay. 
 
 1 Editorial by George A. Finch in the American Journal of International Law 
 1916, p. 882. 
 
INTRODUCTION Ixi 
 
 AH disputes of every nature whatsoever which diplomacy shall 
 fail to adjust. 
 
 Chile, Denmark, Guatemala, Honduras, Paraguay and Russia. 
 
 Any disputes of whatever nature they may be when ordinary 
 diplomatic proceedings have failed and the High Contracting Par- 
 ties do not have recourse to arbitration. 
 
 China, France, Italy, Spain and Sweden. 
 
 All disputes of every nature whatsoever, provided the treaties 
 in force do not prescribe settlement by arbitration. 
 
 Norway. 
 
 Postponement of hostilities 
 
 The treaties contain substantially the same provision on this point, 
 namely, an agreement not to declare war or begin hostilities during the 
 investigation of the commission and before its report is submitted. A 
 slight modification is made in the treaty with Chile, which adds to this 
 paragraph a clause reading "nor before all resources stipulated in this 
 treaty have proved unsuccessful." This clause contemplates the sub- 
 mission of the case to the Hague Court of Arbitration. (See heading 
 Action after receipt of report.) 
 
 Composition of the commission 
 
 All of the treaties provide that the commission of investigation shall 
 be composed of five members. The manner of their appointment is 
 most frequently governed as follows : 
 
 One member shall be chosen from each contracting country by 
 the Government thereof; one member shall be chosen by each 
 Government from some third country; the fifth member shall 
 be chosen by common agreement between the two Governments, it 
 being understood that he shall not be a citizen of either country. 
 
 Bolivia', Costa Rica, Denmark, Great Britain, Guatemala, Honduras, 
 Italy, Paraguay, Peru, Portugal and Uruguay. 
 
 The same formula is used by Chile, but with an additional stipula- 
 tion that the fifth member shall not belong to any nationality already 
 represented on the commission, and that he shall be its president. 
 
 The same formula is likewise used by Ecuador, but with this proviso, 
 that in case of dispute regarding the selection of the fifth member, who 
 shall be president of the commission, the two Governments shall re- 
 
Ixii 
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 quest the President of the Swiss Confederation to choose such member. 
 The treaties with China, France, Spain and Sweden use the original 
 formula together with the addition made in the case of Chile, and add 
 the following clause : 
 
 In case the two Governments shall be unable to agree on the 
 choice of the fifth Commissioner, the other four shall be called 
 upon to designate him, and failing an understanding between them, 
 the provisions of Article 45 of the Hague Convention of 1907 shall 
 be applied. 
 
 Norway uses the original formula and adds that if an agreement is 
 not reached as to the appointment of the fifth member, he shall be 
 chosen according tO' the rules laid down in Article 87 of the Hague 
 Convention of 1907 for the peaceful settlement of international dis- 
 putes. 
 
 A shorter formula is provided in the treaty with Russia, under which 
 each Government designates two members (without reference to na- 
 tionality) and the fifth is designated by common consent, it being 
 stipulated that he shall not belong to any of the nationalities already 
 represented on the commission, and that he shall be its president. 
 
 In the British treaty a special provision was inserted to allow the 
 substitution upon the commission of a person to be named by a self- 
 governing dominion in case the dispute mainly affects the interest of 
 such dominion. 
 
 Removal of commissioners 
 
 The treaties with Bolivia, Costa Rica, Peru and Uruguay provide 
 that each of the contracting parties shall have the right to remove at 
 any time before investigation begins any commissioner selected by it 
 and to name his successor, and under the same conditions shall also 
 have the right to withdraw its approval of the fifth commissioner se- 
 lected jointly, in which case a new commissioner shall be selected jointly 
 as in the original selection. 
 
 The treaties with Chile and Ecuador vary this clause by providing 
 that each Government shall have the right to remove at any time before 
 investigation begins any commissioner or commissioners selected by it, 
 but must appoint his or their successors at the time of revoking the 
 appointment. Either Government shall have the right to withdraw its 
 approval of the fifth member, in which case his successor must be ap- 
 pointed by common agreement within thirty days and, lacking such 
 
INTRODUCTION Ixiil 
 
 agreement, the appointment will be made by the President of the Swiss 
 Confederation. 
 
 The treaty with Italy makes another variation by providing that each 
 of the contracting parties shall have the right before the investigation 
 has begun tc substitute for one of the members of the commission ap- 
 pointed by it another person chosen from the category to which the 
 commissioner to be replaced belonged. 
 
 The other treaties contain no provision on this point. 
 
 Expenses 
 
 The stipulation on this point is generally that the expenses of the 
 commission shall be paid by the two Governments in equal proportion : 
 Chile, Denmark, Ecuador, Great Britain, Guatemala, Honduras, Nor- 
 way, Paraguay, Portugal and Russia. 
 
 Some of the treaties contain, in addition, a stipulation that when the 
 commissioners are actually employed they shall receive such compensa- 
 tion as may be agreed upon by the contracting parties: 
 Bolivia, Costa Rica, Italy, Peru and Uruguay. 
 
 In still Other cases the stipulation varies by providing that the con- 
 tracting parties, before designating the commissioners, shall reach an 
 understanding in regard to their compensation and that each Govern- 
 ment shall bear half of the expenses of the commission: 
 China, France, Spain and Sweden. 
 
 Period for appointment of commissioners 
 
 Three different periods are used : 
 
 As soon as possible after the exchange of ratifications of the treaty: 
 
 Bolivia, Costa Rica, Peru and Uruguay. 
 Within four months after the exchange of ratifications: 
 
 Chile, Denmark, Guatemala, Honduras, Norway and Paraguay. 
 Within six months after the exchange of ratifications: 
 
 China, Ecuador, France, Great Britain, Italy, Portugal, Russia, Spain 
 and Sweden. 
 
 Vacancies 
 
 All of the treaties provide that vacancies shall be filled according to 
 the manner of the original appointment. Those treaties which make 
 
Ixiv INTRODUCTION 
 
 provision for the removal of commissioners contain special provisions 
 for appointing their successors, as above indicated, and such vacancies 
 are excluded in these treaties from the operation of the general pro- 
 vision regarding other vacancies. 
 
 The treaty with Ecuador contains the stipulation that general vacan- 
 cies shall be filled within fifteen days after the receipt of notice of the 
 vacancy. 
 
 Date of organization of the commission 
 
 Only the treaties with Chile and Ecuador provide that the date of 
 the organization of the commission shall be notified to the contracting 
 Governments. 
 
 Tenure of office of the commissioners 
 
 Most of the treaties make no reference to the tenure of office of the 
 commissioners, it apparently being understood that their term of office 
 is indefinite. 
 
 The treaties with China, France, Russia, Spain, and Sweden, how- 
 ever, contain the following provision : 
 
 The members shall be appointed for one year and their appoint- 
 ment may be renewed. They shall remain in office until superseded 
 or reappointed, or until the work in which they are engaged at the 
 time their office expires is completed. 
 
 The treaty with Italy contains the following provision: 
 
 Each Commissioner shall hold his place during a term of four 
 years ; at the expiration of this term, or in the event of vacancy, 
 the confirmation or the substitution of the Commissioner whose 
 term may have expired or whose place may be vacant shall be 
 made in the same manner. 
 
 Procedure 
 
 The procedure of the commission is not always provided for in the 
 treaties. The treaties with Denmark and Norway provide that, unless 
 otherwise agreed upon, the procedure shall be regulated by the pro- 
 visions of Chapter III of the Hague Convention of 1907 for the peace- 
 ful settlement of international disputes. 
 
 The following provision regarding procedure is contained in the 
 treaties with China, France, Russia, Spain, and Sweden: "The com- 
 mission shall as far as possible be guided by the provisions contained 
 in Articles 9 to 36 of Convention I of The Hague of 1907." 
 
INTRODUCTION IxV 
 
 The treaties with Chile, Ecuador and Italy provide that, in the ab- 
 sence of an agreement to the contrary, the commission shall adopt its 
 own regulations regarding procedure. 
 
 Method of referring disputes to commission 
 
 The treaties usually contain an apparently simple provision that the 
 dispute shall be referred to the international commission by the con- 
 tracting parties : 
 
 Bolivia, Costa Rica, Denmark, Great Britain, Guatemala, Honduras, 
 Norway, Paraguay, Peru, Portugal, Sweden, and Uruguay. 
 
 The treaties with Chile and Ecuador provide that the reference may 
 be made by either of the two Governments. 
 
 The treaty with Italy provides that the reference may be made 
 either by common agreement of the two Governments, or by either of 
 them. 
 
 A more detailed article on this point is contained in the treaties with 
 China, France, Russia, and Spain, which provides that each party 
 shall have a right to ask that the investigation be entrusted to the 
 commission. Notice shall be given to the president of the commission, 
 who shall at once communicate with his colleagues. 
 
 Jurisdiction assumed by commission 
 
 Four different formulas have been used to frame such a provision: 
 
 The International Commission may, by unanimous agreement, 
 spontaneously offer its services, and in such a case it shall notify 
 both Governments and request their cooperation in the investi- 
 gation. 
 
 Bolivia, Costa Rica, Great Britain, Peru, and Uruguay. 
 
 The International Commission may act upon its own initiative, 
 and in such case it shall notify both Governments and request 
 their cooperation in the investigation. 
 
 Denmark, Guatemala, Honduras, Norway, Paraguay, and Portugal. 
 
 The President of the Commission may, after consulting his col- 
 leagues and upon receiving the consent of the majority of the 
 members of the Commission, offer the services of the latter to 
 each of the Contracting Parties. Acceptance of that offer by one 
 
Ixvi INTRODUCTION 
 
 of the two Governments shall be sufficient to give jurisdiction 
 of the case to the Commission. 
 
 China, France and Spain. 
 
 The President of the Commission, by a note addressed to the 
 International Bureau of the Permanent Court at The Hague, which 
 shall be communicated without delay to both Governments, may 
 remind the parties that the services of the Commission are at 
 their disposal. 
 
 Sweden. 
 
 Place of meeting 
 
 The place of meeting of the commission is provided for in five of 
 the treaties and they stipulate that it shall be determined by the com- 
 mission itself. 
 
 Chile, China, Ecuador, France and Spain. 
 
 Formulation of the question at issue 
 
 This point is covered only in the treaties with China, France, Spain 
 and Sweden, which contain the uniform clause that, 
 
 Each Contracting Party shall have a right to state to the Presi- 
 dent of the Commission what is the subject-matter of the con- 
 troversy. No difference in these statements, which shall be fur- 
 nished by way of suggestion, shall arrest the action of the Com- 
 mission. 
 
 Measures pending submission of report 
 
 A provision of this kind is contained in only three treaties, those 
 with China, France and Sweden, which provide that. 
 
 In case the cause of the dispute should consist of certain acts 
 already committed or about to be committed, the commission shall 
 as soon as possible indicate what measures to preserve the rights 
 of each party ought in its opinion to be taken provisionally and 
 pending the delivery of its report. 
 
 Facilities for investigation to be afforded to commission 
 
 All of the treaties are uniform in providing that the contracting par- 
 ties shall furnish the commission with the means and facilities re- 
 quired for its investigation and report. The treaty with Italy adds: 
 "provided that in their judgment this does not conflict with the laws 
 or with the supreme interests of the State, and provided that the in- 
 terests and rights of third States shall not thereby suffer damage." 
 
INTRODUCTION Ixvii 
 
 Time allowed for submission of report 
 
 The treaties usually provide that the report of the commission shall 
 be completed within one year after the date on which it shall declare 
 its investigation to have begun, unless the high contracting parties 
 shall limit or extend the time by mutual agreement : 
 
 Bolivia, Costa Rica, Great Britain, Italy, Norway, Peru, Portugal, and 
 Uruguay. 
 
 The same provision is contained in the following treaties, except 
 that the period of one year may be only extended and not limited : 
 Chile, Denmark, Guatemala, Honduras and Paraguay. 
 
 The following treaties provide for a period of one year, unless a 
 different period is agreed upon : 
 
 China, France, Russia, Spain, and Sweden. 
 
 The treaty with Ecuador also provides for a period of one year, but 
 adds that this period may be extended for an additional six months 
 if, for reasons of force majeure, it is not possible for the commission 
 to complete its investigation and submit its report within one year. 
 
 Vote necessary for agreement on report by commission 
 
 Most of the treaties are silent on this point, but the following pro- 
 vision is contained in the treaties with China, France, Russia, Spain, and 
 Sweden : 
 
 The conclusion of the Commission and the terms of its report 
 shall be adopted by a majority. The report, signed only by the 
 President acting by virtue of his office, shall be transmitted by him 
 to each of the Contracting Parties. 
 
 The treaty with Chile contains the following provision : "The resolu- 
 tions of the Commission, as well as its final report, will be adopted by 
 the majority of its members." 
 
 Action after receipt of report 
 
 The usual stipulation on this point is as follows: 
 
 The High Contracting Parties reserve the right to act inde- 
 pendently on the subject-matter of the dispute after the report of 
 the Commission shall have been submitted. 
 
 Bolivia, Costa Rica, Great Britain, Guatemala, Honduras, Italy, Para- 
 guay, Peru, Portugal, and Uruguay. 
 
Ixviii 
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 The treaty with Ecuador has the same provision, but adds that such 
 action may be taken also if no report is submitted within the time 
 fixed. 
 
 The treaties with Denmark and Norway contain the usual formula, 
 but provide that upon the receipt of the report the parties shall en- 
 deavor to adjust the dispute directly on the basis of the findings of 
 the commission. 
 
 Another form of expression on this point is as follows : "The High 
 Contracting Parties reserve full liberty as to the action to be taken 
 on the report of the Commission:" 
 
 China, France, Russia, Spain, and Sweden. 
 
 The treaty with Chile contains a special provision not found in any 
 of the other treaties, as follows: 
 
 Once the report is in possession of both Governments, six 
 months' time will be available for renewed negotiation in order 
 to bring about a settlement of the difficulty in view of the findings 
 of said ref>ort ; and if even during this new term both Governments 
 shoiald be unable to reach a friendly arrangement, the dispute will 
 then be submitted to the Permanent Court of Arbitration estab- 
 lished at The Hague. 
 
 A proviso is added, excluding from arbitration "any question that 
 may affect the independence, the honor or the vital interests of either 
 or both of the countries, or the provisions of their respective consti- 
 tutions, or the interests of a third nation." Another paragraph pro- 
 vides that in case arbitration is resorted to, a special agreement shall 
 be previously agreed upon specifying the matter in controversy, the 
 extent of the arbiter's powers, and the length of time to which the 
 court of arbitration must subject its organization and procedure, in- 
 cluding the presentation of memorials, proofs and pleas. 
 
 Duration of the treaties 
 
 A common provision is to the effect that the treaty shall remain in 
 force for five years, dating from the exchange of ratifications, and 
 remain in force thereafter until twelve months after one of the con- 
 tracting parties shall have given notice to the other of an intention 
 to terminate it: 
 
 Bolivia, Costa Rica, Denmark, Great Britain, Guatemala, Italy, Honduras, 
 Norway, Paraguay, Peru, Portugal, and Uruguay. 
 
INTRODUCTION Ixix 
 
 A like provision is contained in the following treaties, except that it 
 is stipulated that the denouncement of the treaty after the five-year 
 period must, in order to be effective, take place at least six months 
 before the expiration of that period : 
 China, France, Russia, Spain. 
 
 The treaty with Ecuador provides that it shall remain in force for 
 five years and that unless notice to terminate it is given one year be- 
 fore the expiration of that period, it shall be considered as renewed 
 for another year, and so on successively. 
 
 The treaty with Sweden provides for a five-year period and for re- 
 newals for additional periods of five years, unless denounced at least 
 six months before the expiration of such period. 
 
 The treaty with Chile provides that it shall remain in force for five 
 years, and for successive periods of five years until one of the high 
 contracting parties shall have given notice of its intention to ter- 
 minate it. 
 
 As stated at the outset, the above data applies only to the treaties 
 which have become effective at the date of the present writing. Sup- 
 plementary notes of this character will be inserted in these columns as 
 additional treaties go into effect. 
 
 George A. Finch. 
 
Part I 
 Perfected Treaties 
 
Treaty between the United States and Bolivia for the Advancement 
 
 of Peace^ 
 
 The United States of America 
 and the Republic of Bolivia, being 
 desirous to strengthen the bonds 
 of amity that bind them together 
 and also to advance the cause of 
 general peace, have resolved to 
 enter into a treaty for that pur- 
 pose, and to that end have ap- 
 pointed as their plenipotentiaries: 
 
 The President of the United 
 States, the Honorable William 
 Jennings Bryan, Secretary of 
 State ; and 
 
 The President of Bolivia, Seiior 
 Don Ignacio Calderon, Envoy 
 Extraordinary and Minister Plen- 
 ipotentiary of Bolivia to the 
 United States ; 
 
 Who, after having communi- 
 cated to each other their respec- 
 tive full powers, found to be in 
 proper form, have agreed upon 
 and concluded the following 
 articles : 
 
 Article I 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree that all disputes between 
 them, of every nature whatso- 
 ever, to the settlement of which 
 previous arbitration treaties or 
 
 Contracting 
 Powers. 
 
 Plenipoten- 
 tiaries. 
 
 Los Estados Unidos de Ame- 
 rica y la Republica de Bolivia con 
 el deseo de fortalecer los vinculos 
 de amistad que los unen y a la vez 
 cimentar el espiritu de paz univer- 
 sal han resuelto celebrar un Tra- 
 tado con tal objeto y para ese fin 
 han nombrado como sus Plenipo- 
 tenciarios : 
 
 El Presidente de los Estados 
 Unidos, al Honorable William 
 Jennings Bryan, Secretario de 
 Estado, y 
 
 El Presidente de Bolivia, al 
 Seiior Don Ignacio Calderon, En- 
 viado Extraordinario y Ministro 
 Plenipotenciario en los Estados 
 Unidos ; 
 
 Quienes, despues de examina- 
 dos sus respectivos Plenos Pode- 
 res, y encontrandolos en debida 
 forma, han convenido en los arti- 
 culos siguientes : 
 
 ARTfcuLO I 
 Las Altas Partes contratantes Disputes to be 
 
 submitted to 
 
 acuerdan que todas las desave- international 
 
 ^ Commission 
 
 nencias de cualquiera naturaleza for investiga- 
 
 ^ tion and report. 
 
 que ellas scan y que en el hecho 6 
 por los terminos de tratados de 
 
 ^ U. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 38, pt. 2, p. 1868. Signed at Washington, Janu- 
 ary 22, 1914; ratification advised by the Senate, August 13, 1914; ratified by 
 Bolivia', November 14, 1914 ; ratified by the President, January 4, 1915 ; ratifica- 
 tions exchanged at Washington, January 8, 1915 ; proclaimed, January 9, 1915. 
 
PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 agreements do not apply in their 
 terms or are not applied in fact, 
 shall, when diplomatic methods 
 of adjustment have failed, be re- 
 ferred for investigation and re- 
 port to a permanent Interna- 
 tional Commission, to be consti- 
 tuted in the manner prescribed in 
 the next succeeding article; and 
 they agree not to declare war or 
 begin h6stilities during such in- 
 vestigation and before the report 
 is submitted. 
 
 arbitraje existentes no esten com- 
 prendidas en sus estipulaciones, y 
 que no hayan podido arreglarse 
 por la via diplomatica seran 
 sometidas para su investigacion e 
 informe a una Comision Interna- 
 cional constituida en la manera 
 prescrita en el siguiente articulo; 
 y convienen en no declararse la 
 guerra 6 empezar hostilidades 
 durante el periodo de la investiga- 
 cion y antes de sometido el in- 
 forme. 
 
 International 
 Commission. 
 Composition, 
 
 Article II 
 The International Commission 
 shall be composed of five mem- 
 bers, to be appointed as follows: 
 One member shall be chosen from 
 each country, by the Government 
 thereof ; one member shall be 
 chosen by each Government from 
 some third country; the fifth 
 member shall be chosen by com- 
 mon agreement between the two 
 Governments, it being understood 
 that he shall not be a citizen of 
 either country. Each of the High 
 Contracting Parties shall have the 
 right to remove, at any time be- 
 fore investigation begins, any 
 Commissioner selected by it and 
 to name his successor, and under 
 the same conditions shall also 
 have the right to withdraw its ap- 
 proval of the fifth Commissioner 
 selected jointly; in which case a 
 new Commissioner shall be se- 
 lected jointly as in the original 
 
 Articulo II 
 La Comision Internacional se 
 compondra de cinco miembros, 
 nombrados como sigue: un miem- 
 bro sera escogido dentro del pais, 
 por su respectivo Gobierno; otro 
 miembro sera escogido por cada 
 Gobierno, de un tercer pais; el 
 quinto miembro sera escogido de 
 comiin acuerdo por los dos Go- 
 biernos; siendo entendido que no 
 podra serlo ningiin ciudadano de 
 uno de los dos paises interesados. 
 Cada una de las Altas Partes con- 
 tratantes se reserva el derecho de 
 separar, antes que hayan comen- 
 zado las investigaciones, el comi- 
 sionado que cada uno hubiese ele- 
 jido y en tal caso se procedera a 
 nombrar su reemplazante. Bajo 
 la misma condicion podra cual- 
 quiera de las Partes contratantes 
 retirar su aceptacion del quinto 
 comisionado elejido conjuntamen- 
 te y en este caso se procedera a 
 
BOLIVIA 
 
 selection. The Commissioners 
 shall, when actually employed in 
 the investigation of a dispute, re- 
 ceive such compensation as shall 
 be agreed upon by the High Con- 
 tracting Parties. The expenses of 
 the Commission shall be paid by 
 the two Governments in equal 
 proportion. 
 
 The International Commission 
 shall be appointed as soon as 
 possible after the exchange of the 
 ratifications of this treaty; and 
 vacancies shall be filled according 
 to the manner of the original ap- 
 pointment. 
 
 una nueva eleccion en la forma ya Compensation. 
 establecida. Los comisionados 
 recibiran la compensacion que 
 acuerden las Altas Partes contra- 
 tantes tan solo durante el tiempo 
 que se ocupen de la investigacion. Expenses. 
 Los gastos de la Comision seran 
 atendidos por mitad por los Go- 
 biernos contratantes. 
 
 La Comision Internacional sera Appointment, 
 nombrada en el mas corto plazo 
 despues del canje de las ratifica- 
 ciones del Tratado ; y las vacantes 
 que ocurriesen seran Uenadas se- 
 gun lo acordado por el nombra- 
 miento original. 
 
 Article III 
 In case the High Contracting 
 Parties shall have failed to adjust 
 a dispute by diplomatic methods, 
 they shall at once refer it to the 
 International Commission for in- 
 vestigation and report. The In- 
 ternational Commission may, 
 however, by unanimous agree- 
 ment spontaneously offer its serv- 
 ices to that effect, and in such 
 case it shall notify both Govern- 
 ments and request their coopera- 
 tion in the investigation. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree to furnish the Permanent 
 International Commission with 
 all the means and facilities re- 
 quired for its investigation and 
 report. 
 
 The report of the International 
 
 ASTICULO III 
 
 En el caso de que no haya sido coi^^issLn 
 posible el arreglo de una cuestion 
 entre las Altas Partes contratan- 
 tes por los medios diplomaticos 
 esta sera referida inmediatamente 
 a la Comision Internacional para 
 su investigacion e informe. La 
 Comision Internacional podra 
 tambien por consentimiento tma- 
 nime y por iniciativa propia inter- 
 venir y en tal caso debera hacerlo 
 saber a ambos Gobiernos y pedir 
 su cooperacion para la investiga- 
 cion. 
 
 Las Altas Partes contratantes Facilities for 
 
 . . , investigation. 
 
 convienen en submmistrar a la 
 Comision Permanente Interna- 
 cional todos los medios y facili- 
 dades que demande para la inves- 
 tigacion e informe. 
 
 El informe de la Comision In- JJ™'/"'" 
 
PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Independent 
 
 action 
 
 reserved. 
 
 Commission shall be completed 
 within one year after the date on 
 which it shall declare its investi- 
 gation to have begun, unless the 
 High Contracting Parties shall 
 limit or extend the time by mu- 
 tual agreement. The report shall 
 be prepared in triplicate; one 
 copy shall be presented to each 
 Government, and the third re- 
 tained by the Commission for its 
 files. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 reserve the right to act indepen- 
 dently on the subject matter of 
 the dispute after the report of 
 the Commission shall have been 
 submitted. 
 
 ternacional debera estar listo 
 dentro de un aiio contado desde la 
 fecha que haya designado para 
 empezar la investigacion a menos 
 que las Altas Partes contratantes 
 restringieran 6 extendieran el 
 tiempo por mutuo consentimiento. 
 El inf orme debe ser preparado 
 por triplicado ; una copia para ser 
 entregada a cada Gobierno, y la 
 tercera retenida por la Comision 
 para su archivo. 
 
 Las Altas Partes contratantes 
 se reservan el derecho de obrar 
 independientemente en el asunto 
 en disputa despues que el in- 
 forme de la Comision se les haya 
 sometido. 
 
 Exchange of 
 ratifications. 
 
 Duration. 
 
 Article IV 
 The present treaty shall be 
 ratified by the President of the 
 United States of America, by and 
 with the advice and consent of 
 the Senate thereof ; and by the 
 President of Bolivia, with the ap- 
 proval of the Congress thereof; 
 and the ratifications shall be ex- 
 changed as soon as possible. It 
 shall take effect immediately after 
 the exchange of ratifications, and 
 shall continue in force for a 
 period of five years; and it shall 
 thereafter remain in force until 
 twelve months after one of the 
 High Contracting Parties have 
 given notice to the other of an in- 
 tention to terminate it. 
 
 Articulo IV 
 El presente Tratado sera ratifi- 
 cado por el Presidente de los Es- 
 tados Unidos de America, de 
 acuerdo y con el consentimiento 
 del Senado respectivo, y por el 
 Presidente de la Repiiblica de 
 Bolivia, con la aprobacion del 
 Congreso, y las ratificaciones 
 deberan ser canjeadas tan pronto 
 como fuere posible. Producira 
 sus efectos el presente tratado in- 
 mediatamente despues del canje 
 de ratificaciones y continuara en 
 vigor por cinco anos, y sera 
 obligatorio despues por doce 
 meses contados desde que una 
 de las Altas Partes contratantes 
 haya comunicado a la otra su 
 intencion de terminarlo. 
 
BRAZIL 
 
 In witnesss whereof the re- 
 spective plenipotentiaries have 
 signed the present treaty and 
 have affixed thereunto their seals. 
 
 Done in Washington on the 22d 
 day of January, in the year of our 
 Lord nineteen hundred and 
 fourteen. 
 
 William Jennings Bryan [seal] 
 Ignacio Calderon [seal] 
 
 En fe de lo CUal, loS reSpeCtivOS Signatures. 
 
 Plenipotenciarios han firmado el 
 presente Tratado, y han puesto al 
 pie sus sellos. 
 
 Hecho en Washington, el dia 22 
 de Enero, en el ano de Nuestro 
 Senor mil novecientos catorce. 
 
 Treaty between the United States and Brazil for the Advancement 
 
 of General Peace^ 
 
 The Governments of the United 
 States of America and of Brazil 
 being desirous of giving another 
 manifestation of the old friend- 
 ship that binds the two countries 
 together, and being united in the 
 purpose of promoting the progress 
 of civilization through peace, have 
 resolved to enter into a special 
 treaty for the amicable settlement 
 of any future difficulties which 
 may arise between the two coun- 
 tries, and for that purpose have 
 appointed as their Plenipoten- 
 tiaries : 
 
 The President of the United 
 States of America, Mr. William 
 Jennings Bryan, Secretary of 
 State; and 
 
 The President of the United 
 
 Os GovernOS dos EstadoS Uni- Contracting 
 
 dos da America e dos Estados 
 Unidos do Brasil, desejosos de 
 mais uma vez manifestar a antiga 
 amizade que liga os dous paizes 
 e juntando-se com o proposito de 
 promover o progresso da civfli- 
 zagao pela paz, resolveram cele- 
 brar um tratado especial para o 
 arranjo amigavel de qual quer 
 difficuldade que no futuro possa 
 suscitar-se entre ambos e para 
 esse fim nomearam como sens 
 Henipotenciarios 
 
 O Presidente dos Estados Uni- Plenipoten- 
 tiaries. 
 
 dos da America o Senhor William 
 Jennings Bryan, Secretario de 
 Estado; e 
 
 O Presidente dos Estados Uni- 
 
 1 U. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 39, pt. 2, p. 1698. Signed at Washington, July 
 24, 1914; ratification advised by the Senate, August 13, 1914; ratified by the 
 President, November 22, 1915; ratified by Brazil, June 22, 1916; ratifications 
 exchanged at Washington, October 28, 1916; proclaimed, October 30, 1916. 
 
6 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Disputes lo be 
 submitted to 
 International 
 Commission 
 for investiga- 
 tion and 
 report. 
 
 International 
 Commission. 
 Composition. 
 
 States of Brazil, Mr. Domicio da 
 Gama, Ambassador Extraordi- 
 nary and Plenipotentiary; 
 
 Who, duly authorized, have 
 agreed upon the following arti- 
 cles: 
 
 Article I 
 The Two High Contracting 
 Parties agree to submit to a Per- 
 manent International Commis- 
 sion, for investigation and report, 
 all disputes that may arise be- 
 tween them concerning questions 
 of an international character 
 which can not be solved by direct 
 diplomatic negotiation, and which 
 are not embraced by the terms of 
 any treaty of arbitration in force 
 between them ; and they agree not 
 to declare war or to begin hostili- 
 ties pending the investigation and 
 report of said Commission. 
 
 Article II 
 The Commission mentioned in 
 the preceding Article shall be 
 composed of five members each 
 appointed for five years, as fol- 
 lows : Each Government shall des- 
 ignate two members, only one of 
 whom shall be of its own nation- 
 ality. The fifth member shall be 
 chosen by common agreement be- 
 tween the two Governments, it 
 being understood that he shall not 
 belong to any of the nationalities 
 already represented in the Com- 
 mission. 
 
 dos do Brasil o Senhor Domicio 
 da Gama, Embaixador Extraor- 
 dinario e Plenipotenciario ; 
 
 Os quaes, devidamente autori- 
 zados, accordaram nos seguintes 
 artigos : 
 
 Artigo I 
 As duas Altas Partes Contrac- 
 tantes assentam em submetter a 
 investiga^ao de uma Commissao 
 Permanente, que sobre ellas dara 
 parecer, todas as difficuldades de 
 caracter internacional que surjam 
 entre ellas e nao possam ser di- 
 rectamente resolvidas por via 
 diplomatica nem caibam nos ter- 
 mos da Convengao de Arbitra- 
 mento vigente entre ambas; e 
 accordam em nao declarar guerra 
 uma a outra nem comegar hostili- 
 dades emquanto nao for apresen- 
 tado o resultado d'essa investi- 
 gagao. 
 
 Artigo II 
 A Commissao acima menciona- 
 da se compora de cinco miembros, 
 cada um d'elles nomeado por 
 cinco annos, da seguinte maneira : 
 cada Governo designara dous 
 membros, sendo somente um 
 d'elles nacional do paiz que o 
 momeia. O quinto sera escolhido. 
 de commum accordo entre os dous 
 Governos, entendendo-se que nao 
 pertencera a nenhuma das na- 
 cionalidades ja representadas na 
 Commissao. 
 
BRAZIL 
 
 The fifth member shall perform 
 the duties of President. 
 
 Either Contracting Party may 
 remove at any time, before inves- 
 tigation begins, any commissioner 
 selected by it, appointing his suc- 
 cessor on the same occasion. 
 Likewise, each Government shall 
 also have the right to withdraw 
 its approval of the fifth member; 
 in which case the new fifth mem- 
 ber will be appointed within 
 thirty days following the notifica- 
 tion of the withdrawal, by com- 
 mon agreement between the two 
 Governments, and failing this 
 agreement, the President of the 
 Swiss Confederation shall be re- 
 quested to make the appointment. 
 
 The expenses of the Commis- 
 sion shall be paid by the two 
 Governments in equal proportions. 
 
 The Commission shall be con- 
 stituted and shall be ready for 
 business within six months after 
 the exchange of ratifications of 
 the present treaty. 
 
 At the expiration of each 
 period of five years, the Commis- 
 sioners may be reappointed or 
 others may be substituted for 
 them. 
 
 Any vacancy shall be filled in 
 the same manner as the original 
 appointment. 
 
 The Commission shall make its 
 own rules of procedure. 
 
 Substitution 
 of Commis- 
 sioners. 
 
 Esse quinto membro exercera President, 
 as funcQoes de Presidente. 
 
 Cada uma das Partes Contrac- 
 tantes podera remover em qual- 
 quer tempo, antes que comece a 
 investiga^ao, qualquer Commis- 
 sario que tiver nomeado, apresen- 
 tando o seu successor na mesma 
 occasiao. Outrosim tera cada 
 Governo o direito de negar seu 
 accordo ao quinto membro ; isso 
 succedendo, o novo quinto mem- 
 bro sera nomeado dentro de trinta 
 dias a contar da notifica^ao, por 
 accordo entre os dous Governos; 
 e nao podendo haver accordo, o 
 Presidente da Confedera^ao Suis- 
 sa sera convidado a fazer a no- 
 meagao. 
 
 As despezas da Commissao Expenses. 
 serao pagas por metade por am- 
 bos OS Governos. 
 
 A Commissao sera constituida Organization. 
 e se achara prompta a funccionar 
 dentro de seis mezes depois da 
 troca de ratificagoes do presente 
 tratado. 
 
 Ao cabo de cada periodo de 
 cinco annos os Commissarios 
 serao reconduzidos ou outros os 
 substituirao. 
 
 As vagas serao preenchidas do Vacancies, 
 mesmo modo que as nomeagoes 
 primitivas. 
 
 A Commissao formulara suas Procedure, 
 proprias regras de processo. 
 
 Reappoint- 
 ment, etc. 
 
8 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Duties of 
 Commission. 
 
 Meetings. 
 
 Time for 
 report. 
 
 Triplicate 
 reports. 
 
 Article III 
 In the case of failure to agree 
 upon the diplomatic solution of a 
 dispute concerning a question of 
 an international character, the 
 Two High Contracting Parties 
 shall submit it to said Commission 
 for investigation and report. The 
 convocation of the Commission 
 may be made by either Contract- 
 ing Government. The Commis- 
 sion shall by preference sit in the 
 country in which there are the 
 greater facilities for the study of 
 the question, and the High Con- 
 tracting Parties shall furnish all 
 the means to that end. The re- 
 port of the Commission shall be 
 presented within a year counted 
 from the date at which the Com- 
 mission shall declare that its 
 work is begun, unless a prolonga- 
 tion of the time shall be accorded 
 by both Parties. This report, 
 which is purely advisory and does 
 not bind the Contracting Parties 
 as to the question at issue, shall 
 be prepared in triplicate, each 
 Government being furnished with 
 a copy and the third kept in the 
 files of the Commission. 
 
 Artigo III 
 
 Caso nao cheguem a accordo 
 quanto a solu^ao diplomatica de 
 alguma questao de caracter in- 
 ternacional, as duas Altas Partes 
 Contractantes a submetterao a 
 dita Commissao, para que investi- 
 gue o de parecer. 
 
 A Commissao pode ser convo- 
 cada por qualquer das Partes 
 Contractantes e funccionara de 
 preferencia no paiz em que se Ihe 
 ofiferegam mais facilidades para 
 o estudo da questao, para cujo 
 fim as Altas Partes Contractantes 
 fornecerao todos os meios. 
 
 O parecer da Commissao sera 
 apresentado dentro de um anno a 
 contar da data em que a Commis- 
 sao declarar que comegou sens tra- 
 balhos, salvo prorogaqao accord- 
 ada pelas duas Partes. 
 
 Este parecer, que e puramente 
 consultivo e nao obriga as Partes 
 Contractantes quanto ao assump- 
 to em questao, sera preparado em 
 triplicata, cada um dos Governos 
 recebendo um exemplar e sendo o 
 terceiro guardado no archivo da 
 Commissao. 
 
 Submission 
 to arbitration. 
 
 Article IV 
 After presentation of the re- 
 port to both Governments six 
 months' time will be given to re- 
 newed negotiations in order to 
 bring about a solution of the ques- 
 tion in view of the findings of said 
 
 Artigo IV 
 Apresentado o parecer a ambos 
 OS Governos, estes terao seis 
 mezes para negociar um arranjo 
 de accordo com o dito parecer e, 
 se ao cabo d'este novo termo nao 
 conseguirem entender-se, submet- 
 
BRAZIL 
 
 report ; and if after this new term 
 both Governments should be un- 
 able to reach a friendly arrange- 
 ment, they will proceed to submit 
 the dispute to arbitration under 
 the terms of the Convention in 
 force between them, if such con- 
 vention covers the question or 
 questions investigated. 
 
 Article V 
 
 The present treaty shall be rati- 
 fied by the Two High Contracting 
 Parties according to their national 
 Constitutions, and the ratifica- 
 tions shall be exchanged as soon 
 as possible. It shall take effect 
 immediately after the exchange of 
 ratifications and shall continue in 
 force for a period of five years, 
 and it shall thereafter remain in 
 force until twelve months after 
 one of the two High Contracting 
 Parties have given notice to the 
 other of an intention to ter- 
 minate it. 
 
 The strict and honest fulfill- 
 ment of the foregoing clauses is 
 intrusted to the honor of the sig- 
 natory nations. 
 
 In witness whereof, the re- 
 spective Plenipotentiaries have 
 signed the present treaty and 
 have affixed thereunto their seals. 
 
 Done in Washington, on the 
 24th day of July, in the year 
 nineteen hundred and fourteen. 
 
 William Jennings 
 
 DOMICIO DA GaMA 
 
 terao o litigio a arbitramento, em 
 conformidade com os termos da 
 Convengao vigente entre ambos, 
 se couber nella a questao consi- 
 derada. 
 
 Artigo V 
 
 O presente tratado sera ratifi- f^^^^"^^°l 
 cado pelas duas Altas Partes Con- 
 tractantes, na forma prescripta 
 pelas Constituiqoes nacionaes, e 
 as ratificagoes serao trocadas no 
 mais breve prazo. O tratado en- duration, 
 trara em vigor logo depois dessa 
 troca e continuara por um pe- 
 riodo de cinco annos, findo o qual 
 vigorara ate doze mezes depois 
 que uma das duas Altas Partes 
 Contractantes tiver annunciado a 
 outra a sua intengao de o ter- 
 minar. 
 
 O estricto e leal cumprimento Compliance, 
 das clausulas precedentes e con- 
 fiado a honra das nagoes signa- 
 tarias. 
 
 Em testemunho de que os re- Signatures, 
 spectivos Plenipotenciarios assig- 
 naram o presente tratado ao qual 
 appuzeram os seus selos. 
 
 Feito na cidade de Washington, 
 no dia 24 do mez de julho do anno 
 de mil novecentos e quatorze. 
 Bryan [seal] 
 [seal] 
 
10 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Treaty between the United States and Chile for the Advancement 
 
 of General Peace^ 
 
 Contracting 
 Powers. 
 
 Plenipoten- 
 tiaries. 
 
 Treaty for the Settlement of dis- 
 putes that may occur between 
 the United States of America 
 and Chile. 
 
 The President of the United 
 States of America and the Presi- 
 dent of the Republic of Chile be- 
 ing desirous to secure in the most 
 effective way the amicable settle- 
 ment of any future difficulties be- 
 tween both countries and the sub- 
 sequent rnaintenance of peace and 
 good amity between them, have 
 resolved to enter into a special 
 treaty for that purpose, and to 
 that end have appointed their 
 Plenipotentiaries as follows: 
 
 The President of the United 
 States of America, His Excellency 
 William Jennings Bryan, Secre- 
 tary of State of the United States ; 
 and 
 
 The President of the Republic 
 of Chile, His Excellency Eduardo 
 Suarez Mujica, Envoy Extraordi- 
 nary and Minister Plenipotentiary 
 of Chile to the United States of 
 America ; 
 
 Who, after having communi- 
 cated to each other their respec- 
 tive full powers, found to be in 
 
 Tratado para la Solucion de las 
 DUicultades que surgieren entre 
 los Estados Unidos de America 
 y Chile. 
 
 El Presidente de los Estados 
 Unidos de America y el Presi- 
 dente de la Repiiblica de Chile, 
 deseosos de proveer de la manera 
 mas eficaz al arreglo amistoso de 
 cualquiera futura dificultad entre 
 ambos paises y de asegurar mejor 
 el mantenimiento de la paz y 
 buena amistad entre ellos, han 
 resuelto concluir un tratado es- 
 pecial con tales fines, y han nom- 
 brado al efecto sus Plenipoten- 
 ciarios, a saber: 
 
 El Presidente de los Estados 
 Unidos de America, a su Ex- 
 celencia William Jennings Bryan, 
 Secretario de Estado de los Esta- 
 dos Unidos; y 
 
 El Presidente de la Repiiblica 
 de Chile, a Su Excelencia Eduardo 
 Suarez Mujica, Enviado Ex- 
 traordinario y Ministro Plenipo- 
 tenciario de Chile en los Estados 
 Unidos de America; 
 
 Los cuales, despues de haberse 
 comunicado sus respectivos plenos 
 poderes y encontradolos en buena 
 
 1 U. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 39, pt. 2, p. 1645. Signed at Washington July 
 24, 1914; ratification advised by the Senate, August 20, 1914; ratified by the 
 President, November 11, 1915; ratified by Chile, November 9, 191S; ratifications 
 exchanged at Washington, January 19, 1916; proclaimed, January 22, 1916. 
 
CHILE 
 
 11 
 
 proper and due form, have agreed 
 upon and concluded the following 
 articles : 
 
 Article I 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree that all disputes that may 
 arise in the future between them, 
 shall, when diplomatic methods 
 of adjustment have failed, be sub- 
 mitted for investigation and re- 
 port to an International Commis- 
 sion to be constituted in the man- 
 ner prescribed in the next suc- 
 ceeding article; and they agree 
 not to declare war or begin hos- 
 tilities during such investigation, 
 nor before all resources stipulated 
 in this treaty have proved unsuc- 
 cessful. 
 
 y debida forma, han convenido 
 en los articulos siguientes : 
 
 Articulo I 
 
 Las Altas Partes Contratantes ^bSSttld to''* 
 convienen en que todas las cues- c"'^^^°n^' 
 tiones que en lo f uturo se susciten tiJ,n'°^|^''*^' 
 entre ellas, y que no hubieren report. 
 podido arreglarse por la via di- 
 plomatica, sean sometidas para su 
 investigacion e informe a una 
 Comision Internacional consti- 
 tuida de la manera que se indica 
 en el articulo siguiente ; y se com- 
 prometen a no declararse la 
 guerra 6 iniciar hostilidades du- 
 rante el periodo de investiga- 
 cion y antes de agotados todos 
 los resortes que se estipulan en 
 el presente tratado. 
 
 Article II 
 
 The International Commission 
 shall be composed of five mem- 
 bers, to be appointed as follows : — 
 Each Government shall designate 
 two members, only one of whom 
 shall be of its own nationality. 
 The fifth member shall be chosen 
 by common agreement between 
 the two Governments, it being 
 understood that he shall not be- 
 long to any of the nationalities 
 already represented on the Com- 
 mission. The fifth member shall 
 perform the duties of President. 
 
 Each of the High Contracting 
 Parties shall have the right to re- 
 
 ARTfcULO II. 
 La Comision Internacional se international 
 
 Commission. 
 
 compondra de cinco miembros. Composition, 
 nombrados en esta forma: — Cada 
 Gobierno elegira dos miembros, 
 de los cuales solo uno podra ser de 
 su propia nacionalidad. El quin- 
 to miembro sera elegido de comun 
 acuerdo por ambos Gobiernos, no 
 pudiendo recaer la designacion en 
 ciudadano de ninguna de las na- 
 cionalidades ya representadas en 
 la Comision. El quinto miembro 
 desempeiiara las funciones de 
 Presidente. 
 
 Cada una de las Altas Partes ^?^:"'"" 
 
 missioners. 
 
 Contratantes tendra el derecho 
 
12 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Vacancies. 
 
 Appointment. 
 
 Expenses. 
 
 move, at any time before inves- 
 tigation begins, any Commis- 
 sioner selected by it and, con- 
 jointly, the nomination of the 
 successor, or successors, must be 
 enacted. Likewise, either Gov- 
 ernment shall also have the right 
 to withdraw its approval of the 
 fifth member; in which case the 
 new fifth member will be ap- 
 pointed within thirty days fol- 
 lowing the notification of the 
 withdrawal, by common agree- 
 ment between the two Govern- 
 ments, and such agreement lack- 
 ing, the appointment will be 
 made by the President of the 
 Swiss Confederation. 
 
 The vacancies that may occur 
 through other causes than those 
 already named, will be filled as 
 mentioned in this article. 
 
 The International Commission 
 shall be constituted within the 
 four months following the ex- 
 change of the ratifications of this 
 treaty, and shall notify both 
 Governments of the date of its or- 
 ganization. The Commission will 
 establish its own regulations. 
 The resolutions of the Commis- 
 sion, as well as its final report, 
 will be adopted by the majority 
 of its members. 
 
 The expenses of the Commis- 
 sion shall be paid by the two 
 Contracting Governments in 
 equal proportion. 
 
 de revocar, antes de que se haya 
 iniciado la investigacion, el nom- 
 bramiento de cualquiera de los 
 miembros que le hubiere corres- 
 pondido designar, y en el mismo 
 acto de la revocacion debera 
 proveer al reemplazo del 6 de 
 los miembros separados. Podra 
 igualmente cualquiera de los dos 
 Gobiernos retirar su aceptacion 
 del quinto miembro, y en tal caso 
 se designara al reemplazante den- 
 tro de los treinta dias siguientes 
 a la notificacion de la r evocator ia, 
 de comun acuerdo entre ambos 
 Gobiernos, y en defecto de este 
 acuerdo la designacion se hara por 
 el Presidente de la Confederacion 
 Suiza. 
 
 Las vacantes por causas diver- 
 sas de las enumeradas se llenaran, 
 respectivamente, en la forma es- 
 tablecida en este articulo. 
 
 La Comision Internacional de- 
 bera constituirse dentro de los 
 cuatro meses siguientes al canje de 
 las ratificaciones de este tratado, 
 y dara cuenta a ambos Gobiernos 
 de la fecha de su instalacion. La 
 Comision establecera por si misma 
 las reglas de su procedimiento. 
 Las decisiones de la Comision, lo 
 mismo que su inf orme final, seran 
 acordados por la mayoria de sus 
 miembros. 
 
 Los gastos de la Comision seran 
 sufragados por mitad entre los 
 dos Gobiernos Contratantes. 
 
CHILE 
 
 13 
 
 The Commission shall deter- 
 mine the country wherein it will 
 sit, taking into consideration the 
 greater facilities for the investi- 
 gation. 
 
 Article III 
 
 In case that, as established in 
 Article I, the High Contracting 
 Parties shall have failed to adjust 
 the difficulty by diplomatic meth- 
 ods, said difficulty will be imme- 
 diately submitted to the Inter- 
 national Commission for its in- 
 vestigation and report. The con- 
 vocation of said Commission may 
 be made by either contracting 
 Government. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree to furnish the Permanent 
 International Commission with all 
 the means and facilities required 
 for its investigation and report. 
 
 The report of the International 
 Commission shall be completed 
 within one year after the date on 
 which it shall declare its investi- 
 gation to have begun, unless the 
 High Contracting Parties shall 
 extend the time by mutual agree- 
 ment. The report shall be pre- 
 pared in triplicate: one copy 
 shall be presented to each Gov- 
 ernment and the third retained 
 by the Commission for its files. 
 
 La Comision determinara el Place of 
 
 , meeting, 
 
 pais en que deba funcionar, to- 
 mando en cuenta las mayores fa- 
 cilidades de investigacion. 
 
 Articulo III 
 
 Producido el caso contemplado commiss^ion 
 en el articulo I, de que las Altas 
 Partes Contratantes no hubieran 
 podido solucionar su dificultad 
 por la via diplomatica, esta sera 
 sometida inmediatamente a la 
 Comision Internacional para su 
 investigacion e informe. La con- 
 vocatoria de la Comision podra 
 hacerse por cualquiera de los dos 
 Gobiernos contratantes. 
 
 Las Altas Partes Contratantes Facilities for 
 
 investigation. 
 
 se obligan a suministrar a la Co- 
 mision Internacional todas las 
 facilidades que sean necesarias 
 para la investigacion e informe. 
 
 El informe de la Comision In- Report, 
 ternacional sera evacuado dentro 
 del termino de un aiio, a contar 
 desde el dia que ella hubiere de- 
 signadj para empezar la investi- 
 gacion. Este plazo podra ser 
 prorrogado por acuerdo de ambos 
 Gobiernos Contratantes. El in- 
 forme se extendera por triplicado : 
 un ejemplar sera entregado a cada 
 uno de los dos Gobiernos contra- 
 tantes, y el tercero mantenido en 
 el archivo de la Comision. 
 
 Article IV 
 Once the report in possession 
 of both Governments, six months' 
 
 ARTfcULO IV 
 
 Transmitido el informe de la Additional 
 
 time for 
 
 Comision a los dos Gobiernos Con- renewed 
 
 negotiations. 
 
14 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Questions 
 not to be 
 submitted. 
 
 Special 
 convention to 
 determine 
 details. 
 
 time will be available for renewed 
 negotiation in order to bring 
 about a settlement of the diffi- 
 culty in view of the findings of 
 said report; and if even during 
 this new term both Governments 
 should be unable to reach a 
 friendly arrangement, the dispute 
 will then be submitted to the 
 Permanent Court of Arbitration 
 established at The Hague. 
 
 Notwithstanding, any question 
 that may affect the independence, 
 the honor or the vital interests of 
 either or both of the countries, 
 or the provisions of their respec- 
 tive Constitutions, or the interests 
 of a third nation, will not be sub- 
 mitted to such or any other arbi- 
 tration. 
 
 A special and previously agreed 
 convention will detail, if arbitra- 
 tion is resorted to, the matter of 
 the controversy, the extent of the 
 Arbiters' powers, and the length 
 of time to which the Court of 
 Arbitration must subject its or- 
 ganization and procedure, includ- 
 ing the presentation of memorials, 
 proofs, and pleas. 
 
 tratantes, estos dispondran de un 
 termino de seis meses para pro- 
 curar nuevamente el arreglo de la 
 dificultad en vista de las conclu- 
 siones del mencionado informe; 
 y si durante este nuevo plazo los 
 dos Gobiernos no pudieren toda- 
 via llegar a una solucion amistosa, 
 se sometera la cuestion a la Corte 
 Permanente de Arbitraje de La 
 Haya. 
 
 No sera, sin embargo, sometida 
 a arbitraje ninguna cuestion que 
 pueda afectar a la soberania, 
 honor 6 intereses vitales de cual- 
 quiera de los dos paises, a las dis- 
 posiciones de sus respectivas car- 
 tas fundamentales 6 a los inte- 
 reses de una tercera potencia. 
 
 Un convenio especial y previo 
 precisara, llegado el caso, la ma- 
 teria de la controversia, la exten- 
 sion de los poderes de los arbitros 
 y los plazos a que deban sujetarse 
 la organizacion y procedimientos 
 del Tribunal de Arbitraje, incluso 
 la presentacion de memoriales, 
 pruebas y alegatos. 
 
 Exchange of 
 ratifications, 
 etc. 
 
 Article V 
 The present treaty will be rati- 
 fied by both Governments after 
 obtaining its approval by the 
 Constitutional Powers of both 
 countries, and the ratifications 
 shall be exchanged in Washing- 
 ton as soon as possible. 
 
 Articulo V 
 El presente tratado sera ratifi- 
 cado por ambos Gobiernos, pre- 
 vios los tramites constitucionales 
 de uno y otro pais, y las ratifica- 
 ciones seran cangeadas en Wash- 
 ington tan pronto como sea 
 posible. 
 
CHINA 
 
 15 
 
 The special convention pre- 
 scribed by the final paragraph of 
 Article IV remains also subject 
 to the constitutional requisites of 
 both countries. 
 
 The present treaty shall take 
 effect immediately after the ex- 
 change of the ratifications; and 
 shall continue in force for a period 
 of five years, and it shall there- 
 after remain in force, during suc- 
 cessive periods of five years, until 
 one of the High Contracting 
 Parties have given notice to the 
 other of an intention to terminate 
 it. 
 
 El convenio especial prescrito 
 por el parrafo final del articulo 
 IV, quedara tambien sujeto a los 
 requisitos constitucionales de am- 
 bos paises. 
 
 La duracion del presente tra- 
 tado sera de cinco afios, contados 
 desde la fecha del cange de las 
 ratificaciones ; y se entendera que 
 continiia subsistente por periodos 
 sucesivos de igual duracion, mien- 
 tras alguna de las Altas Partes 
 Contratantes no haya comunicado 
 a lo otra su resolucion de ponerle 
 termino. 
 
 Duration. 
 
 In witness thereof the respec- 
 tive Plenipotentiaries have signed 
 the present treaty and have af- 
 fixed thereunto their seals. 
 
 Done in Washington, on the 
 24th day of July, in the year 
 nineteen hundred and fourteen. 
 
 William Jennings Bryan 
 [seal] Ed". Suarez MujfcA 
 
 En fe de lo CUal, los respectivOS Signatures. 
 
 Plenipotenciarios han firmado el 
 presente tratado y selladolo con 
 sus sellos. 
 
 Hecho en Washington, el dia 24 
 de Julio del ano de mil novecientos 
 catorce. 
 
 [seal] 
 
 Treaty between the United States and China for the Advancement 
 
 of General Peace^ 
 
 The President of the United States of America and the President of Contracting 
 
 - . Powers. 
 
 the Republic of China, desiring ,to strengthen the friendly relations 
 which unite their two countries and to serve the cause of general peace, 
 have decided to conclude a treaty for these purposes and have conse- 
 quently appointed the plenipotentiaries designated hereinafter, to wit: 
 
 1 U. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 39, pt. 2, p. 1642. Signed at Washington, Sep- 
 tember 15, 1914; ratification advised by the Senate, October 12, 1914; ratified 
 by the President, June 17, 1915; ratified by China, June 18, 1915; ratifications 
 exchanged at Washington, October 22, 1915 ; proclaimed, October 23, 1915. 
 
16 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Plenipoten- 
 tiaries. 
 
 The President of the United States of America, the Honorable 
 WiUiam Jennings Bryan, Secretary of State of the United States ; and 
 
 The President of the Republic of China, Kai Fu Shah, Envoy Ex- 
 traordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the Republic of China to 
 the United States; 
 
 Who, after exhibiting to each other their full powers, found to be 
 in due and proper form, have agreed upon the following articles : 
 
 Disputes to be 
 submitted to 
 a Permanent 
 International 
 Commission 
 for examina- 
 tion and 
 report. 
 
 Article I 
 
 Any disputes arising between the Government of the United States 
 of America and the Government of the Republic of China, of what- 
 ever nature they may be, shall, when ordinary diplomatic proceedings 
 have failed and the High Contracting Parties do not have recourse to 
 arbitration, be submitted for investigation and report to a Permanent 
 International Commission constituted in the manner prescribed in the 
 following article. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties agree not to resort, with respect to 
 each other, to any act of force during the investigation to be made by 
 the Commission and before its report is handed in. 
 
 International 
 Commission. 
 Composition. 
 
 Organization. 
 Appointment. 
 
 Article H 
 
 The International Commission shall be composed of five members 
 appointed as follows : Each Government shall designate two members, 
 only one of whom shall be of its own nationality; the fifth member 
 shall be designated by common consent and shall not belong to any 
 of the nationalities already represented on the Commission; he shall 
 perform the duties of President. 
 
 In case the two Governments should be unable to agree on the choice 
 of the fifth commissioner, the other fovir shall be called upon to desig- 
 nate him, and failing an understanding between them, the provisions 
 of article 45 of The Hague Convention of 1907^ shall be applied. 
 
 The Commission shall be organized within six months from the ex- 
 change of ratifications of the present convention. 
 
 The members shall be appointed for one year and their appointment 
 may be renewed. They shall remain in office until superseded or re- 
 appointed, or until the work on which they are engaged at the time 
 their office expires is completed. 
 
 ^ U. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 36, p. 2223. 
 
CHINA 17 
 
 Any vacancies which may arise (from death, resignation, or cases Vacancies, 
 of physical or moral incapacity) shall be filled within the shortest 
 possible period in the manner followed for the original, appointment. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties shall, before designating the commis- Expenses, 
 sioners, reach an understanding in regard to their compensation. They 
 shall bear by halves the expenses incident to the meeting of the Com- 
 mission. 
 
 Article III 
 
 In case a dispute should arise between the High Contracting Parties commission. 
 which is not settled by the ordinary methods, each Party shall have a 
 right to ask that the investigation thereof be intrusted to the Interna- 
 tional Commission charged with making a report. Notice shall be 
 given to the President of the International Commission, who shall at 
 once communicate with his colleagues. 
 
 In the same case the President may, after consulting his colleagues 
 and upon receiving the consent of a majority of the members of the 
 Commission, offer the services of the latter to each of the Contracting 
 Parties. Acceptance of that offer declared by one of the two Gov- 
 ernments shall be sufficient to give jurisdiction of the case to the Com- 
 mission in accordance with the foregoing paragraph. 
 
 The place of meeting shall be determined by the Commission itself. 
 
 Article IV 
 
 The two High Contracting Parties shall have a right, each on its f„bj|™fmatter 
 own part, to state to the President of the Commission what is the "ferred. 
 subject matter of the controversy. No difference in these statements, 
 which shall be furnished by way of suggestion, shall arrest the action 
 of the Commission. 
 
 In case the cause of the dispute should consist of certain acts already fction.'""*' 
 committed or about to be committed, the Commission shall as soon as 
 possible indicate what measures to preserve the rights of each party 
 ought in its opinion to be taken provisionally and pending the delivery 
 of its report. 
 
 Article V 
 
 As regards the procedure which it is to follow, the Commission shall Procedure, 
 as far as possible be guided by the provisions contained in articles 9 to 
 36 of Convention 1 of The Hague of 1907.^ 
 
 1 U. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 36, pp. 2214-20. 
 
18 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Facilities for 
 investigation. 
 
 Completion 
 of work. 
 
 Transmittal 
 of report. 
 
 Independent 
 
 action 
 
 reserved. 
 
 Exchange of 
 ratifications. 
 
 Duration. 
 
 Signatures. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties agree to aiford the Commission all 
 means and all necessary facilities for its investigation and report. 
 
 The work of the Commission shall be completed within one year 
 from the date on which it has taken jurisdiction of the case, unless the 
 High Contracting Parties should agree to set a different period. 
 
 The conclusion of the Commission and the terms of its report shall 
 be adopted by a majority. The report, signed only by the President 
 acting by virtue of his office, shall be transmitted by him to each of 
 the Contracting Parties. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties reserve full liberty as to the action 
 to be taken on the report of the Commission. 
 
 Article VI 
 
 The present treaty shall be ratified by the President of the United 
 States of America, with the advice and consent of the Senate of the 
 United States, and by the President of the Republic of China. 
 
 It shall go into force immediately after the exchange of ratifications 
 and shall last five years. 
 
 Unless denounced six months at least before the expiration of the 
 said period of five years, it shall remain in force until the expiration 
 of a period of twelve months after either party shall have notified the 
 other of its intention to terminate it. 
 
 In witness whereof the respective plenipotentiaries have signed the 
 present treaty and have affixed thereunto their seals. 
 
 Done at Washington this 15th day of September, in the year nine- 
 teen hundred and fourteen, corresponding to the 15th day of the ninth 
 month in the third year of the Republic of China. 
 
 [se.\l] William Jennings Bryan 
 
 [seal] [Signature in Chinese characters of the Chinese 
 
 plenipotentiary, Kai Fu Shah] 
 
 [Chinese text not printed.] 
 
 [The Secretary of State to the Chinese Minister] 
 
 Department of State, 
 
 Washington, May ii, 1916. 
 Sir: 
 
 It not having been found feasible to complete the International Com- 
 mission provided for in the treaty of September 1 5, 1914, between the 
 
CHINA 19 
 
 United States and China for the advancement of the general cause of 
 peace, I have the honor to suggest, for the consideration of your Gov- 
 ernment that the time within which the organization of the Commission 
 may be completed be extended by an exchange of notes from April 22, 
 1916, to August 1, 1916. 
 
 Your formal notification in writing that your Government receives 
 the suggestion favorably will be r^arded on this Government's part 
 as sufficient to give effect to the extension, and I shall be glad to re- 
 ceive your assurance that it will be so regarded by your Government 
 also. 
 Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. 
 
 Robert Lansing. 
 Mr. Vi Kyuin Wellington Koo, 
 
 Chinese Minister. 
 
 [The Chinese Minister to the Secretary of State] 
 
 Chinese Legation, 
 Washington, May jp, ipid. 
 Sir: 
 
 I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your note of the Uth 
 instant, in which you are good enough to suggest, for the considera- 
 tion of my Government, that the time within which the organization 
 of the International Commission provided for in the Treaty of Sep- 
 tember 15, 1914, between China and the United States, for the ad- 
 vancement of the general cause of peace may be completed, be ex- 
 tended by an exchange of notes from April 22, 1916, to August 1, 1916. 
 I am authorized by my Government to inform you in reply that my 
 Government is pleased to accept this suggestion of your Government 
 and accordingly regards the extension of time from April 22, 1916, to 
 August 1, 1916, for the organization of the Commission as effective by 
 this exchange of notes. 
 Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of mj;- highest consideration. 
 
 Vi Kyuin Wellington Koo. 
 Honorable Robert Lansing, 
 
 Secretary of State. 
 
20 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Treaty between the United States and Costa Rica for the Advance- 
 ment of General Peace^ 
 
 Contracting 
 Powers. 
 
 Plenipoten- 
 tiaries. 
 
 The United States of America 
 and the Repubhc of Costa Rica, 
 being desirous to strengthen the 
 bonds of amity that bind them 
 together and also to advance the 
 cause of general peace, have re- 
 solved to enter into a treaty for 
 that purpose, and to that end 
 have appointed as their plenipo- 
 tentiaries : 
 
 The President of the United 
 States, the Honorable William 
 Jennings Bryan, Secretary of 
 State; and 
 
 The President of Costa Rica, 
 Senor Don Joaquin Bernardo 
 Calvo, Envoy Extraordinary and 
 Minister Plenipotentiary of Costa 
 Rica to the United States; 
 
 Who, after having communi- 
 cated to each other their respec- 
 tive full powers, found to be in 
 proper form, have agreed upon 
 and concluded the following arti- 
 cles: 
 
 Ivos Estados Unidos de Ame- 
 rica y la Repiiblica de Costa Rica 
 con el deseo de fortalecer los vin- 
 culos de amistad que los unen y a 
 la vez cimentar el espiritu de paz 
 universal han resuelto celebrar un 
 Tratado con tal objeto y para ese 
 fin han nombrado como sus Pleni- 
 potenciarios ; 
 
 El Presidente de los Estados 
 Unidos, al Honorable William 
 Jennings Bryan, Secretario de 
 Estado, y 
 
 El Presidente de Costa Rica, 
 al Seiior Don Joaquin Bernardo 
 Calvo, Enviado Extraordinario y 
 Ministro Plenipotenciario en los 
 Estados Unidos ; 
 
 Quienes, despues de examina- 
 dos sus respectivos Plenos Po- 
 deres, y encontrandolos en de- 
 bida forma, han convenido en los 
 articulos siguientes ; 
 
 Disputes to be 
 submitted to 
 International 
 Commission 
 for investiga- 
 tion and 
 report. 
 
 Article I 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree that all disputes between 
 them, of every nature whatsoever, 
 to the settlement of which pre- 
 vious arbitration treaties or agree- 
 
 ARTicULO I 
 
 Las Altas Partes contratantes 
 acuerdan que todas las desave- 
 nencias, de cualquier naturaleza 
 que ellas scan y que en el hecho o 
 por los terminos de tratados de 
 
 ^ U. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 38, pt. 2, p. 1856. Signed at Washington, Feb- 
 ruary 13, 1914; ratification advised by the Senate, August 13, 1914; ratified by 
 Costa Rica, July 25, 1914; ratified by the President, November 11, 1914; ratifi- 
 cations exchanged at Washington, November 12, 1914; proclaimed November 
 13, 1914. 
 
COSTA RICA 
 
 21 
 
 ments do not apply in their terms 
 or are not applied in fact, shall, 
 when diplomatic methods of ad- 
 justment have failed, be referred 
 for investigation and report to a 
 permanent International Com- 
 mission, to be constituted in the 
 manner prescribed in the next 
 succeeding article ; and they agree 
 not to declare war or begin hos- 
 tilities during such investigation 
 and before the report is submitted. 
 
 Article II 
 The International Commission 
 shall be composed of five mem- 
 bers, to be appointed as follows: 
 One member shall be chosen from 
 each country, by the Govern- 
 ment thereof; one member shall 
 be chosen by each Government 
 from some third country; the 
 fifth member shall be chosen by 
 common agreement between the 
 two Governments, it being un- 
 derstood that he shall not be a 
 citizen of either country. Each 
 of the High Contracting Parties 
 shall have the right to remove, at 
 any time before investigation 
 begins, any Commissioner se- 
 lected by it and to name his suc- 
 cessor, and under the same con- 
 ditions shall also have the right 
 to withdraw its approval of the 
 fifth Commissioner selected 
 jointly; in which case a new 
 
 arbitraje o compromisos exis- 
 tentes no esten comprendidas en 
 sus estipulaciones, y que no hayan 
 podido arreglarse por la via diplo- 
 matica, seran sometidas para su 
 investigacion e informe a una 
 Comision Internacional consti- 
 tuida de la manera prescrita en el 
 siguiente articulo; y convienen 
 asimismo en no declararse la 
 guerra o empezar hostilidades 
 durante el periodo de la investi- 
 gacion ni antes de que la Comi- 
 sion les comunique el informe. 
 
 Articulo II 
 
 La Comision Internacional se Q,mmfssi°on' 
 compondra de cinco miembros, Composition. 
 nombrados como sigue : un miem- 
 bro sera elegido dentro del pais, 
 por su respective Gobierno; otro 
 miembre sera elegido por cada 
 Gobierno, de un tercer pais; el 
 quinto miembre sera elegido de 
 comiin acuerdo por los dos Go- 
 biernos; debiendo entenderse que 
 no podra elegirse a ningun ciu- 
 dadano de alguno de los dos 
 paises interesados. Cada una de 
 las Altas Partes contratantes se 
 reserva el derecho de separar, 
 antes que hayan comenzado las 
 investigaciones, a cualquiera de 
 los comisionados que hubiese ele- 
 gido, y en tal caso procedera 
 a nombrar a su reemplazante. 
 Bajo la misma condicion podra 
 cualquiera de las Partes contra- 
 tantes retirar su aceptacion del 
 
22 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Compensation. 
 
 Expenses. 
 
 Appointment. 
 
 Duties of 
 Commission, 
 
 Facilities for 
 investigation. 
 
 Commissioner shall be selected 
 jointly as in the original selection. 
 The Commissioners shall, when 
 actually employed in the inves- 
 tigation of a dispute, receive such 
 compensation as shall be agreed 
 upon by the High Contracting 
 Parties. The expenses of the 
 Commission shall be paid by the 
 two Governments in equal pro- 
 portion. 
 
 The International Ccmunission 
 shall be appointed as soon as 
 possible after the exchange of the 
 ratifications of this treaty; and 
 vacancies shall be filled accord- 
 ing to the manner of the original 
 appointment. 
 
 Article III 
 In case the High Contracting 
 Parties shall have failed to adjust 
 a dispute by diplomatic methods, 
 they shall at once refer it to the 
 International Commission for in- 
 vestigation and report. The 
 International Commission may, 
 however, spontaneously offer its 
 services to that effect, and in such 
 case it shall notify both Govern- 
 ments and request their coopera- 
 tion in the investigation. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree to furnish the Permanent 
 International Commission with 
 all the means and facilities re- 
 quired for its investigation and 
 report. ' 
 
 quinto comisionado elegido con- 
 juntamente, y en este caso se 
 procedera a una nueva eleccion 
 en la forma ya establecida. Los 
 comisionados recibiran la com- 
 pensacion que acuerden las Altas 
 Partes contratantes tan solo du- 
 rante el tiempo que se ocupen 
 de la investigacion. Los gastos 
 de la Comision seran sufragados 
 por mitad por los Gobiernos con- 
 tratantes. 
 
 La Comision Internacional sera 
 nombrada en el mas corto plazo 
 despues del canje de las ratifi- 
 caciones del Tratado; y las va- 
 cantes que ocurrieren seran lle- 
 nadas segiin lo acordado para el 
 nombramiento original. 
 
 ARTfcULO III 
 
 En el caso de que no haya sido 
 posible el arreglo de una cuestion 
 entre las Altas Partes contratan- 
 tes por los medios diplomaticos, 
 esta sera referida inmediatamente 
 a la Comision Internacional para 
 su investigacion e informe. La 
 Comision Internacional podra 
 tambien por iniciativa propia 
 intervenir, y en tal caso debera 
 hacerlo saber a ambos Gobiernos 
 y pedir su cooperacion para la 
 investigacion. 
 
 Las Altas Partes contratantes 
 convienen en subministrar a la 
 Comision Permanente Interna- 
 cional todos los medios y facili- 
 dades que demande para la in- 
 vestigacion e informe. 
 
COSTA RICA 
 
 23 
 
 The report of the International 
 Commission shall be completed 
 within one year after the date on 
 which it shall declare its investi- 
 gation to have begun, unless the 
 High Contracting Parties shall 
 limit or extend the time by mu- 
 tual agreement. The report shall 
 be prepared in triplicate; one 
 copy shall be presented to each 
 Govermnent, and the third re- 
 tained by the Commission for 
 its files. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 reserve the right to act inde- 
 pendently on the subject matter 
 of the dispute after the report of 
 the Commission shall have been 
 submitted. 
 
 El informe de la Comision Time for 
 
 report. 
 
 Intemacional debera estar listo 
 dentro de un afio contado desde 
 la fecha en que ella declare haber 
 empezado la investigacion, a 
 menos que las Altas Partes con- 
 tratantes restringieran o exten- 
 dieran el tiempo por mutuo con- 
 sentimiento. El informe ' debe 
 ser preparado por triplicddo ; una 
 copia para cada Gobierno, y la 
 tercera retenida por la Comision 
 para su archivo. 
 
 Las Altas Partes contratantes independent 
 
 action ' 
 
 se reservan el derecho de obrar reserved. 
 independientemente en el asunto 
 en disputa despues que el informe 
 de la Comision se les haya some- 
 tido. 
 
 Article IV 
 The present treaty shall be 
 ratified by the President of the 
 United States of America, by and 
 with the advice and consent of 
 the Senate thereof; and by the 
 President of Costa Rica, with the 
 approval of the Congress thereof ; 
 and the ratifications shall be ex- 
 changed as soon as possible. It 
 shall take effect immediately after 
 the exchange of ratifications, and 
 shall continue in force for a 
 period of five years; and it shall 
 thereafter remain in force until 
 twelve months after one of the 
 High Contracting Parties have 
 given notice to the other of an 
 intention to terminate it. 
 
 ARTf CULO IV 
 
 El presente Tratado sera rati- f^^l^^l^ 
 ficado por el Presidente de los 
 Estados Unidos de America, de 
 acuerdo y con el consentimiento 
 del Senado, y por el Presidente 
 de la Repiiblica de Costa Rica, 
 con la aprobacion del Congreso 
 Constitucional, y las ratifica- 
 ciones seran canjeadas tan 
 pronto como fuere posible. Pro- 
 ducira sus efectos el presente 
 Tratado inmediatamente despues Duration, 
 del canje de ratificaciones y con- 
 tinuara en vigor por cinco anos, 
 y sera obligatorio despues por 
 doce meses contados desde que 
 una de las Altas Partes contra- 
 tantes haya comunicado a la 
 otra su intencion de terminarlo. 
 
24 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Signatures. 
 
 In witness whereof, the respec- 
 tive plenipotentiaries have signed 
 the present treaty and have 
 affixed thereunto their seals. 
 
 Done in Washington on the 
 13th day of February, in the 
 year of our Lord nineteen hun- 
 dred and fourteen. 
 
 William Jennings Bryan 
 [seal] J. B. Calvo 
 
 En f e de lo cual, los respectivos 
 Plenipotenciarios han firmado el 
 presente Tratado, y puesto al pie 
 sus sellos. 
 
 Hecho en Washington, el dia 
 13 de febrero en el aiio de Nuestro 
 Seiaor mil novecientos catorce. 
 
 [seal] 
 
 Treaty between the United States and Denmark for the Advance- 
 ment of General Peace^ 
 
 Contracting 
 Powers. 
 
 Plenipoten- 
 tiaries. 
 
 The United States of America 
 and His Majesty the King of Den- 
 mark being desirous to strengthen 
 the bonds of amity that bind 
 them together and also to advance 
 the cause of general peace, have 
 resolved to enter into a treaty for 
 that purpose and to that end have 
 appointed as their plenipoten- 
 tiaries : 
 
 The President of the United 
 States: The Honorable William 
 Jennings Bryan, Secretary of 
 State; and 
 
 His Majesty the King of Den- 
 mark: Mr. Constantin Brun, His 
 Chamberlain and Envoy Ex- 
 
 De amerikanske Forenede Sta- 
 ter og Hans Majestaet Kongen af 
 Danmark har, besjaelede af 0nsket 
 om at styrke de Venskabsbaand, 
 som sammenknytter dem, og 
 samtidig at fremme Freden i Al- 
 mindelighed, besluttet at indgaa 
 en Traktat mellem sig til dette 
 Formaal og har i den Anledning 
 udnsevnt til deres befuldmsegti- 
 gede: 
 
 Prsesidenten for de Forenede 
 Stater, the Honorable William 
 Jennings Bryan, Statssekretasr ; 
 og 
 
 Hans Majestffit Kongen af Dan- 
 mark, Hr. Constantin Brun, Hans 
 Majestsets Kammerherre og En- 
 
 ^ U. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 38, pt. 2, p. 1883. Signed at Washington, April 
 17, 1914; ratification advised by the Senate, September 30, 1914; ratified by 
 Denmark, November 21, 1914 ; ratified by the President, January 14, 1915 ; rati- 
 fications exchanged at Washington, January 19, 191S; proclaimed, January 20 
 191S. 
 
DENMARK 
 
 25 
 
 traordinary and Minister Pleni- 
 potentiary to the United States; 
 
 Who, after having communi- 
 cated to each other their respec- 
 tive full powers, found to be in 
 proper form, have agreed upon 
 the following articles: 
 
 voye extraordinaire og Ministre 
 plenipotentiaire i de Forenede 
 Stater ; 
 
 Som efter at have meddelt hin- 
 anden deres respektive Fuldmag- 
 ter, der fandtes at vsere i behjzirig 
 Form, er komne overens om fjzfl- 
 gende Artikler : 
 
 Article I 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree that all disputes between 
 them, of every nature whatsoever, 
 which diplomacy shall fail to ad- 
 just, shall be submitted for in- 
 vestigation and report to an 
 International Commission, to be 
 constituted in the manner pre- 
 scribed in the next succeeding 
 article; and they agree not to 
 declare war or begin hostilities 
 during such investigation and 
 report. 
 
 Aetikel I 
 De h^je kontraherende Parter 
 er enige om, at alle Stridigheder 
 mellem dem, ligegyldig af hvilken 
 Art, som det ikke er lykkedes at 
 bilsegge ad diplomatisk Vej, skal 
 forelaegges en international Kom- 
 mission til Unders)z(gelse og Be- 
 tsenkning. Komissionen skal 
 sammenssettes paa den i den fjzJl- 
 gende Artikel bestemte Maade, og 
 de er enige om ikke at erklsere 
 Krig eller paabegynde Fjendt- 
 ligheder, saalsenge Kommission- 
 ens Undersjzfgelse ikke er tilende- 
 bragt og dens Betasnkning afgivet. 
 
 Disputes to be 
 submitted to 
 International 
 Commission 
 for investiga- 
 tion and 
 report. 
 
 Status 
 
 pending 
 
 report. 
 
 Article II 
 The International Commission 
 shall be composed of five mem- 
 bers, to be appointed as follows: 
 One member shall be chosen from 
 each country, by the Government 
 thereof; one member shall be 
 chosen by each Government from 
 some third country; the fifth 
 member shall be chosen by com- 
 mon agreement between the two 
 Governments. It is understood 
 that the fifth member of the Com- 
 
 Artikel II 
 Den internationale Kommis- international 
 
 Commission. 
 
 sion skal bestaa af 5 Medlem- Composition. 
 
 mer, der udnaevnes paa fj^lgende 
 
 Maade : et Medlem skal vselges 
 
 fra hvert Land af dettes Rege- 
 
 ring; et Medlem skal vaelges af 
 
 hver Regering fra et tredje Land ; 
 
 det femte Medlem skal vselges 
 
 efter Overenskomst mellem de to 
 
 Regeringer. Det femte Medlem 
 
 af Kommissionen maa ikke vsere 
 
 Statsborger i noget af de to 
 
26 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Expenses. 
 
 Appointment. 
 
 Procedure. 
 
 mission shall not be a citizen of 
 either country. The expenses of 
 the Commission shall be paid by 
 the two Governments in equal 
 proportion. 
 
 The International Commission 
 shall be appointed within four 
 months after the exchange of the 
 ratifications of this treaty; and 
 vacancies shall be filled according 
 to the manner of the original 
 appointment. 
 
 Unless otherwise agreed be- 
 tween the parties the procedure 
 of the International Commission 
 shall be regulated by the pre- 
 scriptions contained in the Con- 
 vention signed at The Hague on 
 October 18, 1907, for the peaceful 
 settlement of international dis- 
 putes. Chapter III.^ 
 
 Lande. Kommissionens Udgifter 
 skal betales af de to Regeringer 
 med lige Dele. 
 
 Den Internationale Kommis- 
 sion skal udnsevnes inden Udljiibet 
 af 4 Maaneder efter Udvekslingen 
 af Ratifikationerne af denne Tra- 
 ktat, og ledige Pladser skal ud- 
 fyldes paa samme Maade som 
 den oprindelige Udnsvnelse. 
 
 Medmindre andet er aftalt mel- 
 lem Parterne, skal Proceduren 
 ved den Internationale Kommis- 
 sion ske i Overensstemmelse med 
 Reglerne i Kap. Ill i den i Haag 
 den 18. Oktober 1907 underteg- 
 nede Konvention om fredelig 
 Bilseggelse af Internationale Stri- 
 digheder. 
 
 Duties of 
 Commission. 
 
 Facilities for 
 investigation. 
 
 Article III 
 
 In case the High Contracting 
 Parties shall have failed to adjust 
 a dispute by diplomatic methods, 
 they shall at once refer it to the 
 International Commission for in- 
 vestigation and report. The 
 International Commission may, 
 however, act upon its own initia- 
 tive, and in such case it shall 
 notify both Governments and re- 
 quest their cooperation in the 
 investigation. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree to furnish the Permanent 
 
 Artikel III 
 Hvis det ikke lykkes de h^je 
 kontraherende Parter at bilaegge 
 en Strid gennem diplomatisk For- 
 handling, skal de straks henvise 
 den til den Internationale Kom- 
 mission til Undersjzfgelse og Be- 
 tsenkning. DenintemationaleKom- 
 mission kan desuden handle paa 
 eget Initiativ, og i saa Tilfaelde 
 skal den underrette begge Rege- 
 ringer og anmode om deres Bi- 
 stand til Unders^gelsen. De hfije 
 kontraherende Parter er enige om 
 at yde den permanente interna- 
 
 1 U. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 36, pp. 2214-20. 
 
DENMARK 
 
 27 
 
 International Commission with 
 all the means and facilities re- 
 quired for its investigation and 
 report. 
 
 The report of the International 
 Commission shall be completed 
 within one year after the date on 
 which it shall declare its investi- 
 gation to have begun, unless the 
 High Contracting Parties shall 
 extend the time by mutual agree- 
 ment. The report shall be pre- 
 pared in triplicate; one copy shall 
 be presented to each Government, 
 and the third retained by the 
 Commission for its files. 
 
 tionale Kommission alle Hjael- 
 pemidler og enhver Bistand, som 
 er njz(dvendig til Foretagelse af 
 Unders^gelsen og Afgivelse af 
 Betsenkningen. 
 Den Internationale Kommis- J™« 
 
 for report, 
 
 sions Beretning skal vaere fasrdig 
 inden 1 Aar efter det Tidspunkt, 
 paa hvilket den erklserer, at dens 
 Underspfgelse er paabegyndt, 
 medmindre de hfije kontraherende 
 Parter efter Af tale f orlaenger dette 
 Tidsrum. Betasnkningen skal 
 udfaerdiges i 3 Eksemplarer, af 
 hvilke eet skal overgives hver Re- 
 gering; det tredje skal Kommis- 
 sionen beholde til sine Arkiver. 
 
 Article IV 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree that, upon the receipt of 
 the report of the International 
 Commission as provided in Ar- 
 ticle III, they will immediately 
 endeavor to adjust the dispute 
 directly between them upon the 
 basis of the Commission's find- 
 ings. The High Contracting Par- 
 ties, however, reserve the right to 
 act independently on the subject 
 matter of the dispute after the 
 report of the Commission shall 
 have been submitted. 
 
 Artikel IV 
 De hdje kontraherende Parter Adjustment 
 
 ^ '' of dispute. 
 
 er enige om ved Modtagelsen af 
 den Internationale Kommissions 
 Betsenkning, som forudsat i Art. 
 Ill, uopholdelig at ville bestrsebe 
 sig for at bilsegge Striden direkte 
 mellem sig paa Grundlag af 
 Kommissionens Resultater. De independent 
 
 action 
 
 h^je kontraherende Parter forbe- reserved. 
 holde sig dog Ret til at handle 
 uafhsengigt med Hensyn til 
 Stridens Gjenstand, efterat Kom- 
 missionens Betsenkning er bleven 
 forelagt. 
 
 Article V 
 The present treaty shall be rati- 
 fied by the President of the 
 United States of America, by 
 and with the advice and consent 
 
 Artikel V 
 
 Nasrvasrende Traktat skal Ratification. 
 
 ratificeres af Praesidenten for de 
 
 amerikanske Forenede Stater med 
 
 Senatets Raad og Samtykke og af 
 
28 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Exchange of 
 ratifications. 
 
 Duration 
 and de- 
 nouncement. 
 
 Signatures. 
 
 of the Senate thereof, and by His 
 Majesty the King of Denmark. 
 
 The ratifications shall be ex- 
 changed at Washington as soon 
 as possible. It shall take eifect 
 immediately after the exchange 
 of ratifications, and shall continue 
 in force for a period of five years ; 
 and it shall thereafter remain in 
 force until twelve months after 
 one of the High Contracting Par- 
 ties shall have given notice to the 
 other of an intention to termi- 
 nate it. 
 
 Hans Majestset Kongen af Dan- 
 mark. 
 
 Ratifikationerne skal udveksles 
 i Washington saa snart som 
 muligt. Traktaten skal trsede i 
 Kraft umiddelbart efter Udveks- 
 lingen af Ratifikationerne og skal 
 forblive i Kraft for et Tidsrum af 
 5 Aar, og derefter skal den blive 
 i Kraft indtil Udlp<bet af 12 
 Maaneder efter, at en af de hjzSje 
 kontraherende Parter maatte give 
 den anden Part Meddelelse om, 
 at den har til Hensigt at bringe 
 den til Ophjzfr. 
 
 In witness whereof the respec- 
 tive plenipotentiaries have signed 
 the present treaty and have af- 
 fixed thereunto their seals. 
 
 Done in duplicate in the En- 
 glish and Danish languages at 
 Washington this 17th day of 
 April, in the year 1914. 
 
 William Jennings Bryan 
 C. Brun 
 
 Til Bekrseftelse heraf har de 
 tvende Befuldmsegtigede under- 
 tegnet nservserende Traktat og 
 paatrykt den deres Segl. 
 
 Givet i to Eksemplarer paa 
 Engelsk og Dansk i Washington 
 den 17^^ April, 1914. 
 
 [seal] 
 [seal] 
 
 Treaty between the United States and Ecuador for the Advance- 
 ment of General Peace^ 
 
 Contracting 
 Powers. 
 
 The Governments of the United 
 States of America and of the Re- 
 public of Ecuador, being desirous 
 of once more contributing to the 
 consolidation of their traditional 
 
 Los Gobiernos de los Estados 
 Unidos de America y de la Repii- 
 blica del Ecuador, en el anhelo de 
 contribuir una vez mas a la con- 
 solidacion de su politica tradi- 
 
 1 U. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 39, pt. 2, p. 16S0. Signed at Washington, Octo- 
 ber 13, 1914; ratification advised by the Senate, October 20, 1914; ratified by the 
 President, January 4, 1916; ratified by Ecuador, November 10, 1915; ratifica- 
 tions exchanged at Washington, January 22, 1916; proclaimed, January 24, 1916. 
 
ECUADOR 
 
 29 
 
 policy of peace and amity and 
 also to advance the diffusion of 
 the spirit of universal peace, have 
 resolved to enter into a special 
 treaty and to that end have ap- 
 pointed as their plenipotentiaries : 
 
 The President of the United 
 States of America: The Honor- 
 able William Jennings Bryan, 
 Secretary of State; and 
 
 The President of the Republic 
 of Ecuador: Seiior Dr. Don Gon- 
 zalo S. Cordova, Envoy Extraor- 
 dinary and Minister Plenipoten- 
 tiary of the Republic of Ecuador 
 to the United States of America; 
 
 ,Who, after having communi- 
 cated to each other their respec- 
 tive full powers, found to be in 
 proper form, have agreed upon 
 the following articles : 
 
 Article I 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree that all disputes between 
 them, of every nature whatsoever, 
 to the settlement of which pre- 
 vious arbitration treaties or agree- 
 ments do not apply in their terms 
 or are not applied in fact, and 
 which it has not been possible to 
 adjust through diplomatic meth- 
 ods, be referred for investigation 
 and report to an International 
 Commission to be constituted in 
 the manner prescribed in the fol- 
 lowing article. And they further 
 
 clonal de paz y de amistad y con 
 el proposito de fomentar la difu- 
 sion del espiritu de paz universal, 
 han convenido en concluir un 
 Tratado Especial nombrando a 
 este fin como sus Plenipoten- 
 ciarios : 
 
 El Presidente de los Estados Piempot«n- 
 
 ticincs 
 
 Unidos de America : al Honorable 
 William Jennings Bryan, Secre- 
 tario de Estado ; y 
 
 El Presidente de la Republica 
 del Ecuador: al Seiior Dr. Don 
 Gonzalo S. Cordova, Enviado 
 Extraordinario y Ministro Pleni- 
 potenciario de la Republica del 
 Ecuador en los Estados Unidos de 
 America ; 
 
 Los cuales, despues de haberse 
 comunicado los Plenos Poderes de 
 que se hallan investidos, hallados 
 en buena y debida forma, han 
 convenido en las disposiciones 
 siguientes : 
 
 Articulo I 
 Las Altas Partes contratantes Disputes to be 
 
 submitted to 
 
 acuerdan que todas las desavenen- international 
 
 . Commission 
 
 cias de cualquiera naturaleza que for investiga- 
 
 1,1' tionand 
 
 ellas sean y que en el hecho o por report. 
 los terminos de tratados de arbi- 
 traje existentes no esten com- 
 prendidas en sus estipulaciones, 
 y que no hayan podido arreglarse 
 por la via diplomatica seran 
 sometidas para su investigacion 
 e informe a una Comision Inter- 
 nacional constituida en la manera 
 prescrita en el siguiente articulo. 
 Convienen asimismo en no decla- 
 
30 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 agree not to declare war or com- 
 mit any act of hostility against 
 each other, during such investiga- 
 tion and before the report is 
 submitted. 
 
 rarse la guerra 6 cometer acto 
 alguno de hostilidad durante el 
 periodo de la investigacion y 
 antes de sometido el informe. 
 
 International 
 Commission. 
 Composition. 
 
 New 
 appointments- 
 
 Article II 
 
 The International Commission 
 mentioned in the preceding article 
 shall be composed of five mem- 
 bers, to be appointed as follows: 
 Each Government shall appoint 
 two members, one of whom shall 
 be a citizen of the country whose 
 government appoints him, and 
 the other a citizen of some third 
 country; the fifth member shall 
 be chosen by common agreement 
 between the two Governments, it 
 being understood that he shall not 
 be a citizen of either of the two 
 contracting countries. In case of 
 disagreement regarding the ap- 
 pointment of the fifth member, 
 the two Governments shall re- 
 quest the President of the Swiss 
 Confederation to choose such 
 member. Said fifth member shall 
 be of right the President of the 
 International Commission. 
 
 Each Government shall have 
 the right to revoke the appoint- 
 ment of either or. both of the mem- 
 bers chosen by it, at any time be- 
 fore the investigation is begun, 
 but must appoint his or their suc- 
 cessors at the time his or their ap- 
 pointments are revoked. If the 
 fifth member be chosen by com- 
 
 ARTfcULO II 
 
 La Comision Internacional a 
 que se refiere el articulo anterior 
 sera compuesta de cinco miem- 
 bros designados en la siguiente 
 forma: Cada Gobiemo nombrara 
 dos miembros, debiendo uno de 
 ellos ser ciudadano del pais cuyo 
 Gobiemo lo nombra y el otro ciu- 
 dadano de un tercer pais. El 
 quinto, debera ser designado co- 
 miin acuerdo por ambos Gobier- 
 nos, no pudiendo recaer la desig- 
 nacion en un ciudadano de nin- 
 guno de los dos paises contra- 
 tantes. En el caso de desacuerdo 
 sobre la eleccion del quinto, los 
 dos Gobiernos pediran al Presi- 
 dente de la Confederacion Suiza 
 que haga la designacion de el. 
 Este quinto miembro sera de de- 
 recho Presidente de la Comision 
 Internacional. 
 
 Cada Gobiemo podra revocar el 
 nombramiento de cualquiera de 
 los miembros designados por el, 
 en cualquier momento antes de 
 iniciada la investigacion, debiendo 
 sin embargo designar el 6 los 
 reemplazantes en el mismo acto 
 en que produzca la revocacion. Si 
 el quinto miembro hubiera sido 
 
ECUADOR 
 
 31 
 
 mon agreement between the High 
 Contracting Parties, they may 
 also at any time before the inves- 
 tigation is begun, withdraw their 
 approval, but shall in such case 
 come to an agreement within the 
 next thirty days as to the ap- 
 pointment of a successor or re- 
 quest the President of the Swiss 
 Confederation to make such ap- 
 pointment. Vacancies due to 
 other causes than those enumer- 
 ated in this article shall be filled in 
 the manner established for the 
 original appointment, and the 
 new appointments shall not be de- 
 layed more than fifteen days from 
 the date on which notice of the 
 vacancy was received. The In- 
 ternational Commission shall or- 
 ganize within six months after the 
 exchange of the ratifications of 
 this treaty, and shall report its 
 organization to both Govern- 
 ments on the same date. It shall 
 prescribe the rules of practice to 
 be observed in the discharge of its 
 mission, and shall also designate 
 the place where the investigations 
 are to be conducted. The ex- 
 penses of the Commission and the 
 compensation of its members shall 
 be paid by the two contracting 
 Governments in equal proportion. 
 
 designado de comiin acuerdo por 
 las Altas Partes Contratantes, 
 estas podran tambien en cual- 
 quier momento antes de iniciada 
 la investigacion, retirar ese acuer- 
 do, debiendo sin embargo dentro 
 de los treinta dias siguientes po- 
 nerse de acuerdo en la designacion 
 del reemplazante 6 pedir al Presi- 
 dente de la Confederacion Suiza 
 que haga esa designacion. Las Vacancies, 
 vacantes que se produjeran por 
 otras causas que las enumeradas 
 en este articulo seran Uenadas en 
 la forma establecida para la desig- 
 nacion original, no debiendo las 
 nuevas designaciones retardarse 
 mas de quince dias a contar desde 
 aquel en que se haya tenido noti- 
 cia de la vacante. La Comision 
 Internacional se constituira den- 
 tro de los seis meses siguientes al 
 cange de las ratificaciones del pre- 
 sente Tratado, debiendo dar cuen- 
 ta de su constitucion a ambos Go- 
 biernos ne la misma fecha. Ella 
 establecera las reglas de procedi- 
 miento a que debera ajustarse en 
 el desempeiio de su mision y de- 
 signara asimismo el lugar en que Expenses, etc. 
 se practicaran las investigaciones. 
 Los gastos de la Comision y los 
 honorarios de sus miembros seran 
 sufragados por partes iguales por 
 los dos Gobiernos contratantes. 
 
 Article III 
 In case the High Contracting 
 Parties shall have failed to ad- 
 
 ARTfcULO III 
 Cuando las Altas Partes Con- 2"''^'.°*. 
 
 Commission. 
 
 tratantes no hayan podido solu- 
 
32 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Facilities 
 for investi- 
 gation, etc. 
 
 Report. 
 
 Independent 
 
 action 
 
 reserved. 
 
 just their disputes by diplomatic 
 methods, they shall at once be 
 referred to the International Com- 
 mission for investigation and re- 
 port, and either of the two inter- 
 ested governments may make the 
 respective reference. The High 
 Contracting Parties agree to fur- 
 nish the International Commis- 
 sion with all the facilities which 
 it requires for the proper discharge 
 of its trust, and it shall complete 
 its investigation and submit its 
 report within a period of one year 
 from the date on which it shall 
 declare its investigation to have 
 begun. If for reasons of force 
 majeure it shall not have found it 
 possible to complete its investiga- 
 tion or submit its report within 
 the said period, it may be ex- 
 tended for six months more, if the 
 High Contracting Parties agree in 
 this respect. Upon the submis- 
 sion of its report by the Inter- 
 national Commission, or if for any 
 reason whatsoever no report is 
 submitted within the term fixed 
 in this article, the High Contract- 
 ing Parties reserve the right to act 
 in the subject matter of the in- 
 vestigation and report as their re- 
 spective interests may demand. 
 
 cionar sus diferencias por la via 
 diplomatica, ellas seran inmedia- 
 tamente referidas para su investi- 
 gacion e informe a la Comision 
 Internacional, pudiendo cualquie- 
 ra de los dos Gobiernos interesa- 
 dos hacer la convocatoria respec- 
 tiva. Las Altas Partes Contra- 
 tantes se obligan a suministrar a 
 la Comision Internacional todas 
 las facilidades que reclame el me- 
 jor desempeno de su cometido, y 
 ella debera terminar su investiga- 
 cion y presentar su Informe den- 
 tro del termino de un aiio a contar 
 desde la fecha en que hubiese de- 
 clarado que habia empezado la in- 
 vestigacion. Si por razones de 
 fuerza mayor no hubiera podido 
 completarse la investigacion 6 re- 
 dactarse el Informe dentro de ese 
 termino, podra el ser ampliado 
 por seis meses mas, siempre que 
 estuvieran de acuerdo a este res- 
 pect© las Altas Partes Contra- 
 tantes. Sometido el Informe por 
 la Comision Internacional a los 
 respectivos Gobiernos, 6 no pro- 
 ducido el por cualquier motivo 
 dentro de los terminos fijados en 
 el presente articulo, las Altas 
 Partes Contratantes se reservan 
 el derecho de proceder en el asun- 
 to materia de investigacion e in- 
 forme como lo reclamen sus res- 
 pectivos intereses. 
 
 Exchange of 
 ratifications. 
 
 Article IV ARTfcuLO IV 
 
 The present treaty shall be rati- El presente Tratado sera rati- 
 fied by the respective Govern- ficado por los respectivos Gobier- 
 
ECUADOR 
 
 33 
 
 ments in accordance with the pro- 
 visions of their respective consti- 
 tutions, and the ratifications shall 
 be exchanged as soon as possible. 
 
 This treaty shall continue in 
 force for five years from the date 
 of the exchange of ratifications 
 and if notice of an intention to 
 terminate it is not given by one 
 of the Contracting Parties to the 
 other one year before the ter- 
 mination of this period, it shall be 
 considered as renewed for another 
 year, and so on successively. A 
 strict and faithful observance of 
 the preceding article is entrusted 
 to the honor of the signatory 
 nations. 
 
 In witness whereof the respec- 
 tive plenipotentiaries have signed 
 the present treaty and have 
 affixed thereunto their seals. 
 
 Done in Washington on the 
 13th day of October, in the year 
 of our Lord nineteen hundred and 
 fourteen. 
 
 [seal] William Jennings Bryan 
 [seal] G. S. Cordova 
 
 nos de acuerdo con lo establecido 
 por sus respectivas Constituciones, 
 debiendo hacerse el cange de 
 dichas ratificaciones tan pronto 
 como fuere posible. 
 
 Este Tratado estara en vigencia Duration, 
 durante cinco aiios a contar desde 
 el cange de las ratificaciones y si 
 no es denunciado un ano antes de 
 su vencimiento se considerara re- 
 novado por otro ano, y asi sucesi- 
 vamente. El estricto y leal cum- 
 plimiento de las clausulas prece- 
 dentes queda confiado al honor 
 de las naciones signatarias. 
 
 En f e de lo cual, los respectivos signatures. 
 Plenipotenciarios han firmado el 
 presente Tratado, y han puesto 
 al pie sus sellos. 
 
 Hecho en Washington, el dia 
 13 de Octubre, en el ano de Nues- 
 tro Seiior mil novecientos catorce. 
 
34 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Treaty between the United States and France for the Advance- 
 ment of General Peace'^ 
 
 Contracting 
 Powers. 
 
 Plenipoten- 
 tiaries. 
 
 Disputes to be 
 submitted to 
 International 
 Commission 
 for investiga- 
 tion and 
 report. 
 
 Treaty to facilitate the settlement 
 of Disputes. 
 
 The President of the United 
 States of America and the Presi- 
 dent of the French RepubHc, de- 
 siring to strengthen the friendly 
 relations which unite their two 
 countries and to serve the cause 
 of general peace, have decided to 
 conclude a treaty for these pur- 
 poses and have consequently ap- 
 pointed the plenipotentiaries des- 
 ignated hereinafter, to-wit: 
 
 The President of the United 
 States of America, the Honorable 
 William Jennings Bryan, Secre- 
 tary of State of the United States ; 
 and 
 
 The President of the French 
 Republic, His Excellency J. J. 
 Jusserand, Ambassador of the 
 French Republic to the United 
 States ; 
 
 Who, after exhibiting to each 
 other their full powers, found to 
 be in due and proper form, have 
 agreed upon the following articles : 
 
 Article 1 
 Any disputes arising between 
 the Government of the United 
 
 Traite pour faciliter le rbglement 
 des Litiges. 
 
 Le President des Etats-Unis 
 d'Amerique et le President de la 
 Republique franqaise, desirant 
 affirmer les relations amicales qui 
 unissent leurs deux pays et servir 
 la cause de la paix generale, ont 
 decide de conclure un traite a ces 
 fins et ont nomme, en consequence, 
 les plenipotentiaires ci-apres de- 
 signes, savoir: 
 
 Le President des Etats-Unis 
 d'Amerique, I'Honorable William 
 Jennings Bryan, Secretaire d'Etat 
 des Etats-Unis; et 
 
 Le President de la Republique 
 fran^aise. Son Excellence J. J. 
 Jusserand, Ambassadeur de la 
 Republique fran^ise aux Etats- 
 Unis ; 
 
 Lesquels, apres s'etre commu- 
 nique leurs pleins pouvoirs, 
 trouves en bonne et due forme, 
 sont convenus des articles sui- 
 vants : 
 
 Article I 
 Tous differends s'elevant entre 
 le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis 
 
 1 U. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 38, pt. 2, p. 1887. Signed at Washington, Sep- 
 tember 15, 1914; ratification advised by the Senate, September 25, 1914; ratified 
 Ijy France, December 3, 1914; ratified by the President, January 14, 1915; ratifi- 
 cations exchanged at Washington, January 22, 1915 ; proclaimed, January 23, 1915. 
 
FRANCE 
 
 35 
 
 States of America and the Govern- 
 ment of the French Republic, of 
 whatever nature they may be, 
 shall, when ordinary diplomatic 
 proceedings have failed and the 
 High Contracting Parties do not 
 have recourse to arbitration, be 
 submitted for investigation and 
 report to a Permanent Inter- 
 national Commission constituted 
 in the manner prescribed in the 
 following article. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree not to resort, with respect 
 to each other, to any act of force 
 during the investigation to be 
 made by the Commission and be- 
 fore its report is handed in. 
 
 Article 2 
 
 The International Commission 
 shall be composed of five mem- 
 bers appointed as follows : Each 
 Government shall designate two 
 members, only one of whom shall 
 be of its own nationality; the 
 fifth member shall be designated 
 by common consent and shall 
 not belong to any of the nation- 
 alities already represented on the 
 Commission ; he shall perform the 
 duties of President. 
 
 In case the two Governments 
 should be unable to agree on the 
 choice of the fifth commissioner, 
 the other four shall be called 
 upon to designate him, and fail- 
 ing an understanding between 
 them, the provisions of article 45 
 
 d'Amerique et le Gouvernement 
 de la Republique frangaise, de 
 quelque nature qu'ils soient, 
 lorsque les procedes diplomatiques 
 ordinaires auront echoue et que 
 les Hautes Parties contractantes 
 n'ont pas recours a I'arbitrage, 
 seront soumis, pour examen et 
 rapport, a une Commission inter- 
 nationale permanente, constituee 
 de la maniere prescrite dans 
 1 'article suivant. 
 
 Les Hautes Parties contrac- stahia 
 
 pending 
 
 tantes conviennent de ne se livrer, report. 
 I'une vis-a-vis de I'autre, a aucun 
 acte de force durant I'examen 
 auquel procedera la Commission 
 et avant la remise de son rapport. 
 
 Article II 
 La Commission internationale international 
 
 ^ Commission. 
 
 sera composee de cinq membres Composition, 
 nommes comma il suit: chaque 
 Gouvernement designera deux 
 membres, dont un seulement de 
 sa nationalite; le cinquieme mem- 
 bre sera designe d'un commun 
 accord et ne pourra appartenir a 
 une des nationalites deja repre- 
 sentees dans la Commission; il 
 remplira les fonctions de Presi- 
 dent. 
 
 Au cas oil les deux Gouverne- 
 ments ne pourraient se mettre 
 d'accord sur le choix du cin- 
 quieme commissaire, les quatre 
 autres seraient appeles a le de- 
 signer, et a defaut d'entente entre 
 ceux-ci, les dispositions de I'arti- 
 
36 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Organization, 
 
 Term of 
 service. 
 
 Vacancies. 
 
 Compensation 
 and expenses. 
 
 of The Hague Convention of 
 1907^ shall be applied. 
 
 The Commission shall be or- 
 ganized within six months from 
 the exchange of ratifications of 
 the present convention. 
 
 The members shall be ap- 
 pointed for one year and their 
 appointment may be renewed. 
 They shall remain in office until 
 superseded or reappointed, or 
 until the work on which they 
 are engaged at the time their 
 office expires is completed. 
 
 Any vacancies which may arise 
 (from death, resignation, or cases 
 of physical or moral incapacity) 
 shall be filled within the shortest 
 possible period in the manner fol- 
 lowed for the original appoint- 
 ment. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 shall, before designating the Com- 
 missioners, reach an understand- 
 ing in regard to their compensa- 
 tion. They shall bear by halves 
 the expenses incident to the meet- 
 ing of the Commission. 
 
 cle 45 de la Convention de La 
 Haye de 1907 seraient appliquees. 
 
 La Commission sera constituee 
 dans les six mois de I'echange des 
 ratifications de la presente con- 
 vention. 
 
 Les membres sont nommes 
 pour une annee et leur mandat 
 pent etre renouvele. lis restent 
 en fonctions jusqu'a leur rem- 
 placement ou jusqu'au renou- 
 vellement de leur mandat, ou 
 encore jusqu'a I'achevement de 
 leurs travaux en cours au mo- 
 ment de I'expiration de leur man- 
 dat. 
 
 il sera pourvu dans le plus bref 
 delai aux vacances qui se pro- 
 duiraient (deces, demission, cas 
 d'incapacite physique ou morale) 
 suivant le mode employe pour la 
 nomination. 
 
 Les Hautes Parties contrac- 
 tantes s'entendront avant qu'il 
 soit procede a la designation des 
 commissaires relativement a la 
 remuneration de ceux-ci. Elles 
 supporteront par moitie les frais 
 auxquels donnerait lieu la reu- 
 nion de la Commission. 
 
 Duties of 
 Commission. 
 
 Article 3 
 
 In case a dispute should arise 
 between the High Contracting 
 Parties which is not settled by the 
 ordinary methods, each Party 
 
 Article III 
 
 Dans le cas ou il s'eleverait 
 
 entre les Hautes Parties con- 
 
 tractantes un differend qui ne 
 
 serait pas regie par les voies 
 
 1 U. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 36. p. 2223. 
 
FRANCE 
 
 37 
 
 shall have a right to ask -that the 
 investigation thereof be intrusted 
 to the International Commis- 
 sion charged with making a re- 
 port. Notice shall be given to the 
 President of the International 
 Commission, who shall at once 
 communicate with his colleagues. 
 
 In the same case the President 
 may, after consulting his col- 
 leagues and upon receiving the 
 consent of a majority of the 
 members of the Commission, 
 offer the services of the latter to 
 each of the Contracting Parties. 
 Acceptance of that offer declared 
 by one of the two Governments 
 shall be sufficient to give juris- 
 diction of the case to the Com- 
 mission in accordance with the 
 foregoing paragraph. 
 
 The place of meeting shall be 
 determined by the Commission 
 itself. 
 
 Article 4 
 
 The two High Contracting 
 Parties shall have a right, each 
 on its own part> to state to the 
 President of the Commission 
 what is the subject-matter of 
 the controversy. No difference 
 in these statements, which shall 
 be furnished by way of sugges- 
 tion, shall arrest the action of the 
 Commission. 
 
 In case the cause of the dispute 
 should consist of certain acts 
 already committed or about to be 
 
 ordinaires, chaque partie aura 
 le droit de demander que I'ex- 
 amen en soit confie a la Com- 
 mission Internationale chargee de 
 faire un rapport. Notification 
 sera faite au President de la Com- 
 mission Internationale qui se met- 
 tra aussitot en relations avec ses 
 collegues. 
 
 Dans le meme cas, le President, Offer of 
 
 ^ . services. 
 
 apres avoir consulte ses collegues 
 et moyennant avis conforme de 
 la majorite des membres de la 
 Commission, pent offrir les ser- 
 vices de celle-ci a chacune des 
 Parties contractantes. II suffit 
 que I'un des deux Gouvernements 
 declare I'accepter pour que la 
 Commission soit saisie confor- 
 mement a I'alinea precedent. 
 
 Le lieu de reunion sera fixe par ^'a^? <>' 
 la Commission elle-meme. 
 
 Article IV 
 Les deux Hautes Parties con- statement of 
 
 subject-matter 
 
 tractantes auront le droit de referred. 
 preciser, chacune de son cote, 
 aupres du President de la Com- 
 mission, quel est I'objet du litige. 
 Nulle difference dans ces exposes, 
 fournis a titre d'indication, 
 n'arretera Taction de la Com- 
 mission. 
 
 Dans le cas OU la cause du Provisional 
 , . ™. ' 1 • . action. 
 
 diiierend consisterait en actes 
 determines deja effectues ou sur 
 
38 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Procedure. 
 
 Facilities for 
 investigation. 
 
 Completion 
 of work. 
 
 Transmittal 
 of report. 
 
 Independent 
 
 action 
 
 reserved. 
 
 committed, the Commission shall 
 as soon as possible indicate what 
 measures to preserve the rights 
 of each party ought in its opin- 
 ion to be taken provisionally and 
 pending the delivery of its re- 
 port. 
 
 Article 5 
 
 As regards the procedure which 
 it is to follow, the Commission 
 shall as far as possible be guided 
 by the provisions contained in 
 articles 9 to 36 of Convention 1 
 of The Hague of 1907.^ 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree to afford the Commission 
 all means and all necessary facili- 
 ties for its investigation and re- 
 port. 
 
 The work of the Commission 
 shall be completed within one 
 year from the date on which it 
 has taken jurisdiction of the case, 
 unless the High Contracting Par- 
 ties should agree to set a different 
 period. 
 
 The conclusion of the Commis- 
 sion and the terms of its report 
 shall be adopted by a majority. 
 The report, signed only by the 
 President acting by virtue of his 
 office, shall be transmitted by 
 him to each of the Contracting 
 Parties. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 reserve full liberty as to the action 
 
 le point de I'etre, la Commission 
 indiquera, dans le plus bref delai 
 possible, quelles mesures, con- 
 servatoires des droits de chacun, 
 devraient, selon son avis, etre 
 prises a titre provisoire et en 
 attendant le depot de son rap- 
 port. 
 
 Article V 
 
 La Commission s'inspirera, 
 dans la mesure du possible, quant 
 a la procedure qu'elle aura a 
 suivre, des dispositions contenues 
 dans les articles 9 a 36 de la Con- 
 vention 1 de La Haye de 1907. 
 
 Les Hautes Parties contrac- 
 tantes conviennent de fournir a 
 la Commission tons les moyens et 
 toutes les facilites necessaires a 
 son examen et a son rapport. 
 
 Les travaux de la Commission 
 devront etre termines dans I'an- 
 nee du jour ou elle aura ete saisie, 
 a moins que les Hautes Parties 
 contractantes ne tombent d'ac- 
 cord pour la fixation d'un autre 
 delai. 
 
 Les conclusions de la Commis- 
 sion et les termes de son rapport 
 seront arretes a la majorite. Le 
 rapport, signe par le President 
 seul, agissant en vertu de sa qual- 
 ite, sera transmis par ses soins a 
 chacune des Parties contrac- 
 tantes. 
 
 Les Hautes Parties contrac- 
 tantes se reservent une entiere 
 
 1 U. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 36, pp. 2214-20. 
 
FRANCE 
 
 39 
 
 to be taken on the report of the liberte pour la suite a donner au 
 Commission. Rapport de la Commission. 
 
 Article 6 
 
 The present treaty shall be 
 ratified by the President of the 
 United States of America, with 
 the advice and consent of the 
 Senate of the United States, and 
 by the President of the French 
 Republic, in accordance with the 
 constitutional laws of France. 
 
 It shall go into force imme- 
 diately after the exchange of 
 ratifications and shall last five 
 years. 
 
 Unless denounced six months 
 at least before the expiration of 
 the said period of five years, it 
 shall remain in force until the 
 expiration of a period of twelve 
 months after either party shall 
 have notified the other of its 
 intention to terminate it. 
 
 In witness whereof the respec- 
 tive plenipotentiaries have signed 
 the present treaty and have 
 affixed thereunto their seals. 
 
 Done at Washington this 15 th 
 day of September, in the year 
 nineteen hundred and fourteen. 
 
 Article VI 
 
 Le present traite sera ratifie par Ratification, 
 le President des Etats-Unis 
 d'Amerique sur I'avis et avec le 
 consentement du Senat des Etats- 
 Unis, et par le President de la Re- 
 publique fran^aise, conformement 
 aux lois constitutionnelles de la 
 France. 
 
 II entrera en vigueur aussitot 
 apres I'echange des ratifications 
 et aura une duree de cinq annees. 
 
 Exchange of 
 ratifications. 
 
 3-U Duration 
 and de- 
 nouncement. 
 
 S'il n'a pas ete denonce 
 moins six mois avant I'expiration 
 de ce delai de cinq ans, il restera 
 en vigueur jusqu'a I'expiration 
 d'un delai de douze mois apres 
 que I'une des Hautes Parties con- 
 tractantes aura notifie a I'autre 
 son intention d'y mettre terme. 
 
 En foi de quoi les plenipoten- Signatures, 
 tiaires respectifs ont signe le 
 present traite et y ont appose 
 leurs cachets. 
 
 Fait a Washington le 15 sep- 
 tembre de I'an mille neuf cent 
 quatorze. 
 
 [seal] William Jennings Bryan 
 [seal] Jusseeand 
 
40 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 [The Secretary of State to the French Ambassador] 
 
 Department of State, 
 Washington, November lo, 1915. 
 Excellency : 
 
 It not having been found feasible to complete the International 
 Commission provided for in the Treaty of September 15, 1914, between 
 the United States and France, looking to the advancement of the 
 general cause of peace, within the time specified in the Treaty, which 
 expires tomorrow, I have the honor to suggest for the consideration 
 of your Government that the time within which the organization of 
 the Commission may be completed be extended by an exchange of 
 notes from July 22, 1915, to January 1, 1916. 
 
 Your formal notification in writing, of the same date as this, that 
 your Government receives the suggestion favorably, will be regarded 
 on this Government's part as sufficient to give effect to the extension, 
 and I shall be glad to receive your assurance that it will be so regarded 
 by your Goverimient also. 
 
 Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest con- 
 sideration. 
 
 Robert Lansing 
 His Excellency 
 
 Mr J. J. JUSSERAND, 
 
 The Ambassador of France. 
 
 [The French Ambassador to the Secretary of State] 
 
 [Translation] 
 
 Embassy of the French Republic 
 
 TO THE United States, 
 
 Washington, November 10, 1915. 
 Mr. Secretary of State, 
 
 In reply to Your Excellency's letter of this day's date I hasten to 
 confirm the oral assurances which I had previously given you and to 
 the effect that my Government agrees with that of the United States 
 to decide that the time within which the members of the Commission 
 provided by the Treaty of September 15, 1914, are to be designated 
 will be extended from July 22, 1915, to January 1, 1916. 
 
GREAT BRITAIN 41 
 
 The present exchange of notes is considered by my Government 
 as sanctioning the said extension of time. 
 
 Be pleased to accept, Mr. Secretary of State, the assurances of 
 my high consideration. 
 
 JUSSERAND 
 
 His Excellency 
 
 The Honorable Robert Lansing 
 
 Secretary of State of the United States. 
 
 Treaty between the United States and Great Britain for the Ad- 
 vancement of General Peace^ 
 
 The President of the United States of America and His Majesty Contracting 
 
 ^ •' Powers. 
 
 the King of the United Kingdom of Great Britain, and Ireland and of 
 the British Dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India, being de- 
 sirous to strengthen the bonds of amity that bind them together and 
 also to advance the cause of general peace, have resolved to enter into 
 a treaty for that purpose, and to that end have appointed as their pleni- 
 potentiaries : 
 
 The President of the United States, the Honorable William Ten- Pienipoten- 
 
 ■' tianes. 
 
 nings Bryan, Secretary of State of the United States ; and 
 
 His Britannic Majesty, the Right Honorable Sir Cecil Arthur 
 Spring-Rice, G. C. V. O., K. C. M. G., etc.. His Ambassador Extraor- 
 dinary and Plenipotentiary at Washington; 
 
 Who, after having communicated to each other their respective 
 full powers, found to be in proper form, have agreed upon and con- 
 cluded the following articles: 
 
 Article I 
 
 The High Contracting Parties agree that all disputes between them, ^b^"Jt|d to*"^ 
 
 of every nature whatsoever, other than disputes the settlement of com^fsg?"^' 
 
 which is provided for and in fact achieved under existing agreements t°(fn"nd^''^^' 
 
 report. 
 
 "■ U. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 38, pt. 2, p. 18S3. Signed at Washington, Sep- 
 tember IS, 1914; ratification advised by the Senate, September 25, 1914; ratified 
 by Great Britain, October 8, 1914; ratified by the President, November 4, 1914; 
 ratifications exchanged at Washington, November 10, 1914; proclaimed, Novem- 
 ber 11, 1914. 
 
42 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 between the High Contracting Parties, shall, when diplomatic 
 methods of adjustment have failed, be referred for investigation and 
 report to a permanent International Commission, to be constituted 
 in the manner prescribed in the next succeeding article; and they 
 agree not to declare war or begin hostilities during such investigation 
 and before the report is submitted. 
 
 International 
 Commission. 
 Composition. 
 
 Expenses. 
 
 Appointment. 
 
 Article II 
 
 The International Commission shall be composed of five members, 
 to be appointed as follows: One member shall be chosen from each 
 country, by the Government thereof ; one member shall be chosen by 
 each Government from some third country; the fifth member shall 
 be chosen by common agreement between the two Governments, it 
 being understood that he shall not be a citizen of either country. 
 The expenses of the Commission shall be paid by the two Governments 
 in equal proportions. 
 
 The International Commission shall be appointed within six months 
 after the exchange of the ratifications of this treaty; and vacancies 
 shall be filled according to the manner of the original appointment. 
 
 Duties of 
 Commission. 
 
 Representa- 
 tives from 
 self-governing 
 British 
 Dominions. 
 
 Article III 
 
 In case the High Contracting Parties shall have failed to adjust a 
 dispute by diplomatic methods, they shall at once refer it to the 
 International Commission for investigation and report. The Inter- 
 national Commission may, however, spontaneously by unanimous 
 agreement ofifer its services to that ettect, and in such case it shall 
 notify both Governments and request their cooperation in the in- 
 vestigation. 
 
 In the event of its appearing to His Majesty's Government that 
 the British interests affected by the dispute to be investigated are 
 not mainly those of the United Kingdom but are mainly those of some 
 one or more of the self governing dominions, namely, the Dominion 
 of Canada, the Commonwealth of Australia, the Dominion of New 
 Zealand, the Union of South Africa, and Newfoundland, His Majesty's 
 Government shall be at liberty to substitute as the member chosen 
 by them to serve on the International Commission for such investiga- 
 tion and report another person selected from a list of persons to be 
 named one for each of the self governing dominions but only one 
 
GREAT BRITAIN 43 
 
 shall act, namely, that one who represents the dominion immediately 
 interested. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties agree to furnish the Permanent ,^®'^e'si.i'*atf°^ 
 International Commission with all the means and facilities required 
 for its investigation and report. 
 
 The report of the International Commission shall be completed Time for 
 
 . ... report. 
 
 within one year after the date on which it shall declare its investiga- 
 tion to have begun, unless the High Contracting Parties shall limit or 
 extend the time by mutual agreement. The report shall be prepared 
 in triplicate; one copy shall be presented to each Government, and 
 the third retained by the Commission for its files. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties reserve the right to act independently actlon^"*^*^"' 
 on the subject matter of the dispute after the report of the Commis- '■^served, 
 sion shall have been submitted. 
 
 Article IV 
 This treaty shall not affect in any way the provisions of the Treaty Boundary 
 
 •^ . . . , waters treaty 
 
 of the Uth January, 1909,^ relatmg to questions ansmg between the not affected. 
 United States and the Dominion of Canada. 
 
 Article V 
 The present treaty shall be ratified by the President of the United fa'tific\'tion°s* 
 States of America, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate Duration, 
 thereof, and by His Britannic Majesty ; and the ratifications shall be 
 exchanged at Washington as soon as possible. It shall take eflFect 
 immediately after the exchange of ratifications, and shall continue in 
 force for a period of five years ; and it shall thereafter remain in force 
 until twelve months after one of the High Contracting Parties have 
 given notice to the other of an intention to terminate it. 
 
 In witness whereof the respective plenipotentiaries have signed the signatures. 
 present treaty and have affixed thereunto their seals. 
 
 Done in duplicate at Washington on the 15th day of September, in 
 the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and fourteen. 
 
 [seal] William Jennings Bryan 
 Cecil Spring -Rice [seal] 
 
 1 U. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 36, p. 2448. 
 
44 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 [The Secretary of State to the British Ambassador] 
 
 Department of State, 
 Washington, November 3, 1915. 
 Excellency : 
 
 It not having been found feasible to complete the international 
 commission provided for in the treaty of September IS, 1914, between 
 the United States and Great Britain, looking to the advancement of 
 the general cause of peace, within the time specified in the treaty, 
 which expired on May 10, 1915, I have the honor to suggest for the 
 consideration of your Government that the time within which the 
 organization of the commission may be completed be extended by an 
 exchange of notes from May 10, 1915, to January 1, 1916. 
 
 Your formal notification in writing, of the same date as this, that 
 your Government receives the suggestion favorably, will be regarded 
 on this Government's part as sufficient to give effect to the extension, 
 and I shall be glad to receive your assurance that it will be so regarded 
 by your Government also. 
 
 I have the honor to be, with the highest consideration. Your Ex- 
 cellency's most obedient servant, 
 
 Robert Lansing 
 His Excellency 
 
 Sir Cecil Arthur Spring-Rice, 
 
 Ambassador of Great Britain. 
 
 [The British Ambassador to the Secretary of State] 
 
 British Embassy^ 
 Washington, November 3, IQ15. 
 Sir: 
 
 I have honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Note of this 
 day's date in which you state as follows : — 
 
 "It not having been found feasible to complete the international 
 commission provided for in the treaty of September 15, 1914, between 
 the United States and Great Britain, looking to the advancement of 
 the general cause of peace, within the time specified in the treaty, 
 which expired on May 10, 1915, I have the honour to suggest for 
 the consideration of vour Government that the time within which the 
 
GUATEMALA 45 
 
 organization of the commission may be completed be extended by an 
 exchange of notes from May 10, 1915, to January 1, 1916. 
 
 Your formal notification in writing, of the same date as this, that 
 your Government receives the suggestion favourably, will be regarded 
 on this Government's part as sufficient to give effect to the extension, 
 and I shall be glad to receive your assurance that it will be so regarded 
 by your Government also." 
 
 I have the honour to inform you in reply that His Majesty's Govern- 
 ment accepts this suggestion made by the United States Government 
 and that they regard the exchange of today's Notes as sufficient to 
 give effect to the extension. 
 I have the honour to be. 
 
 With the highest coilsideration. 
 Sir, 
 Your most obedient, humble Servant, 
 
 Cecil Spring Rice 
 The Honourable Robert Lansing, 
 Secretary of State 
 
 of the United States, etc., etc., etc. 
 
 Treaty between the United States and Guatemala for the Advance- 
 ment of General Peace^ 
 
 The United States of America Los Estados Unidos de America Contracting 
 
 Powers 
 
 and the Republic of Guatemala, y la Repiiblica de Guatemala, en el 
 
 being desirous to strengthen the deseo de fortalecer los vinculos de 
 
 bonds of amity that bind them amistad que los unen y tambien 
 
 together and also to advance the avanzar la causa de la Paz ge- 
 
 cause of general peace, have re- neral, han resuelto entrar en un 
 
 solved to enter into a treaty for Tratado con aquel objeto a cuyo 
 
 that purpose and to that end have fin han nombrado como sus Pleni- 
 
 appointed as their plenipoten- potenciarios : 
 tiaries : 
 
 1 V. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 38, pt. 2, p. 1840. Signed at Washington, Sep- 
 tember 20, 1913 ; ratification advised by the Senate with amendments, August 13, 
 1914; ratified by the President, August 27, 1914; ratified by Guatemala, May 15, 
 1914; ratifications exchanged at Washington, October 13, 1914; proclaimed, 
 October 13, 1914. 
 
46 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Plenipoten- 
 tiaries. 
 
 Disputes to be 
 submitted to 
 International 
 Commission 
 for investiga- 
 tion and 
 report. 
 
 International 
 Commission. 
 Composition. 
 
 The President of the United 
 States, the Honorable William 
 Jennings Bryan, Secretary of 
 State; and 
 
 The President of Guatemala, 
 Seiior Don Joaqxiin Mendez, En- 
 voy Extraordinary and Minister 
 Plenipotentiary of Guatemala to 
 the United States; 
 
 Who, after having communi- 
 cated to each other their respec- 
 tive full powers,, found to be in 
 proper form, have agreed upon 
 the following articles: 
 
 Article I 
 The high contracting parties 
 agree that all disputes between 
 them, of every nature whatsoever, 
 which diplomacy shall fail to ad- 
 just, shall be submitted for inves- 
 tigation and report to an Inter- 
 national Commission, to ■ be con- 
 stituted in the manner prescribed 
 in the next succeeding Article; 
 and they agree not to declare war 
 or begin hostilities during such 
 investigation and report. 
 
 Article II 
 The International Commission 
 shall be composed of five mem- 
 bers, to be appointed as follows: 
 One member shall be chosen from 
 each country, by the Government 
 thereof; one member shall be 
 chosen by each Government from 
 some third country; the fifth 
 member shall be chosen by com- 
 
 El Presidente de los Estados 
 Unidos, al Honorable William 
 Jennings Bryan, Secretario de 
 Estado, y 
 
 El Presidente de Guatemala, al 
 Sefior Don Joaquin Mendez, En- 
 viado Extraordinario y Ministro 
 Plenipotenciario de Guatemala en 
 los Estados Unidos; 
 
 Quienes, despues de haber co- 
 municado sus respectivos Plenos 
 Poderes, que encontraron en de- 
 bida forma, han convenido en los 
 articulos siguientes: 
 
 ARTfCULO 1 
 
 Las Altas Partes contratantes 
 han convenido, que todas las dis- 
 putas entre ellas, de cualquiera 
 naturaleza que fueren, que la di- 
 plomacia fallare arreglar, deberan 
 ser sometidas para su investiga- 
 cion e informe a una Comision In- 
 ternacional, la cual debera ser 
 constituida en la manera prescrita 
 en el proximo siguiente articulo; 
 y convienen en no declarar guerra 
 6 empesar hostilidades durante 
 tal investigacion e informe. 
 
 ARTfCULO II 
 
 La Comision Internacional de- 
 bera componerse de cinco miem- 
 bros, que deberan ser nombrados 
 como sigue: un miembro debera 
 ser escogido de cada pais, por su 
 respectivo Gobiemo; un miembro 
 debera ser escogido por cada Go- 
 bierno, de un tercer pais ; el quinto 
 miembro debera ser escogido de 
 
GUATEMALA 
 
 47 
 
 mon agreement between the two 
 Governments. The expenses of 
 the Commission shall be paid by 
 the two Governments in equal 
 proportion. 
 
 The International Commission 
 shall be appointed within four 
 months after the exchange of the 
 ratifications of this treaty; and 
 vacancies shall be filled according 
 to the manner of the original 
 appointment. 
 
 comun acuerdo entre los dos Go- 
 biernos. Los gastos de la Co- Expenses. 
 mision deberan ser pagados por 
 los dos Gobiemos en igual prp- 
 porcion. 
 
 La Comision Internacional de- Appointment, 
 bera ser nombrada dentro de cua- 
 tro meses despues del canje de 
 las ratificaciones del Tratado; y 
 las vacantes deberan ser llenadas 
 de acuerdo con la manera del 
 nombramiento original. 
 
 Article III 
 
 In case the high contracting 
 parties shall have failed to adjust 
 a dispute by diplomatic methods, 
 they shall at once refer it to the 
 International Commission for in- 
 vestigation and report. The In- 
 ternational Commission may, 
 however, act upon its own initia- 
 tive, and in such case it shall 
 notify both Governments and re- 
 quest their cooperation in the 
 investigation. 
 
 The report of the International 
 Commission shall be completed 
 within one year after the date on 
 which it shall declare its investi- 
 gation to have begun, unless the 
 high contracting parties shall ex- 
 tend the time by mutual agree- 
 ment. The report shall be pre- 
 pared in triplicate ; one copy shall 
 be presented to each Government, 
 and the third retained by the 
 Commission for its files. 
 
 Articulo III 
 
 En el caso que las Ahas Partes g„"«-i°i„. 
 contratantes hubieren fallado en 
 arreglar una disputa por los me- 
 dios diplomaticos, deberan inme- 
 diatamente ref erirla a la Comision 
 Internacional para su investi- 
 gacion e informe. La Comision 
 Internacional puede, sin embargo, 
 actuar sobre su propia iniciativa, 
 y en tal caso debera notificar 
 ambos Gobiernos y solicitar su 
 cooperacion en la investigacion. 
 
 El informe de la Comision Timefor 
 
 report. 
 
 Internacional debera estar com- 
 pletado dentro de un aiio despues 
 de la fecha en la cual haya de- 
 clarado haber empesado su inves- 
 tigacion, a menos que las Altas 
 Partes contratantes extendieran 
 el tiempo por mutuo consenti- 
 miento. El informe debera ser 
 preparado por triplicado; una 
 copia de^bera ser presentada a 
 cada Gobiemo, y la tercera reteni- 
 
48 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Independent 
 
 action 
 
 reserved. 
 
 Exchange of 
 ratifications. 
 
 Duration. 
 
 The high contracting parties 
 reserve the right to act inde- 
 pendently on the subject-matter 
 of the dispute after the report of 
 the Commission shall have been 
 submitted. 
 
 Article IV 
 The present treaty shall be 
 ratified by the President of the 
 United States of America, by 
 and with the advice and consent 
 of the Senate thereof ; and by the 
 President of the Republic of 
 Guatemala, with the approval of 
 the Congress thereof; and the 
 ratifications shall be exchanged 
 as soon as possible. It shall take 
 effect immediately after the ex- 
 change of ratifications, and shall 
 continue in force for a period of 
 five years; and it shall thereafter 
 remain in force until twelve 
 months after one of the high con- 
 tracting parties have given no- 
 tice to the other of an intention 
 to terminate it. 
 
 da por la Comision para sus lega- 
 jos. 
 
 Las Altas Partes contratantes 
 se reservan el derecho de obrar in- 
 dependientemente en la materia- 
 sujeta de la disputa despues que 
 el informe de la Comision se les 
 haya sometido. 
 
 ARTfcuLO IV 
 El presente Tratado sera rati- 
 ficado por el Presidente de los Es- 
 tados Unidos de America, de 
 acuerdo y con el consentimiento 
 del Senado respective, y por el 
 Presidente de la Repiiblica de 
 Guatemala, con la aprobacion 
 del Congreso, y las ratificaciones 
 deberan ser canjeadas tan pronto 
 como fuere posible. Debera en- 
 trar en vigor inmediatamente des- 
 pues del canje de ratificaciones, 
 y continuara en fuerza por un 
 periodo de cinco anos; y debera 
 despues permanecer en fuerza 
 hasta doce meses despues que 
 una de las Altas Partes contra- 
 tantes haya notificado a la otra 
 la intencion de terminarlo. 
 
 Signatures. In witucss whereof the respec- 
 
 tive plenipotentiaries have signed 
 the present treaty and have 
 affixed thereunto their seals. 
 
 Done in Washington on the 
 20th day of September, in the 
 year of our Lord nineteen hun- 
 dred and thirteen. 
 
 [seal] William Jennings Bryan 
 
 [seal] JOAQUfN MeNDEZ 
 
 En fe de lo cual, los respectivos 
 Plenipotenciarios han firmado el 
 presente Tratado, y han puesto 
 al pie sus sellos. 
 
 Hecho en Washington, el dia 
 20 de Setiembre, en el ano de 
 Nuestro Seiior mil novecientos 
 trece. 
 
GUATEMALA 49 
 
 [The Secretary of State to the Minister of Guatemala] 
 
 Department of State, 
 Washington, November 3, 1Q15. 
 Excellency : 
 
 It not having been found possible to complete the International 
 Commission provided for in the Treaty of September 20, 1913 between 
 the United States and Guatemala, looking to the advancement of the 
 general cause of peace, within the time specified in the Treaty, which 
 expired February 13, 1915, I have the honor to suggest for the con- 
 sideration of your Government that the time within which the organiza- 
 tion of the Commission may be completed be extended by an exchange 
 of notes from February 13, 1915 to January 1, 1916. 
 
 Your formal notification in writing, of the same date as this, that 
 your Government receives the suggestion favorably, will be regarded 
 on this Government's part as sufficient to give effect to the extension, 
 and I shall be glad to receive your assurance that it will be so regarded 
 by your Government also. 
 
 Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. 
 
 Robert Lansing 
 Senor Don Joaquin Mendez, 
 
 The Minister of Guatemala, 
 
 Washington. 
 
 [The Guatemalan Minister to the Secretary of State] 
 
 Legacion de Guatemala, 
 Washington, November 3rd, 19 15. 
 Excellency : 
 
 I have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of Your Excellency's 
 note of today, in which Your Excellency suggests, that as it was not 
 possible to complete the International Commission provided for in the 
 Treaty of September 20, 1913, between the United States and Guate- 
 mala, looking to the advancement of the general cause of Peace, within 
 the time specified in the Treaty, which expired February 13, 1915, that 
 the time within which the organization of the Commission may be 
 completed be extended by an exchange of notes from February 13, 
 1915toJanuary 1,1916. 
 
50 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 In answer to Yonr Excellency's note, I beg to state that the Govern- 
 ment of Guatemala receives the suggestion most favourably, and I 
 therefore believe that this answer of mine in the name of my Govern- 
 ment can be regarded as the completing of the exchange of notes. 
 
 I avail myself of the opportunity to renew to Your Excellency, the 
 assurances of my highest consideration and esteem. 
 
 Joaquin Mendez 
 His Excellency 
 
 Robert Lansing, 
 
 Secretary of State of the United States of America. 
 Etc., etc., etc. 
 
 Washington, D. C. 
 
 Treaty between the United States and Honduras for the Advance- 
 ment of General Peace^ 
 
 Contracting 
 Powers, 
 
 Plenipoten- 
 tiaries. 
 
 The United States of America 
 and the Republic of Honduras, 
 being desirous to strengthen the 
 bonds of amity that bind them 
 together and also to advance the 
 cause of general peace, have re- 
 solved to enter into a treaty for 
 that purpose and to that end 
 have appointed as their pleni- 
 potentiaries : 
 
 The President of the United 
 States, the Honorable William 
 Jennings Bryan, Secretary of 
 State ; and 
 
 The President of Honduras, 
 Senor Doctor don Alberto Mem- 
 
 Los Estados Unidos de Ame- 
 rica y la Repiiblica de Honduras, 
 en el deseo de fortalecer los vin- 
 culos de amistad que los unen y 
 tambien avanzar la causa de la 
 Paz general, han resuelto entrar 
 en un Tratado con aquel objeto, a 
 cuyo fin han nombrado como sus 
 Plenipotenciarios : 
 
 El Presidente de los Estados 
 Unidos, al Honorable William 
 Jennings Bryan, Secretario de 
 Estado, y 
 
 El Presidente de Honduras, al 
 Sefior Doctor don Alberto Mem- 
 
 1 U. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 39, pt. 2, p. 1672. Signed at Washington, No- 
 vember 3, 1913 ; ratification advised by the Senate, with amendments, August 13, 
 1914; ratified by Honduras, May 29, 1916; ratified by the President, July 20, 
 1916; ratifications exchanged at Washington, July 27, 1916; proclaimed, July 
 28, 1916. 
 
HONDURAS 
 
 51 
 
 brefio. Envoy Extraordinary and breno, Enviado Extraordinario y 
 
 Minister Plenipotentiary of Hon- 
 duras to the United States ; 
 
 Who, after having communi- 
 cated to each other their respec- 
 tive full powers, found to be in 
 proper form, have agreed upon 
 the following articles : 
 
 Ministro Plenipotenciario de Hon- 
 duras en los Estados Unidos ; 
 
 Quienes, despues de haber co- 
 municado sus respectivos Plenos 
 Poderes, que encontraron en de- 
 bida forma, ban convenido en los 
 articulos siguientes: 
 
 Article I 
 The high contracting parties 
 agree that all disputes between 
 them, of every nature whatso- 
 ever, which diplomacy shall fail 
 to adjust, shall be submitted for 
 investigation and report to an 
 International Commission, to be 
 constituted in the manner pre- 
 scribed in the next succeeding 
 Article ; and they agree not to 
 declare war or begin hostilities 
 during such investigation and 
 report. 
 
 Articulo I 
 Las Altas Partes contratantes Disputes to be 
 
 submitted to 
 
 convienen en que todas las dis- international 
 
 ^ Commission. 
 
 putas entre ellas, de cualquiera 
 naturaleza que fueren, que la 
 diplomacia fallare arreglar, debe- 
 ran ser sometidas para su inves- 
 tigacion e informe a una Comision 
 Internacional, la cual debera ser 
 constituida en la manera prescrita 
 en el proximo siguiente articulo; 
 y convienen en no declarar guerra 
 6 empezar hostilidades durante tal 
 investigacion e informe. 
 
 Article II 
 The International Commission 
 shall be composed of five mem- 
 bers, to be appointed as follows: 
 One member shall be chosen from 
 each country, by the Government 
 thereof; one member shall be 
 chosen by each Government from 
 some third country; the fifth 
 member shall be chosen by com- 
 mon agreement between the two 
 Governments. The expenses of 
 the Commission shall be paid by 
 
 Articulo II 
 La Comision Internacional de- comS^sUiT' 
 bera componerse de cinco miem- Composition, 
 bros, que deberan ser nombrados 
 como sigue: un miembro debera 
 ser escogido de cada pais, por su 
 respectivo Gobierno; un miembro 
 debera ser escogido por cada 
 Gobierno, de un tercer pais; el 
 quinto miembro debera ser es- 
 cogido de comun acuerdo entre 
 los dos Gobiernos. Los gastos Expenses. 
 de la Comision deberan ser paga- 
 
52 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 the two Governments in equal 
 proportion. 
 Appointment. fhe International Commission 
 
 shall be appointed within four 
 months after the exchange of the 
 ratifications of this treaty; and 
 vacancies shall be filled according 
 to the manner of the original ap- 
 pointment. 
 
 dos por los dos Gobiernos en 
 igual proporcion. 
 
 La Comision Internacional de- 
 bera ser nombrada dentro de 
 cuatro meses despues del canje 
 de las ratificaciones del Tratado; 
 y las vacantes deberan ser Uena- 
 das de acuerdo con la manera del 
 nombramiento original. 
 
 Duties of 
 Commission, 
 
 Time for 
 report. 
 
 Independent 
 action. 
 
 Article III 
 
 In case the high contracting 
 parties shall have failed to adjust 
 a dispute by diplomatic methods, 
 they shall at once refer it to the 
 International Commission for in- 
 vestigation and report. The In- 
 ternational Commission may, 
 however, act upon its own initia- 
 tive, and in such case it shall 
 notify both Governments and 
 request their cooperation in the 
 investigation. 
 
 The report of the International 
 Commission shall be completed 
 within one year after the date on 
 which it shall declare its investi- 
 gation to have begun, unless the 
 high contracting parties shall ex- 
 tend the time by mutual agree- 
 ment. The report shall be pre- 
 pared in triplicate ; one copy shall 
 be presented to each Government, 
 and the third retained by the 
 Commission for its files. 
 
 The high contracting parties 
 reserve the right to act indepen- 
 
 Articulo III 
 
 En el caso que las Altas Partes 
 contratantes hubieren fallado en 
 arreglar una disputa por los me- 
 dios diplomaticos, deberan inme- 
 diatamente referirla a la Comi- 
 sion Internacional para su inves- 
 tigacion e informe. La Comision 
 Internacional puede, sin embargo, 
 actuar por su propia iniciativa, y 
 en tal caso debera notificar a 
 ambos Gobiernos y solicitar su 
 cooperacion en la investigacion. 
 
 El informe de la Comision In- 
 ternacional debera estar comple- 
 tado dentro de un ano despues de 
 la f echa en la cual haya declarado 
 haber empezado su investigacion, 
 a menos que las Altas Partes con- 
 tratantes extendieren el tiempo 
 por mutuo consentimiento. El 
 informe debera ser preparado por 
 triplicado; una copia debera ser 
 presentada a cada Gobierno, y la 
 tercera retenida por la Comision 
 para sus legajos. 
 
 ■ Las Altas Partes contratantes 
 se reservan el derecho de obrar 
 
HONDURAS 
 
 53 
 
 dently on the subject-matter of 
 the dispute after the report of the 
 Commission shall have been sub- 
 mitted. 
 
 Article IV 
 The present treaty shall be 
 ratified by the President of the 
 United States of America, by and 
 with the advice and consent of 
 the Senate thereof, and by the 
 Congress of the Republic of Hon- 
 duras; and the ratifications shall 
 be exchanged as soon as possible. 
 It shall take effect immediately 
 after the exchange of ratifica- 
 tions, and shall continue in force 
 for a period of five years; and it 
 shall thereafter remain in force 
 until twelve months after one of 
 the high contracting parties have 
 given notice to the other of an 
 intention to terminate it. 
 
 In witness whereof the respec- 
 tive plenipotentiaries have signed 
 the present treaty and have 
 affixed thereunto their seals. 
 
 Done in Washington on the 
 third day of November, in the 
 year of our Lord nineteen hun- 
 dred and thirteen. 
 
 independientemente en el asunto 
 de la disputa despues que el in- 
 forme de la Comision se les haya 
 sometido. 
 
 Articuix) IV 
 El presente Tratado sera ratifi- Ratification, 
 cado por el Presidente de los Es- 
 tados Unidos de America, de 
 acuerdo y con el consentimiento 
 del Senado respectivo, y por el 
 Congreso de la Repiiblica de 
 Honduras; y las ratificaciones 
 deberan ser canjeadas tan pronto 
 como fuere posible. Debera en- Duration, 
 trar en vigor inmediatamente 
 despues del canje de ratifica- 
 ciones, y continuara en fuerza por 
 un periodo de cinco anos ; y de- 
 bera despues permanecer en 
 fuerza hasta doce meses despues 
 que una de las Altas Partes con- 
 tratantes haya notificado a la 
 otra la intencion de terminarlo. 
 
 En fe de lo cual, los respectivos Signatures. 
 Plenipotenciarios han firmado el 
 presente Tratado, y han puesto al 
 pie sus sellos. 
 
 Hecho en Washington, el dia 
 tercero de Noviembre, en el ano 
 de Nuestro Senor mil novecientos 
 trece. 
 
 William Jennings Bryan [seal] 
 Alberto Membeeno [seal] 
 
54 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Treaty between the United States and Italy for the Advancement 
 
 of General Peace^ 
 
 Contracting 
 Powers. 
 
 Plenipoten- 
 tiaries. 
 
 Differences 
 to be sub- 
 mitted to a 
 Commission 
 for investiga- 
 tion and 
 report. 
 
 The President of the United 
 States of America and His Maj- 
 esty the King of Italy, being de- 
 sirous to strengthen the bonds of 
 amity that bind "the two coun- 
 tries, and also to advance the 
 cause of general peace, have re- 
 solved to enter into a treaty for 
 those purposes, and to that end 
 have appointed as their Plenipo- 
 tentiaries : 
 
 The President of the United 
 States of America, the Honorable 
 William Jennings Bryan, Secre- 
 tary of State ; and 
 
 His Majesty the King of Italy, 
 His Excellency the Marquis Cu- 
 sani Confalonieri, Commander of 
 the Order of Saint Maurice and 
 Saint Lazarus, Grand Cordon of 
 the Order of the Crown of Italy, 
 etc.. His Ambassador Extraor- 
 dinary and Plenipotentiary at 
 Washington ; 
 
 Who, after having communi- 
 cated to each other their respec- 
 tive full powers, found to be in 
 proper form, have agreed upon 
 the following articles : 
 
 Article I 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 
 engage to submit for investigation 
 
 and report to a Commission, to be 
 
 constituted according to the pro- 
 
 II Presidente degli Stati Uniti 
 d'America e Sua Maesta il Re 
 d'ltalia, essendo desiderosi di 
 rinforzare i vincoli d'amicizia che 
 congiungono i due Paesi, nonche 
 di promuovere la causa della pace 
 generale, hanno risolto di addi- 
 venire ad un Trattato per tali 
 intenti ed a questo fine hanno 
 nominato come loro Plenipoten- 
 ziari : 
 
 II Presidente degli Stati Uniti 
 d'America : I'Onorevole William 
 Jennings Bryan, Segretario di 
 Stato; e 
 
 Sua Maesta il Re d'ltalia: Sua 
 Eccellenza il Marchese Cusani 
 Confalonieri, Commendatore dell'- 
 Ordine dei Santi Maurizio e Laz- 
 zaro. Gran Cordone dell'Ordine 
 della Corona d'ltalia, ecc, Suo 
 Ambasciatore Straordinario e 
 ' Plenipotenziario a Washington; 
 
 i quali, dopo essersi reciproca- 
 mente comunicati i loro rispettivi 
 pieni poteri, trovandoli in debita 
 forma, hanno convenuto sugli ar- 
 ticoli seguenti : 
 
 Articolo I 
 
 Le Alte Parti Contraenti s'im- 
 
 pegnano a sottomettere, per inchi- 
 
 esta e rapporto, ad una Commis- 
 
 sione da costituirsi secondo le 
 
 1 U. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 39, pt. 2, p. 1618. Signed at Washington, May 
 5, 1914; ratification advised by the Senate, August 13, 1914; ratified by the 
 President, March 17, 1915; ratified by Italy, November 29, 1914; ratifications 
 exchanged at Washington, March 19, 1915; proclaimed, March 24, 1915. 
 
ITALY 
 
 55 
 
 visions of the following Article, all 
 differences of whatever nature 
 they may be which may occur be- 
 tween them which can not be com- 
 posed by diplomatic methods or 
 are not submitted to a tribunal of 
 arbitration; they bind themselves 
 not to declare war nor to open 
 hostilities during the examination 
 by the Commission and before the 
 Commission has presented its re- 
 port. 
 
 Article II 
 
 The International Commission 
 shall be composed of five mem- 
 bers appointed according to the 
 following rules: 
 
 Each country, by means of its 
 Government, chooses two mem- 
 bers, one from among its own 
 subjects, the other from among 
 those of a third State; the two 
 Governments, after agreement, 
 will name the fifth member, on 
 condition, however, that he be 
 not a citizen of either of these 
 two countries. Each Commis- 
 sioner shall hold his place during 
 a term of four years ; at the expi- 
 ration of this term, or in the event 
 of vacancy, the confirmation or 
 the substitution of the Commis- 
 sioner whose term may have ex- 
 pired or whose place may be va- 
 cant shall be made in the same 
 manner. 
 
 Each of the High Contracting 
 Parties shall have the right, be- 
 fore the investigation has begun, 
 to substitute for one of the mem- 
 
 disposizioni dell'articolo seguente, 
 tutte le divergenze di qualsiasi 
 natura che vengano a sorgere fra 
 Esse e che non possano essere 
 regolate per le vie diplomatiche o 
 non siano sottomesse ad un tribu- 
 nale arbitrale; Esse si obbligano 
 a non dichiararsi la guerra e a non 
 aprire le ostilita durante I'esame 
 della Commissione e prima che 
 questa abbia presentato il suo 
 rapporto. 
 
 Articolo II 
 
 La Commissione Internazionale (Pm™fss°onf 
 sara composta di cinque membri. Composition, 
 nominati secondo le regole se- 
 guenti : 
 
 Ogni Paese, per mezzo del suo 
 Governo, scegliera due membri, 
 I'uno fra i suoi cittadini, I'altro 
 fra quelli d'un terzo Stato; i due 
 Governi, dopo essersi messi d'ac- 
 cordo, nomineranno il quinto 
 membro, a condizione pero che 
 egli non sia cittadino di alcuno di 
 questi due Paesi. Ogni Com- 
 missario occupera il suo posto 
 durante un termine di quattro 
 anni; alio spirare di questo ter- 
 mine, o in caso di vacanza, la 
 conferma o la sostituzione del 
 Commissario il cui termine sia 
 spirato o il cui posto sia vacante, 
 sara fatta nella stessa maniera. 
 
 Ognuna delle Alte Parti Con- 
 traenti avra il diritto, prima che 
 I'esame sia cominciato, di sosti- 
 tuire uno dei membri della Com- 
 
56 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Compensation. 
 
 Expenses. 
 
 Appointment. 
 
 bers of the Commission appointed 
 by it another one chosen from the 
 category to which the Commis- 
 sioner to be replaced belonged. 
 
 When the Commissioners be 
 actually occupied in the examina- 
 tion of a question they shall re- 
 ceive a compensation which will 
 be mutually agreed upon by the 
 High Contracting Parties. 
 
 The expenses of the Commis- 
 sion shall be borne by the two 
 Governments in equal proportion. 
 The International Commission 
 shall be appointed within six 
 months after the exchange of the 
 ratifications of this Treaty. 
 
 missione da Essa nominate, con 
 un altro, scelto nella categoria alia 
 quale apparteneva il Commissario 
 da surrogarsi. 
 
 Quando i Commissari saranno 
 effettivamente occupati nell'esa- 
 me di una vertenza, essi riceve- 
 ranno una indennita che sara 
 fissata di comune accordo fra le 
 Alte Parti Contraenti. 
 
 Le spese della Commissione 
 saranno sostenute dai due Go- 
 verni in parti eguali. La Com- 
 missione Internazionale sara no- 
 minata entro sei mesi dopo lo 
 scambio delle ratifiche di questo 
 Trattato. 
 
 Duties of 
 Commission. 
 
 Facilities _ 
 for investi- 
 gation, etc. 
 
 Article III 
 
 In case the High Contracting 
 Parties shall have failed to ad- 
 just a dispute by diplomatic 
 methods or by means of a tribu- 
 nal of arbitration, it shall at once 
 be referred, either by common 
 agreement or by one or the other 
 party, to the International Com- 
 mission for investigation and re- 
 port. 
 
 The Commission must inform 
 the two Governments of the date 
 on which it will begin its labors, 
 inviting them to furnish it with 
 all the documents and to lend it 
 the cooperation necessary for the 
 investigation. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 engage to furnish all the docu- 
 ments and to afford all facilities 
 
 Articolo III 
 
 Nel caso in cui le Alte Parti 
 Contraenti non abbiano potuto 
 regolare una divergenza per le vie 
 diplomatiche o per mezzo di un 
 tribunale arbitrale, questa sara 
 senza ritardo sottomessa, sia di 
 comune accordo, sia a cura del- 
 I'una o dell'a-ltra Parte, alia Com- 
 missione Internazionale, per in- 
 chiesta e rapporto. 
 
 La Commissione dovra infor- 
 mare i due Governi della data alia 
 quale essa cominciera i suoi lavori, 
 invitandoli a fornirle tutti i docu- 
 menti o a prestarle la cooperazione 
 necessaria per I'inchiesta. 
 
 Le Alte Parti Contraenti s'im- 
 pegnano a fornire tutti i docu- 
 
 ment! e ad accordare 
 
 1 
 
 tutte 
 
 le 
 
ITALY 
 
 57 
 
 for the investigation and the re- 
 port, provided that in their judg- 
 ment this does not conflict with 
 the laws or with the supreme in- 
 terests of the State, and provided 
 that the interests and rights of 
 third States shall not thereby 
 suffer damage. 
 
 In the absence of an agreement 
 to the contrary between the High 
 Contracting Parties, the Commis- 
 sion will itself adopt regulations 
 governing its procedure. 
 
 The report of the Commission 
 must be presented within a period 
 of one year after the date on 
 which it shall declare its investi- 
 gation to have begun, unless the 
 High Contracting Parties may 
 have shortened or prolonged by 
 mutual agreement this term. The 
 report shall be prepared in tripli- 
 cate; one copy shall be presented 
 to each Government, and the third 
 shall be placed in the archives of 
 the Commission. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 reserve to themselves the right to 
 act independently on the subject 
 matter of the dispute after the 
 Commission shall have presented 
 its report. 
 
 Article IV 
 
 The present Treaty shall be 
 
 ratified by the President of the 
 
 United States of America, by and 
 
 with the advice and consent of 
 
 facilitazioni per I'inchiesta e il 
 rapporto purche, a loro awiso, 
 cio non sia in conflitto con le leggi 
 o con gli interessi supremi del 
 Paese a purche gli interessi e i 
 diritti di terzi Stati non ne sofF- 
 rano danno. 
 
 Salvo accordo contrario fra le 
 Alte Parti Contraenti, la Com- 
 missione fissera essa medesima le 
 regole governanti il suo funziona- 
 mento. 
 
 II rapporto della Commissione Time for 
 
 , ^ ., report. 
 
 dovra essere presentato entro il 
 termine di un anno, a partire dalla 
 data in cui essa dichiarera che la 
 sua inchiesta e cominciata, a meno 
 che le Alte Parti Contraenti non 
 abbreviino o non prolunghino di 
 comune accordo questo termine. 
 II rapporto sara redatto in tre 
 esemplari, uno di essi sara rimesso 
 ad ogni Governo, ed il terzo sara 
 depositato negli Archivi della 
 Commissione. 
 
 Le Alte Parti Contraenti si ri- independent 
 servano il diritto d'agire in modo reserved, 
 indipendente nella questione 
 stessa che forma I'oggetto della 
 vertenza, dopo che la Commis- 
 sione avra presentato il suo rap- 
 porto. 
 
 Articoix) IV 
 
 II presente Trattato sara rati- Ratification. 
 
 ficato dal Presidente degli Stati 
 
 Uniti d' America, in base al parere 
 
 e col consenso del Senato, e da 
 
58 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Duration. 
 
 the Senate, and by His Majesty 
 the King of Italy, and the ratifi- 
 cations shall be exchanged as soon 
 as possible. 
 
 The Treaty will come into force, 
 for a period of five years, imme- 
 diately after the exchange of rati- 
 fications. It will thereafter re- 
 main in force for twelve months 
 more after one of the High Con- 
 tracting Parties shall have noti- 
 fied the other of its intention to 
 terminate it. 
 
 Sua Maesta il Re d'ltalia, e le 
 ratifiche saranno scambiate al piii 
 presto possibile. 
 
 II Trattato entrera in vigore 
 immediatamente dopo lo scambio 
 delle ratifiche. Esso restera, in 
 seguito, in vigore per dodici mesi 
 dopo che I'una delle Alte Parti 
 Contraenti avra notificato all'al- 
 tra la sua intenzione di mettervi 
 fine. 
 
 Signatures. 
 
 In witness whereof the respec- 
 tive plenipotentiaries have signed 
 the present Treaty and have af- 
 fixed thereunto their seals. 
 
 Done in duplicate in the Eng- 
 lish and Italian languages at 
 Washington this fifth day of May, 
 in the year 1914. 
 
 In f ede di che i rispettivi Pleni- 
 potenziari hanno firmato il pre- 
 sente trattato e vi hanno apposto 
 i loro sigilli. 
 
 Fatto in doppio originale in lin- 
 gua inglese ed italiana il giorno 
 cinque Maggio dell'anno 1914. 
 
 William Jennings Bryan [seal] 
 CusANi [seal] 
 
 [The Secretary of State to the Italian Ambassador] 
 
 No. 118.] Department of State, 
 
 Washington, September i8, 1915. 
 Excellency : 
 
 It not having been found feasible to complete the international com- 
 mission provided for in the treaty of May 5, 1914, between the United 
 States and Italy, looking to the advancement of the general cause of 
 peace, within the time specified in the treaty, which expires tomorrow, 
 I have the honor to suggest for the consideration of your Government 
 that the time within which the organization of the commission may be 
 
ITALY 59 
 
 completed be extended by an exchange of notes from September 19, 
 1915, to January 1, 1916. 
 
 Your formal notification in writing, of the same date as this, that 
 your Government receives the suggestion favorably, will be regarded 
 on this Government's part as sufficient to give effect to the extension, 
 and I shall be glad to receive your assurance that it will be so regarded 
 by your Government also. 
 
 Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consid- 
 eration. 
 
 Robert Lansing 
 His Excellency 
 
 Count V. Macchi di Cellere, 
 
 Ambassador of Italy. 
 
 [The Italian Ambassador to the Secretary of State] 
 
 [Translation] 
 No. 3509.] Royal Embassy of Italy, 
 
 Washington, September i8, 1915. 
 Mr. Secretary of State : 
 
 By note of today's date Your Excellency, in view of the fact that it 
 had not been feasible to complete the Commission provided for in Arti- 
 cle 2 of the Convention of May 5, 1914, between Italy and the United 
 States, for the prevention of international conflicts, and that, on the 
 other hand, the time set by the Convention for the appointment of the 
 said Commission expires tomorrow, was pleased to propose through 
 me to the King's Government that the time within which the Commis- 
 sion may be completed be extended by an exchange of notes from Sep- 
 tember 19, 1915, to January 1, 1916. Your Excellency added that my 
 formal notification in writing, of the same date of today, that the said 
 proposition is accepted by the Italian Government would be regarded 
 on the part of the Government of the United States as sufficient to 
 give effect to the extension. 
 
 I have the honor and hasten, for my part, to inform Your Excel- 
 lency that my Government readily agrees to an extension of the time 
 within which the above mentioned Commission may be appointed until 
 January 1, 1916, and that it also regards the exchange of today's notes 
 as sufficient to give effect to the extension. 
 
60 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Accept, Mr. Secretary of State, the assurances of my highest con- 
 sideration. 
 
 Macchi di Cellere 
 
 To His Excellency 
 
 The Honorable Robert Lansing, 
 
 Secretary of State, 
 
 Washington. 
 
 Treaty between the United States and Norway for the Advancement 
 
 of General Peace^ 
 
 Contracting 
 Powers. 
 
 Plenipoten- 
 tiaries. 
 
 The President of the United 
 States of America and His Maj- 
 esty the King of Norway, being 
 desirous to strengthen the bonds 
 of amity that bind them together 
 and also to advance the cause of 
 general peace, have resolved to 
 enter into a treaty for that pur- 
 pose, and to that end have ap- 
 pointed as their plenipotentiaries : 
 
 The President of the United 
 States, William Jennings Bryan, 
 Secretary of State of the United 
 States; and 
 
 His Majesty the King of Nor- 
 way, H. H. Bryn, Envoy Extra- 
 ordinary and Minister Plenipo- 
 tentiary of Norway to the United 
 States ; 
 
 Prsesidenten for Amerikas Fore- 
 nede Stater og Hans Majestaet 
 Kongen av Norge har, besjselet 
 av onsket om at styrke de mellem 
 begge stater bestaaende ven- 
 skabsbaand og samtidig at 
 fremme freden i almindelighet, 
 besluttet i dette oiemed at av- 
 slutte en traktat og har i den 
 anledning utnsevnt til sine befuld- 
 msegtigede : 
 
 Prsesidenten for Amerikas Fore- 
 nede Stater, William Jennings 
 Bryan, de Forenede Staters stats- 
 sekretaer; og 
 
 Hans Majestaet Kongen av 
 Norge, H. H. Bryn, Norges over- 
 ordentlige Utsending og befuld- 
 msegtigede Minister i de Forenede 
 Stater ; 
 
 ^ U. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 38, pt. 2, p. 1843. Signed at Washington, June 
 24, 1914; ratification advised by the Senate, August 13, 1914; ratified by the 
 President, October 14, 1914; ratified by Norway, September 18, 1914; ratifica- 
 tions exchanged at Washington, October 21, 1914; proclaimed, October 22, 1914. 
 
NORWAY 
 
 61 
 
 Who, after having communi- 
 cated to each other their respec- 
 tive full powers, found to be in 
 proper form, have agreed upon 
 and concluded the following arti- 
 cles: 
 
 Article I 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree that all disputes between 
 them of every nature whatsoever 
 shall, when diplomatic methods 
 of adjustment have failed, be re- 
 ferred for investigation and report 
 to a Permanent International 
 Commission; provided, however, 
 that treaties in force between 
 the two parties do not prescribe 
 settlement by arbitration of such 
 dispute. 
 
 The Commission shall be con- 
 stituted in the manner prescribed 
 in the next succeeding article. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree not to declare war or begin 
 hostilities during such investiga- 
 tion and before the report is sub- 
 mitted. 
 
 Article II 
 The International Commission 
 shall be composed of five mem- 
 bers, to be appointed as follows: 
 One member shall be chosen 
 from each country by the Govern- 
 ment thereof; one member shall 
 be chosen by each Government 
 from some third country; the 
 fifth member, who shall be the 
 
 Hvilke efter at ha meddelt hin- 
 anden sine respektive fuldmagter, 
 som fandtes at vaere i behorig 
 form, er kommet overens om fol- 
 gende artikler : 
 
 Artikel I 
 De hoie kontraherende parter Disputes to be 
 
 ■* ^ submitted to 
 
 er enige om, at alle stridigheter f^^^'^i^l^^i 
 mellem dem, likegyldig av hvilken Commission. 
 art, som det ikke er lykkes at 
 bilsegge ad diplomatisk vei, skal 
 forelasgges en permanent inter- 
 national kommission til under- 
 sokelse og betsenkning, forsaavidt fj^J'^g^'i^ 
 de ikke i henhold til de mellem >» force, 
 parterne gjaaldende traktater blir 
 at avgjore ved voldgift. 
 
 Kommissionen skal sammen- 
 ssettes paa den i folgende artikel 
 bestemte maate. 
 
 De hoie kontraherende parter 
 er enige om ikke at erklsere krig 
 eller aapne fiendtligheter saalsenge 
 kommissionens undersokelse ikke 
 er tilendebragt og dens betasnk- 
 ning avgit. 
 
 Artikel II 
 Den internationale kommis- 
 sion skal bestaa av fem medlem- 
 mer, son opnasvnes paa folgende 
 maate : Et medlem skal vselges 
 fra hvert land av dettes regjering, 
 et medlem skal vaslges av hver 
 regjering fra et tredje land. Det 
 femte medlem, som skal vaere 
 kommissionens formand, skal vael- 
 
 International 
 Commission. 
 Composition. 
 
62 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Expenses. 
 
 Appointment. 
 
 Procedure. 
 
 Duties of 
 Commission. 
 
 chairman of the Commission, 
 shall be chosen by common agree- 
 ment between the two Govern- 
 ments, it being understood that 
 he shall not be a citizen of either 
 country nor a resident in either 
 of them. If an agreement is not 
 reached as to this appointment, 
 the fifth member shall be chosen 
 according to the rules laid down 
 in Art. 87 of the Convention 
 signed at The Hague on October 
 18, 1907, for the Peaceful Settle- 
 ment of International Disputes.^ 
 
 The expenses of the Commis- 
 sion shall be paid by the two 
 Governments in equal proportion. 
 
 The International Commission 
 shall be appointed within four 
 months after the exchange of the 
 ratifications of this treaty ; vacan- 
 cies to be filled according to the 
 manner of the original appoint- 
 ment. 
 
 Unless otherwise agreed be- 
 tween the parties, the procedure 
 of the International Commission 
 shall be regulated by the pre- 
 scriptions contained in Chapter 
 III of the Convention mentioned 
 above.^ 
 
 Article III 
 
 In case the High Contracting 
 
 Parties shall have failed to adjust 
 
 a dispute by diplomatic methods, 
 
 and the dispute is not to be set- 
 
 ges efter overenskomst mellem de 
 to regjeringer; han maa ikke 
 vaere statsborger eller bosat i 
 noget av de to land. Hvis det 
 ikke lykkes at komme til en saa- 
 dan overenskomst, skal det femte 
 medlem vselges overensstem- 
 mende med reglerne i Art. 87 i 
 den i Haag den 18de oktober, 
 1907, undertegnede konvention 
 om fredelig bilaeggelse av inter- 
 nationale tvistigheter. 
 
 Kommissionens utgifter skal 
 betales av de to regjeringer med 
 like dele. 
 
 Den internationale kommission 
 skal opnsevnes inden utlopet av 
 4 maaneder efter utvexlingen av 
 ratifikationerne av denne traktat. 
 I tilfaelde av ledighet eller forfald 
 inden kommissionen, skal med- 
 lemmer opnaevnes efter samme 
 regler, som er gjaeldende for den 
 oprindelige opnsevnelse. 
 
 Medmindre andet er avtalt 
 mellem parterne, skal procedyren 
 ved den internationale kommis- 
 sion ske i overensstemmelse med 
 reglerne i kap. Ill i den oven- 
 nsevnte konvention. 
 
 Aetikel III 
 
 Hvis det ikke lykkes de hole 
 
 kontraherende parter at bilaegge 
 
 en strid gjennem diplomatisk for- 
 
 handling, og den ikke blir at av- 
 
 ^ U. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 36, p. 2233. 
 2 Ibid., p. 2226. 
 
NORWAY 
 
 63 
 
 tied by arbitration, the Parties 
 shall at once refer it to the Inter- 
 national Commission for investi- 
 gation and report. 
 
 The International Commission 
 may, however, spontaneously 
 offer its services to that effect, 
 and in such case it shall notify 
 both Governments and request 
 their cooperation in the investi- 
 gation. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree to furnish the Permanent 
 International Commission with 
 all the means and facilities re- 
 quired for its investigation and 
 report. 
 
 The report of the International 
 Commission shall be completed 
 as soon as possible and at the lat- 
 est within one year after the date 
 on which the Commission shall 
 declare its investigation to have 
 begun, unless the High Contract- 
 ing Parties shall extend or limit 
 the time by mutual agreement. 
 The report shall be prepared in 
 triplicate; one copy shall be pre- 
 sented to each Government, and 
 the third retained by the Commis- 
 sion for its files. 
 
 gjore ved voldgift, skal parterne 
 straks henvise den til den inter- 
 national kommission til under- 
 sokelse og betsenkning. 
 
 Den Internationale kommission 
 kan desuten tilby sin medvirkning 
 paa eget initiativ og i saa tilfaelde 
 skal den underrette begge regje- 
 ringer og anmode om deres bi- 
 stand til undersokelsen. 
 
 De hole kontraherende parter 
 er enige om at yde den perma- 
 nente Internationale kommission 
 alle hjaelpemidler og enhver bi- 
 stand, som er nodvendig til fore- 
 tagelse af undersokelsen og avgi- 
 velse av batsenkningen. 
 
 Den Internationale kommis- J'™* ^ 
 
 for report, 
 
 sions beretning skal avgives sna- 
 rest mulig og senest inden et aar 
 efter det tidspunkt, paa hvilket 
 den erklserer, at dens underso- 
 kelse er paabegyndt, med mindre 
 de hoie kontraherende parter efter 
 avtale forlaenger eller begrsenser 
 dette tidsrum. Betjenkningen skal 
 utfserdiges i 3 eksemplarer, av 
 hvilke et skal overgives hver av 
 de to regjeringer, det tredje skal 
 kommissionen bevare i sine arki- 
 ver. 
 
 Article IV 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree that, upon the receipt of 
 the report of the International 
 Commission, they will immedi- 
 ately endeavor to adjust the dis- 
 
 Artikel IV 
 De hoie kontraherende parter Action 
 
 ^ on report. 
 
 er enige om efter mottagelsen av 
 den permanente internationale 
 kommissions betsenkning uophol- 
 delig at ville bestrsebe sig for at 
 
64 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Right 
 reserved. 
 
 Exchange of 
 ratifications. 
 
 Duration. 
 
 Signatures. 
 
 pute directly between them upon 
 the basis of the Commission's 
 findings. They reserve, however, 
 the right to act independently on 
 the subject matter of the dispute 
 after the report of the Commis- 
 sion shall have been submitted. 
 
 Article V 
 
 The present treaty shall be 
 ratified by the President of the 
 United States of America, by and 
 with the advice and consent of 
 the Senate thereof, and by His 
 Majesty the King of Norway. 
 
 The ratifications shall be ex- 
 changed at Washington as soon 
 as possible. 
 
 The treaty shall take effect 
 immediately after the exchange 
 of ratifications and shall continue 
 in force for a period of five years ; 
 and it shall thereafter remain in 
 force until twelve months after 
 one of the High Contracting 
 Parties have given notice to the 
 other of an intention to termi- 
 nate it. 
 
 bilsegge striden direkte mellem sig 
 paa grundlag av kommissionens 
 betaenkning. De forbeholder sig 
 imidlertid sin ret til at handle i 
 saken uavhsengig av denne. 
 
 Artikel V 
 
 Njervaerende traktat skal rati- 
 ficeres av Praesidenten for Ameri- 
 kas Forenede Stater med raad og 
 samtykke av staternes senat, og 
 av Hans Majestaet Kongen av 
 Norge. 
 
 Ratifikationerne skal utveksles 
 i Washington saa snart som 
 mulig. 
 
 Traktaten skal traede i kraft 
 umiddelbart efter utvekslingen 
 av ratifikationerne og skal forbli 
 i kraft for et tidsrum av 5 aar, og 
 derefter skal deii bli i kraft indtil 
 utlopet av 12 maaneder efter at 
 en av de hoie kontraherende par- 
 ter maatte gi den anden part 
 meddelelse om, at den bar til 
 hensigt at bringe den til ophor. 
 
 In witness whereof the respec- 
 tive plenipotentiaries have signed 
 the present treaty and have af- 
 fixed thereunto their seals. 
 
 Done in duplicate, in the Eng- 
 lish and Norwegian languages, 
 at Washington, this 24th day of 
 June, 1914. 
 
 [seal] William Jennings Bryan 
 [seal] Helmer H. Bryn 
 
 Til bekraeftelse herav bar de to 
 befuldmaegtigede undertegnet 
 
 naervserende trakat og paatrykt 
 sit segl. 
 
 Git i to eksemplarer paa en- 
 gelsk og norsk i Washington den 
 24 Juni, 1914. 
 
NORWAY 65 
 
 [The Secretary af State to the Norwegian Minister] 
 
 Department of State, 
 Washington, January 7, 1915. 
 My dear Mr. Minister. 
 
 Replying to your Government's telegram, of January 4th, 1915, and 
 communicated to this Department on January 7th, 1915, I beg to sug- 
 gest that the two Governments agree that unless the appointment of 
 the Commission is completed by February 21st, 1915, the time be ex- 
 tended by mutual agreement until the contracting parties are able to 
 complete the selection. 
 
 If your Government agrees to this, a favorable answer taken in con- 
 nection with this note will be regarded as an agreement. 
 
 Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest consid- 
 eration. 
 
 W. J. Bryan 
 His Excellency 
 
 Mr. H. H. Bryn, 
 
 Minister of Norway. 
 
 [The Norvuegian Minister to the Secretary of :i>tate\ 
 
 Legation of Norway, 
 Washington, D. C, January 12, 1915. 
 Mr. Secretary of State, 
 
 In the note Your Excellency addressed to me on the 7th instant 
 Your Excellency suggested that the Norwegian and the American Gov- 
 ernments agree that unless the appointment of the Commission men- 
 tioned in Art. II of the Treaty signed on June 24, 1914, is completed 
 by February 21st, 1915, the time be extended by mutual agreement 
 until the contracting parties are able to complete the selection. 
 
 Your Excellency added that if the Norwegian Government agrees 
 to this, a favorable answer taken in connection with the said note would 
 be regarded as an agreement. 
 
 In reply to the said note I have been instructed by my Government 
 to inform Your Excellency that my Government agrees to the sugges- 
 tions set forth in the note, and that an agreement thus is concluded. 
 
66 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Please accept, Mr. Secretary of State, the assurances of my highest 
 consideration. 
 
 H. Bryn 
 His Excellency, 
 
 Hon. W. J. Bryan, 
 
 Secretary of State 
 
 etc. etc. etc. 
 
 Treaty between the United States and Paraguay for the Advance- 
 ment of General Peace^ 
 
 Contracting 
 Powers. 
 
 plenipoten- 
 tiaries. 
 
 Treaty of Peace between the Uni- Tratado de Paz entre las Estados 
 ted States of America and the Unidos de America y la Repu- 
 Republic of Paraguay. Mica del Paraguay. 
 
 The United States of America 
 and the Republic of Paraguay, 
 being desirous to strengthen the 
 bonds of amity that bind them 
 together and also to advance the 
 cause of general peace, have re- 
 solved to enter into a treaty for 
 that purpose and to that end 
 have appointed as their plenipo- 
 tentiaries : 
 
 The President of the United 
 States, His Excellency Daniel F. 
 Mooney, Envoy Extraordinary 
 and Minister Plenipotentiary ; and 
 
 The President of Paraguay, His 
 Excellency D. Manuel Gondra, 
 Minister of Foreign Relations ; 
 
 Los Estados Unidos de America 
 y la Repiiblica del Paraguay, en 
 el deseo de fortalecer los vinculos 
 de amistad que los unen y tam- 
 bien fomentar la causa de la Paz 
 general, han resuelto celebrar un 
 Tratado con ese objeto, a cuyo fin 
 han nombrado como sus Plenipo- 
 tenciarios : 
 
 El Presidente de los Estados 
 Unidos, a Su Excelencia Mr. 
 Daniel F. Mooney, Enviado Ex- 
 traordinario y Ministro Plenipo- 
 tenciario, y 
 
 El Presidente del Paraguay a 
 Su Excelencia Don Manuel Gon- 
 dra, Ministro de Relaciones Ex- 
 teriores ; 
 
 1 U. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 39, pt. 2, p. 1615. Signed at Asuncion, August 
 29, 1914; ratification advised by the Senate, October 22, 1914; ratified by the 
 President, October 26, 1914; ratified by Paraguay, March 9, 1915: ratifications 
 exchanged at Asuncion, March 9, 1915 ; proclaimed, March 17, 1915. 
 
PARAGUAY 
 
 67 
 
 Who, after having communi- 
 cated to each other their respec- 
 tive full powers, found to be in 
 proper form, have agreed upon 
 the following articles : 
 
 Quienes, despues de haberse 
 comunicado sus respectivos Ple- 
 nos Poderes, que encontraron en 
 debida forma, han convenido en 
 los articulos siguientes : 
 
 Article I 
 The high contracting parties 
 agree that all disputes between 
 them, of every nature whatsoever, 
 which diplomacy shall fail to ad- 
 just, shall be submitted for inves- 
 tigation and report to an Interna- 
 tional Commission, to be consti- 
 tuted in the manner prescribed in 
 the next succeeding Article; and 
 they agree not to declare war or 
 begin hostilities during such in- 
 vestigation, and before the report 
 is submitted. 
 
 Articulo I 
 Las Altas Partes Contratantes Disputes to be 
 
 submitted to 
 
 convienen que todas las cuestiones international 
 
 ■^ Commission 
 
 entre ellas, de cualquier natura- for investiga- 
 
 ■^ tion and 
 
 leza que fuesen, que no hubiesen report. 
 podido ser resueltas por la via 
 diplomatica, deberan ser someti- 
 das para su investigacion e in- 
 forme a una Comision Interna- 
 cional, la cual debera constituirse 
 en la forma que prescribe el arti- 
 culo siguiente; y acuerdan no de- 
 clarar la guerra o iniciar las hos- 
 tilidades durante tal investiga- 
 cion y antes de que el inf orme les 
 sea sometido. 
 
 Article II 
 
 The International Commission 
 shall be composed of five mem- 
 bers, to be appointed as follows: 
 One member shall be chosen from 
 each country, by the Govern- 
 ment thereof; one member shall 
 be chosen by each Government 
 from some third country ; the fifth 
 member shall be chosen by com- 
 mon agreement between the two 
 Governments. The expenses shall 
 be paid by the two Governments 
 in equal proportion. 
 
 The International Commission 
 
 International 
 Commission. 
 Composition. 
 
 ARTfcULO II 
 
 La Comision Internacional de- 
 bera componerse de cinco miem- 
 bros, nombrados en la forma si- 
 guiente : un miembro sera designa- 
 do de cada pais, por su respectivo 
 Gobierno ; un miembro debera ser 
 designado por cada Gobierno, de 
 un tercer pais; el quinto sera de- 
 signado de comiin acuerdo por los 
 dos Gobiernos. Los gastos de la 
 Comision deberan ser pagados por Expenses. 
 los dos Gobiernos, en igual pro- 
 porcion. La Comision Interna- 
 cional debera ser nombrada den- Appointment. 
 
68 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 shall be appointed within the four 
 months following the exchange of 
 the ratifications of this treaty; 
 and vacancies shall be filled ac- 
 cording to the manner of the 
 original appointment. 
 
 tro de los cuatro meses siguientes 
 al canje de ratificaciones de este 
 Tratado y las vacantes seran 
 llenadas en la misma forma del 
 nombramiento original. 
 
 Duties of 
 Commission, 
 
 Time for 
 report. 
 
 Independent 
 
 action 
 
 reserved. 
 
 Article III 
 
 In case the high contracting 
 parties shall have failed to adjust 
 a dispute by diplomatic methods, 
 they shall at once refer it to the 
 International Commission for in- 
 vestigation and report. 
 
 The International Commission 
 may, however, act upon its own 
 initiative, and in such case it shall 
 notify both Governments and 
 request their cooperation in the 
 investigation. 
 
 The report of the International 
 Commission shall be completed 
 within one year after the date on 
 which it shall declare its investi- 
 gation to have been initiated, 
 unless the high contracting parties 
 shall protract the term by mutual 
 consent. The report shall be pre- 
 pared in triplicate; one copy shall 
 be presented to each Government, 
 and the third retained by the 
 Commission for its archives. 
 
 The high contracting parties 
 reserve the right to act inde- 
 pendently on the subject-matter 
 of the dispute after the report of 
 the Commission shall have been 
 submitted. 
 
 Articulo III 
 
 En caso de que las Altas Partes 
 Contratantes no hubiesen podido 
 arreglar una cuestion por los 
 medios diplomaticos, deberan in- 
 mediatamente referirla a la Comi- 
 sion Internacional para su inves- 
 tigacion e informe. La Comision 
 Internacional puede, sin em- 
 bargo, obrar por propia inicia- 
 tiva, y en tal caso debera notificar 
 a ambos Gobiernos y solicitar su 
 cooperacion en la investigacion. 
 
 El informe de la Comision In- 
 ternacional debera estar comple- 
 tado dentro de un ano despues de 
 la fecha en que haya declarado 
 haber iniciado sus trabajos, a 
 menos que las Altas Partes Con- 
 tratantes dilatasen el termino por 
 mutuo consentimiento. El in- 
 forme debera ser preparado por 
 triplicado ; un ejemplar debera 
 ser presentado a cada Gobierno, 
 y el tercero retenido por la Comi- 
 sion en sus archivos. 
 
 Las Altas Partes Contratantes 
 se reservan el derecho de obrar 
 independientemente en la ma- 
 teria asunto de la discusion, des- 
 pues que el informe de la Comi- 
 sion les haya sido sometido. 
 
PARAGUAY 
 
 69 
 
 Article IV 
 The present treaty shall be 
 ratified by the President of the 
 United States of America, by and 
 with the advice and consent of the 
 Senate thereof ; and by the Presi- 
 dent of the Republic of Paraguay, 
 with the approval of the Congress 
 thereof ; and the ratifications shall 
 be exchanged as soon as possible. 
 It shall take effect immediately 
 after the exchange of ratifications, 
 and shall continue in force for a 
 period of five years, and it shall 
 thereafter remain in force until 
 one year after one of the high con- 
 tracting parties have given notice 
 to the other of an intention to 
 terminate it. 
 
 Articulo IV 
 
 El presente Tratado sera ratifi- Ratification, 
 cado por el Presidente de los 
 Estados Unidos de America, de 
 acuerdo y con el consentimiento 
 del Senado, y por el Presidente 
 del Paraguay, con la aprobacion 
 del Congreso, y las ratificaciones 
 deberan ser canjeadas tan pronto 
 como sea posible. Entrara en 
 vigor inmediatamente despues del 
 canje de ratificaciones, y regira, 
 por un periodo de cinco anos; 
 pero se considerara prorrogada su 0u„tion. 
 vigencia hasta tanto no lo de- 
 nuncie una de las Altas Partes 
 Contratantes con un ano de an- 
 ticipacion. 
 
 In witness whereof the respec- 
 tive plenipotentiaries have signed 
 the present treaty and have 
 affixed thereunto their seals. 
 
 Done in Asuncion on the 
 twenty-ninth of August, in the 
 year of our Lord nineteen hun- 
 dred and fourteen. 
 
 Daniel F. Mooney [seal] 
 M. GoNDRA [seal] 
 
 En f e de lo CUal, los reSpectivOS Signatures. 
 
 Plenipotenciarios han firmado el 
 presente Tratado, y han puesto al 
 pie sus sellos. 
 
 Hecho en Asuncion, el dia 
 veinte y nueve de Agosto del aiio 
 mil novecientos catorce. 
 
 [The Secretary of State to the Minister of Paraguay] 
 
 Department of State, 
 Washington, November i6, 1915. 
 Sir: 
 
 The time specified in the Treaty of August 29, 1914, between the 
 United States and Paraguay, looking to the advancement of the general 
 cause of peace, for the appointment of the International Commission 
 having expired, without the United States non-national Commissioner, 
 
70 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 the Paraguayan Commissioners and the Joint Commissioner being 
 named, I have the honor to suggest for the consideration of your Gov- 
 ernment that the time within which the organization of the Commis- 
 sion may be completed be extended from July 9, 1915, to January 15, 
 1916. 
 
 Your formal notification in writing, that your Government receives 
 the suggestion favorably, will be regarded on this Government's part 
 as sufficient to give effect to the extension, and I shall be glad to re- 
 ceive your assurance that it will be so regarded by your Government 
 also. 
 
 Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. 
 
 Robert Lansing 
 Mr. Hector Velazquez, 
 
 The Minister of Paraguay. 
 
 [The Consul-General of Paragtuiy to the Secretary of State] 
 
 CoNsuLADo General del Paraguay en Nueva York 
 
 November 22, 1915. 
 Sir: 
 
 Replying to the note of Your Excellency of the sixteenth instant 
 addressed to His Excellency, Dr. Hector Velazquez, Minister of Para- 
 guay, suggesting an extension until January fifteenth, 1916, for the 
 completion of the International Commission provided by the Treaty of 
 August twenty-ninth, 1914, I beg to advise that, in the absence of Dr. 
 Velazquez, I communicated with the Government at Asuncion by cable 
 as follows : "Lansing suggests exchange notes extension time to Jan- 
 uary fifteen next appointment Peace Treaty Commissioners," to which 
 I am in receipt today of a cable message reading as follows : "Sugges- 
 tion accepted you are authorized exchange notes. Gondra." 
 
 I therefore, by virtue of this authority, accept formally on the part 
 of the Government of Paraguay Your Excellency's suggestion for an 
 extension until the date mentioned, and beg to give assurance that 
 Your Excellency's note will be regarded as giving full effect to such 
 extension. 
 
 I have the honor to be. Sir, 
 
 Very respectfully, 
 
 Wm. Wallace White 
 To the Honorable Robert Lansing, 
 
 Secretary of State, Washington, D. C. 
 
PERU 
 
 71 
 
 Treaty between the United States and Peru for the Advancement 
 
 of General Peace^ 
 
 The United States of America 
 and the Republic of Peru, with 
 the earnest desire to strengthen 
 their bonds of friendship and to 
 contribute to the development of 
 the spirit of universal peace, have 
 resolved upon the celebration of a 
 treaty containing the rules for the 
 practice of these high proposals 
 and to that end have nominated 
 as their plenipotentiaries : 
 
 The President of the United 
 States, Benton McMillin, Envoy 
 Extraordinary and Minister Plen- 
 ipotentiary of the United States 
 in Peru; and 
 
 The President of Peru, Doctor 
 J. Fernando Gazzani, Minister of 
 Foreign Relations; 
 
 Who, after having examined 
 their full powers, which were 
 found in due form, have agreed 
 upon the following articles: 
 
 La Repiiblica del Peru y los Es- Contracting 
 
 ■^ •^ Powers. 
 
 tados Unidos de America, con el 
 anhelo de estrechar sus vinculos 
 de amistad y de contribuir al de- 
 sarrollo del espiritu de paz uni- 
 versal, han resuelto la celebracion 
 de un Tratado que contenga las 
 reglas para la practica de estos 
 elevados propositos; y, al efecto, 
 han nombrado como sus plenipo- 
 tenciarios : 
 
 El Presidente del Peru, al setior Plenipoten- 
 tiaries. 
 doctor don J. Fernando Gazzani, 
 
 Ministro de Relaciones Exterio- 
 
 res; y 
 
 El Presidente de los Estados 
 Unidos, el senor Benton McMil- 
 lin, Enviado Extraordinario y 
 Ministro Plenipotenciario de los 
 Estados Unidos en el Peru ; 
 
 Quienes, despues de examinar 
 sus respectivos plenos poderes, 
 que encontraron en debida forma, 
 han convenido en los articulos 
 siguientes : 
 
 Article I 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree that all disputes between 
 them, of every nature whatsoever, 
 to the settlement of which previ- 
 ous arbitration treaties or agree- 
 
 Articulo I 
 
 Las Altas Partes Contratantes Disputes to be 
 
 J 111 submitted to 
 
 acuerdan que todas las desave- international 
 
 ,. . . Conunission 
 
 nencias, de cualquiera naturaleza for investiga- 
 
 ,, 111 tion and 
 
 que ellas sean, y que en el hecho report. . 
 o por los terminos de tratados de 
 
 1 V. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 39, pt. 2, p. 1611. Signed at Lima, July 14, 1914; 
 ratification advised by the Senate, August 20, 1914; ratified by the President, 
 December 1, 1914; ratified by Peru, January 26, 1915; ratifications exchanged 
 at Lima, March 4, 1915; proclaimed, March 6, 1915. 
 
72 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 ments do not apply in their terms 
 or are not applied in fact, shall, 
 when diplomatic methods of ad- 
 justment have failed, be referred 
 for investigation and report to an 
 International Commission, to be 
 constituted in the manner pre- 
 scribed in the next succeeding ar- 
 ticle; and they agree not to de- 
 clare war or begin hostilities dur- 
 ing such investigation and before 
 the report is submitted. 
 
 arbitraje existentes no esten com- 
 prendidas en sus estipulaciones, 
 y que no hayan podido arreglarse 
 por la via diplomatica, seran 
 sometidas, para su investigacion 
 e informe, a una Comision Inter- 
 nacional constituida de la manera 
 prescrita en el siguiente articulo; 
 y convienen en no declararse la 
 guerra o empezar las hostilidades 
 durante el periodo de la investi- 
 gacion y antes de sometido el 
 informe. 
 
 International 
 Commission. 
 Composition, 
 
 Article II 
 The International Commission 
 shall be composed of five mem- 
 bers, two named by each one of 
 the respective Governments and 
 one named jointly by them. The 
 designations made by each Gov- 
 ernment can only devolve one on 
 a citizen of the State itself and the 
 other on a citizen of a third coun- 
 try. The designation of the fifth 
 member can not devolve upon a 
 citizen of either of the two inter- 
 ested nations. 
 
 Each of the High Contracting 
 Parties reserves to itself the right 
 to withdraw its two Commission- 
 ers, or one of them, before the ini- 
 tiation of the investigations, and, 
 within the same period, to with- 
 draw its agreement to the joint 
 designation of the fifth member. 
 In these cases, they shall proceed 
 
 Articulo II 
 
 La Comision Internacional de- 
 bera componerse de cinco miem- 
 bros: dos de nombramiento por 
 cada uno de los respectivos 
 Gobiernos, y uno por nombra- 
 miento de comiin acuerdo entre 
 ambos. Las designaciones co- 
 rrespondientes a cada Gobierno, 
 han de recaer, de modo preciso, 
 una en ciudadano del propio 
 Estado, y la otra en nacional de 
 un tercer pais. La designacion 
 del quinto miembro no podra re- 
 caer en ciudadano de ninguna de 
 las dos Naciones interesadas. 
 
 Cada una de las Altas Partes 
 Contratantes se reserva el derecho 
 de separar a sus dos comisiona- 
 dos o a uno solo de ellos, antes de 
 la instauracion de las investi- 
 gaciones ; y, dentro de este mismo 
 termino, el de retirar su con- 
 sentimiento al comiin acuerdo 
 sobre la designacion del quinto 
 
PERU 
 
 73 
 
 to replace them according to the 
 forms above laid down. 
 
 During the period of investiga- 
 tion the Commissioners shall re- 
 ceive such pecuniary compensa- 
 tion as shall be agreed upon by 
 the High Contracting Parties. 
 
 The Commission, whose ex- 
 penses shall be met in equal parts 
 by the two Governments, shall be 
 appointed a short time after the 
 exchange of the ratifications of 
 the Treaty; and to provide for 
 possible vacancies on it, the same 
 rules shall be applied as in the 
 original designations. 
 
 miembro. En estas eventualida- 
 des, deben proceder a los re- 
 emplazos en las formas ante- 
 riormente previstas. 
 
 Por el tiempo de la investiga- Compensation. 
 cion, los comisionados recibiran 
 las compensaciones pecuniarias 
 que acuerden las Altas Partes 
 Contratantes. 
 
 La Comision, CUyOS gastOS CO- Expenses. 
 
 rresponderan por iguales partes a 
 los dos Gobiernos, sera designada 
 en breve plazo, despues del canje Appointment, 
 de las ratificaciones de este Tra- 
 tado; y para proveer las vacantes 
 posibles en ella, son aplicables las 
 mismas reglas de los nombra- 
 mientos originarios. 
 
 Article III 
 
 The questions which divide the 
 High Contracting Parties should 
 they be incapable of solution by 
 diplomatic means, shall be sub- 
 mitted immediately to the Inter- 
 national Commission for its inves- 
 tigation and report. 
 
 The International Commission 
 may, however, by unanimous 
 agreement, spontaneously offer 
 its services to that effect, and in 
 such case it shall notify both 
 Governments, and request their 
 cooperation in the investigation. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree to furnish the International 
 Commission all means and all 
 facilities for the investigation and 
 report. 
 
 Articulo III 
 
 Las cuestiones que, dividiendo commission 
 a las Altas Partes Contratantes, 
 resulten insolubles por la via 
 diplomatica, seran sometidas in- 
 mediatamente a la Comision 
 Internacional para su investiga- 
 cion e informe. 
 
 La Comision Internacional pue- 
 de, sin embargo, por acuerdo 
 unanime, ofrecer espontanea- 
 mente sus servicios con tal objeto, 
 y en ese caso lo notificara a 
 ambos Gobiernos y les pedira su 
 cooperacion para la investigacion. 
 
 Las Altas Partes Contratantes Facilities 
 
 - . . , 4 ^ for investi- 
 
 acuerdan summistrar a la Co- gation, etc 
 mision Internacional todos los me- 
 dios y todas las facilidades para 
 la investigacion y el informe. 
 
74 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 rime for 
 report. 
 
 Independent 
 
 action 
 
 reserved. 
 
 The report shall be presented in 
 the maximum period of one year, 
 but the High Contracting Parties, 
 by mutual accord, may shorten or 
 extend this period. The report 
 shall appear in three copies. 
 
 The Commission shall reserve 
 one of the copies for its archives 
 and deliver the other two to the 
 Governments interested. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 reserve the right to act inde- 
 pendently in the question dealt 
 with in the investigations after 
 the issue of the report. 
 
 El informe debera presentarse 
 en el plazo maximo de un afio; 
 pero las Altas Partes Contra- 
 tantes, por mutuo acuerdo, pue- 
 den restringirlo o extenderlo. El 
 informe constara en tres ejem- 
 plares. 
 
 La Comision debe de conservar 
 uno de los ejemplares en su 
 archivo, y entregara los otros dos 
 a los Gobiernos interesados. 
 
 Las Altas Partes Contratantes 
 se reservan el derecho de obrar 
 independientemente en la cues- 
 tion materia de las investiga- 
 ciones, despues de la expedicion 
 del informe. 
 
 Article IV 
 Ratification. The ratifications of this Treaty 
 
 shall be made by the President of 
 the United States of America by 
 and with the advice and consent 
 of the Senate; and by the Presi- 
 dent of Peru if the Legislative 
 Power shall give its approval in 
 conformity with the Constitution 
 and the laws. The exchange of 
 ratifications shall take place as 
 soon as possible, and immediately 
 Duration. afterward this Treaty shall take 
 
 effect for a period of five years, at 
 the end of which it will remain in 
 effect until twelve months after 
 the day on which one of the Par- 
 ties advises the other of its inten- 
 tion of terminating it. 
 Signatures. In witncss whereof, we the re- 
 
 spective plenipotentiaries have 
 
 Articulo IV 
 
 Las ratificaciones de este Tra- 
 tado se haran por el Presidente 
 del Peru, si el Poder Legislative 
 prestase su voto aprobatorio con 
 arreglo a la Constitucion y a las 
 leyes ; y por el Presidente de los 
 Estados Unidos de America, de 
 acuerdo y con el consentimiento 
 del Senado. El canje de las rati- 
 ficaciones debera realizarse tan 
 pronto como sea posible; e inme- 
 diatamente despues producira este 
 Tratado sus ef ectos por el plazo de 
 cinco afios, vencido el cual plazo 
 continuara en vigor hasta doce 
 meses despues del dia en que una 
 de las Partes avise a la otra su 
 proposito de ponerle termino. 
 
 En f e de lo cual, los inf rascritos 
 Plenipotenciarios lo han firmado, 
 
PORTUGAL 
 
 75 
 
 signed the present treaty, in 
 duplicate, in the English and 
 Spanish languages and have here- 
 unto affixed our respective seals. 
 Done at Lima the fourteenth 
 day of July, in the year of our 
 Lord one thousand nine hundred 
 and fourteen. 
 Benton McMillin [seal] 
 J. Fernando Gazzani [seal] 
 
 por duplicado, en castellano e 
 ingles, poniendo sus respectivos 
 sellos. 
 
 Hecho en Lima, el catorce de 
 Julio del aiio mil novecientos 
 catorce. 
 
 [seal] J. Fernando Gazzani 
 [seal] Benton McMillin 
 
 Treaty between the United States and Portugal for the Advance- 
 ment of General Peace^ 
 
 The President of the United 
 States of America and the Presi- 
 dent of the Portuguese Republic, 
 being desirous to strengthen the 
 bonds of amity that bind them 
 together and also to advance the 
 cause of general peace, have re- 
 solved to enter into a treaty for 
 that purpose, and to that end 
 have appointed as their Plenipo- 
 tentiaries : 
 
 The President of the United 
 States of America: His Excel- 
 lency Colonel Thomas H. Birch, 
 Envoy Extraordinary and Minis- 
 ter Plenipotentiary of the United 
 States of America near the Por- 
 tuguese Republic; 
 
 O 
 
 Presidente da Repiiblica Contracting 
 
 ^ Powers. 
 
 Portuguesa e o Presidentg dos 
 Estados Unidos da America, de- 
 sejando consolidar os la^os de 
 amizade que os unem e promover 
 tambem a causa da paz geraJ, 
 resolveram celebrar um Tratado 
 para esse fim e nomearam seus 
 Plenipotenciarios : 
 
 O Presidente da Republica Pienipoten- 
 Portuguesa: Sua Ex.» o Dr. An- 
 tonio Caetano Madeira Junior, 
 Ministro dos Negocios Estran- 
 geiros ; 
 
 ^ U. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 38, pt. 2, p. 1847. Signed at Lisbon, February 
 4, 1914 ; ratification advised by the Senate, August 13, 1914 ; ratified by Portugal, 
 September 26, 1914; ratified by the President, October 21, 1914; ratifications 
 exchanged at Washington, October 24, 1914; proclaimed, October 27, 1914. 
 
76 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Disputes to be 
 submitted to 
 International 
 Commission 
 for investiga- 
 tion and 
 report. 
 
 The President of the Portu- 
 guese Republic: His Excellency 
 Dr. Antonio Caetano Madeira 
 Junior, Minister for Foreign Af- 
 fairs ; 
 
 Who, after having communi- 
 cated to each other their respec- 
 tive full powers, found to be in 
 proper form, have agreed upon 
 and concluded the following ar- 
 ticles : 
 
 Article I 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree that all disputes between 
 them, of every nature whatso- 
 ever, to the settlement of which 
 previous arbitration treaties or 
 agreements do not apply in their 
 terms or are not applied in fact, 
 shall, when diplomatic methods 
 of adjustment have failed, be re- 
 ferred for investigation and re- 
 port to a permanent Interna- 
 tional Commission, to be consti- 
 tuted in the manner prescribed 
 in the next succeeding article; 
 and they agree not to declare 
 war or begin hostilities during 
 such investigation and before the 
 report is submitted. 
 
 O Presidente dos Estados Uni- 
 dos da America: Sua Ex." o 
 Coronel Thomas H. Birch, En- 
 viado Extraordinario e Ministro 
 Plenipotenciario dos Estados Uni- 
 dos da America, junto da Repii- 
 blica Portuguesa, 
 
 Os quais, depois de se terem 
 comunicado os seus respectivos 
 plenos poderes, achados em de- 
 vida forma, convieram nos se- 
 guintes artigos e os assinaram. 
 
 Artigo I 
 As Altas Partes Contratantes 
 concordam em que todos os 
 litigios entre elas, de toda e 
 qualquer natureza, a cuja solugao 
 OS tratados ou acordos de arbi- 
 tragem anteriores nao tenham, 
 pelos seus termos, aplicagao, ou 
 nao sejam de facto aplicados, 
 serao, quando se tenham malo- 
 grado OS meios diplomaticos de 
 OS resolver, submetidos para 
 investigagao e informa^ao, a uma 
 Comissao Internacional, que sera 
 constituida pela forma determi- 
 nada no artigo imediato; e con- 
 cordam em nao declarar guerra, 
 ou romper hostilidades durante 
 essa investiga^ao nem antes de 
 ter sido apresentada a informagao. 
 
 International 
 Commission, 
 Composition, 
 
 Article II 
 The International Commission 
 shall be composed of five mem- 
 bers, to be appointed as follows : 
 
 Artigo II 
 A Comissao Internacional sera 
 composta de cinco membros no- 
 meados como segue: um membro 
 
PORTUGAL 
 
 77 
 
 One member shall be chosen from 
 each country, by the Govern- 
 ment thereof; one member shall 
 be chosen by each Government 
 from some third country; the 
 fifth member shall be chosen by 
 common agreement between the 
 two Governments, it being un- 
 derstood that he shall not be a 
 citizen of either country. The 
 expenses of the Commission shall 
 be paid by the two Governments 
 in equal proportion. 
 
 The International Commission 
 shall be appointed within six 
 months after the exchange of the 
 ratifications of this treaty; and 
 vacancies shall be filled according 
 to the manner of the original 
 appointment. 
 
 de cada um dos paises, escolhido 
 pelo respective Governo; um 
 membro escolhido por cada um 
 dos Governos em qualquer ter- 
 ceiro pais ; o quinto membro 
 sera escolhido de comum acordo 
 entre os dois Governos, ficando 
 entendido que nao sera cidadao 
 de nenhum dos paises. As des- 
 pesas da Comissao serao pagas Expenses. 
 pelos dois Governos em igual 
 proporgao. 
 
 A Comissao Internacional sera Appointment. 
 nomeada dentro de seis meses de- 
 pois da troca das ratificagoes deste 
 Tratado, e as vagas serao preenchi- 
 das de acordo com a forma da 
 nomeagao original. 
 
 Article III 
 In case the High Contracting 
 Parties shall have failed to adjust 
 a dispute by diplomatic methods, 
 they shall at once refer it to the 
 International Commission for in- 
 vestigation and report. The In- 
 ternational Commission may, 
 however, spontaneously offer its 
 services to that effect, and in such 
 case it shall notify both Govern- 
 ments and request their coopera- 
 tion in the investigation. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree to furnish the Permanent 
 International Commission with 
 all the means and facilities re- 
 
 Artigo III 
 No caso em que as Altas Partes Duties ot 
 
 Commission. 
 
 Contratantes nao tiverem conse- 
 guido solucionar um litigio pelos 
 meios diplomaticos, submete-lo hao 
 imediatamente a Comissao Inter- 
 nacional para investigagao e infor- 
 magao. A Comissao Internacional 
 pode, contudo, oferecer esponta- 
 neamente os sens servigos para 
 aquele fim, e, em tal caso, fa-lo ha 
 saber a ambos os Governos e soli- 
 citara a cooperaqao deles na in- 
 vestigagao. 
 As Altas Partes Contratantes Facilities for 
 
 , Investigation. 
 
 concordam em fornecer a Comis- 
 sao Internacional Permanente to- 
 dos OS meios e facilidades requeri- 
 
78 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Time for 
 report. 
 
 Independent 
 
 action 
 
 reserved. 
 
 quired for its investigation and 
 report. 
 
 The report of the International 
 Commission shall be completed 
 within one year after the date on 
 which it shall declare its investi- 
 gation to have begun, unless the 
 High Contracting Parties shall 
 limit or extend the time by mu- 
 tual agreement. The report shall 
 be prepared in triplicate; one 
 copy shall be presented to each 
 Government, and the third re- 
 tained by the Commission for its 
 files. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 reserve the right to act independ- 
 ently on the subject matter of the 
 dispute after the report of the 
 Commission shall have been sub- 
 mitted. 
 
 das para a sua investigagao e in- 
 formagao. 
 
 A informaQao da Comissao In- 
 ternacional estara terminada den- 
 tro de um ano depois da data em 
 que declare ter comeqado a sua 
 investigaijao, salvo se as Altas 
 Partes Contratantes, por mutuo 
 acordo, limitarem ou alargarem o 
 prazo. A informagao sera feita 
 em triplicado ; uma copia sera 
 apresentada a cada um dos Gover- 
 nos, e a terceira conservada pela 
 Comissao para os seus arquivos. 
 
 As Altas Partes Contratantes 
 reservam-se o direito de proceder 
 independentemente no assunto 
 sujeito do litigio depois de Ihes ter 
 sido apresentada a informagao da 
 Comissao. 
 
 Exchange of 
 ratifications. 
 
 Article IV 
 The present treaty shall be rati- 
 fied by the President of the 
 United States of America, by and 
 with the advice and consent of the 
 Senate thereof; and by the Presi- 
 dent of the Portuguese Republic 
 in accordance with the constitu- 
 tional laws of the Republic; and 
 the ratifications shall be ex- 
 changed as soon as possible. It 
 shall take effect immediately after 
 the exchange of ratifications, and 
 shall continue in force for a period 
 of five years; and it shall there- 
 after remain in force until twelve 
 months after one of the High 
 
 Artigo IV 
 O presente Tratado sera ratifi- 
 cado pelo Presidente da Repii- 
 blica Portuguesa, em harmonia 
 com as leis constitucionais da 
 Repiiblica, e pelo Presidente dos 
 Estados Unidos da America, por 
 conselho e com o consentimento 
 do Senado da Republica, e as rati- 
 ficagoes serao trocadas no mais 
 breve prazo possivel. Entrara em 
 vigor imediatamente depois da 
 troca das ratificagoes, subsistira 
 pelo espago de cinco anos, e con- 
 tinuara dai por diante em vigor 
 ate doze meses depois de uma das 
 Altas Partes Contratantes ter no- 
 
PORTUGAL 79 
 
 Contracting Parties have given tificado a outra a intenqao de Ihe 
 
 notice to the other of an intention fazer cessar os efeitos. 
 to terminate it. 
 
 In witness whereof the respec- Em fe do que os respectivos signatures, 
 
 tive Plenipotentiaries have signed Plenipotenciarios assinaram o pre- 
 
 the present treaty and have af- sente Tratado e Ihe apuseram os 
 
 fixed thereunto their seals. seus selos. 
 
 Done in duplicate, in the English Feito em duplicado, nas linguas 
 
 and Portuguese languages, at Lis- portuguesa e inglesa, em Lisboa 
 
 bon, this 4th day of February one aos 4 dias de Fevereiro de mil 
 
 thousand nine hundred and four- novecentos e quatorze. 
 teen. 
 
 [seal] Thos. H. Birch 
 
 [seal] Ant° Macieira Jr. 
 
 [The Secretary of State to the Minister of Portugal] 
 
 Department of State, 
 Washington, November i6, 1915. 
 Sir: 
 
 The time specified in the Treaty of February 4, 1914, between the 
 United States and Portugal, looking to the advancement of the general 
 cause of peace, for the appointment of the International Commission 
 having expired, without the United States non-national Commissioner, 
 the Portuguese Commissioners and the Joint Commissioner being 
 named, I have the honor to suggest for the consideration of your 
 Government that the time within which the organization of the Com- 
 mission may be completed be extende'd from April 24, 1915, to April 
 24, 1916. 
 
 Your formal notification in writing, of the same date as this, that 
 your Government receives the suggestion favorably, will be regarded 
 on this Government's part as sufficient to give effect to the extension, 
 and I shall be glad to receive your assurance that it will be so regarded 
 by your Government also. 
 
 Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. 
 
 Robert Lansing 
 
 Viscount de Alte, 
 
 The Minister of Portugal. 
 
80 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 [The Portuguese Minister to the Secretary of State] 
 
 LEGAgAo DE Portugal nos Estados Unidos, 
 
 Washington, November i6th, 1915. 
 Sir: 
 
 I have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your note of today's 
 date suggesting the extension from April 24, 1915, to April 24, 1916, 
 of the time within which the organization of the International Com- 
 mission provided for in the Treaty of February 4, 1914, between 
 Portugal and the United States looking to the advancement of the 
 general cause of peace, may be completed. 
 
 I have the honour to inform you that the Portuguese Government 
 fully concur with the suggestion made by the American Government 
 and that this exchange of notes will be regarded by them as sufficient 
 to give effect to the extension. 
 
 I avail myself of this opportunity in order to convey to you, Sir, 
 the renewed assurance of my highest consideration. 
 
 Alte 
 The Honourable Robert Lansing, 
 
 Secretary of State, etc., etc., etc. 
 
 Treaty between the United States and Russia for the Advancement 
 
 of General Peace^ 
 
 Treaty for the settlement of dis- Traite pour le reglement des li- 
 putes. tiges. 
 
 Contracting The President of the United Le President des Etats Unis 
 
 Powers. States of America and His Maj- d'Amerique et Sa Majeste I'Em- 
 
 esty the Emperor of ail the Rus- pereur de Toutes les Russies, desi- 
 
 sias, desiring to strengthen the rant affirmer les relations amicales 
 
 friendly relations which unite qui unissent leurs deux pays et 
 
 their countries and to serve the servir la cause de la paix generale, 
 
 cause of general peace, have de- ont decide de conclure un Traite a 
 
 1 U. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 39, pt. 2, p. 1622. Signed at Washington, October 
 l/September 18, 1914; ratification advised by the Senate, October 13, 1914; rati- 
 fied by the President, January 23, 1915; ratified by Russia, December 23, 1914; 
 ratifications exchanged at Washington, March 22, 191 S ; proclaimed, March 25, 
 1915. 
 
RUSSIA 
 
 81 
 
 cided to conclude a Treaty for 
 these purposes and have conse- 
 quently appointed their Plenipo- 
 tentiaries designated hereinafter, 
 to wit: 
 
 The President of the United 
 States of America, the Honorable 
 William Jennings Bryan, Secre- 
 tary of State of the United States ; 
 and 
 
 His Majesty the Emperor of all 
 the Russias, His Excellency G. 
 BakhmetefF, Master of His Court 
 and His Ambassador Extraordi- 
 nary and Plenipotentiary to the 
 United States of America ; 
 
 Who, after exhibiting to each 
 other their Full Powers found to 
 be in due and proper form, have 
 agreed upon the following articles : 
 
 Article I 
 Any differences arising between 
 the Government of the United 
 States of America and the Im- 
 perial Government of Russia, 
 of whatever nature they may 
 be, shall, when diplomatic pro- 
 ceedings have failed, be sub- 
 mitted for examination and report 
 to a Permanent International 
 Commission constituted in the 
 manner prescribed in the follow- 
 ing article; likewise the High 
 Contracting Parties agree not to 
 resort, with respect to each other, 
 to any acts of force during the 
 examination to be made by the 
 Commission and before its report 
 is handed in. 
 
 ces fins et ont nomme en conse- 
 quence les Plenipotentiaires ci- 
 apres designes : 
 
 Le President des Etats Unis f^^^"^""' 
 d'Amerique, I'Honorable William 
 Jennings Bryan, Secretaire d'Etat 
 des Etats Unis, et 
 
 Sa Majeste I'Empereur de 
 Toutes les Russies, Son Excel- 
 lence G. Bakhmeteff, Son Maitre 
 de la Cour et Ambassadeur Ex- 
 traordinaire et Plenipotentiaire 
 aux Etats Unis; 
 
 Lesquels, apres s'etre commu- 
 nique leurs pleins pouvoirs, 
 trouves en bonne et due forme, 
 sont convenus des articles sui- 
 vants : 
 
 Article I 
 Tous differends, s'elevant entre pifferences to 
 
 be submitted 
 
 le Gouvernement des Etats Unis toaPerma- 
 
 ^ , nent Inter- 
 
 d'Amerique et le Gouvernement national Com- 
 
 , , , mission for 
 
 Imperial de Russie, de quelque examination 
 
 . and report. 
 
 nature qu lis soient, lorsque les 
 precedes diplomatiques auront 
 echoue, seront soumis, pour exa- 
 men et rapport, a une Commis- 
 sion Internationale Permanente, 
 constituee de la maniere prescrite 
 dans I'article suivant; les Hautes 
 Parties Contractantes convien- 
 nent egalement de ne se livrer, 
 Tune vis-a-vis de I'autre, a aucun 
 acte de force durant I'examen 
 auquel procedera la Commission 
 et r.vant la remise de son rapport. 
 
82 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 International 
 Commission. 
 Composition. 
 
 Expenses. 
 
 Appointment. 
 
 Vacancies. 
 
 Article II 
 The International Commission 
 shall be composed of five members 
 appointed as follows: Each Gov- 
 ernment shall designate two mem- 
 bers; the fifth member shall be 
 designated by common consent 
 and shall not belong to any of the 
 nationalities already represented 
 on the Commission; he shall per- 
 form the duties of President. 
 
 The two Governments shall 
 bear by halves the expenses of the 
 Commission. 
 
 The Commission shall be or- 
 ganized within six months from 
 the exchange of ratifications of 
 the present Convention. 
 
 The members shall be ap- 
 pointed for one year and their 
 appointment may be renewed. 
 They shall remain in office until 
 superseded or reappointed, or 
 until the work on which they are 
 engaged at the time their office 
 expires is completed. 
 
 Any vacancies which may arise 
 shall be filled in the manner fol- 
 lowed for the original appoint- 
 ment. 
 
 Article II 
 
 La Commission Internationale 
 sera composee de cinq membres 
 nommes comme il suit: chaque 
 Gouvernement designera deux 
 membres; le cinquieme membre 
 sera designe d'un commun ac- 
 cord et ne pourra appartenir a 
 I'une des nationalites deja re- 
 presentees dans la Commission. 
 II remplira les f onctions de Presi- 
 dent. 
 
 Les deux Gouvernements sup- 
 porteront par moitie les frais de 
 la Commission. 
 
 La Commission sera constituee 
 dans les six mois de I'exchange de 
 la presente Convention. 
 
 Les membres sont nommes 
 pour une annee et leur mandat 
 peut etre renouvele. lis restent 
 en f onctions jusqu'a leur rem- 
 placement ou jusqu'au renouvelle- 
 ment de leur mandat, ou encore 
 jusqu'a I'achevement de leurs 
 travaux en cours au moment de 
 I'expiration de leur mandat. 
 
 II sera pourvu aux vacances qui 
 se produiraient suivant le mode 
 fixe pour la nomination. 
 
 Duties of 
 Commission. 
 
 Article III 
 In case a difference should arise 
 between the High Contracting 
 Parties which is not settled by 
 diplomatic methods, each Party 
 shall have a right to ask that the 
 
 Article III 
 Dans le cas oii il s'eleverait en- 
 tre les Hautes Parties Contrac- 
 tantes un differend qui ne serait 
 pas regie par la voie diplomatique, 
 chaque Partie aura le droit de 
 
RUSSIA 
 
 83 
 
 examination thereof be intrusted 
 to the International Commission 
 charged with making a report. 
 Notice shall be given to the Presi- 
 dent of the International Com- 
 mission, who shall at once com- 
 municate with his colleagues. 
 
 As regards the procedure which 
 it is to follow, the Commission 
 shall as far as possible be guided 
 by the provisions contained in 
 articles 9 to 36 of Convention I of 
 The Hague of 1907.^ 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree to afford the Commission, 
 as fully as they may think possi- 
 ble, all means and all necessary 
 facilities for its examination and 
 its report. 
 
 The work of the Commission 
 shall be completed within one 
 year from the date on which it 
 has taken jurisdiction of the 
 case, unless the High Contracting 
 Parties should agree to set a dif- 
 ferent period. 
 
 The conclusion of the Commis- 
 sion and the terms of its report 
 shall be adopted by a majority. 
 The report, signed only by the 
 President acting by virtue of his 
 office, shall be transmitted by 
 him to each of the Contracting 
 Parties. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 reserve full liberty as to the action 
 to be taken on the report of the 
 Commission. 
 
 demander que I'examen en soit 
 confie a la Commission Interna- 
 tionale chargee de faire un rap- 
 port. Notification sera faite au 
 President de la Commission In- 
 ternationale qui se mettra aussitot 
 en relations avec ses coUegues. 
 
 La Commission s'inspirera dans Procedure. 
 la mesure du possible, quant a la 
 procedure qu'elle aura a suivre, 
 des dispositions contenues dans 
 les articles 9 a 36 de la Conven- 
 tion I de La Haye de 1907. 
 
 Les Hautes Parties Contrac- ^^rlnveltiga- 
 tantes conviennent de fournir a ''""■ *"^- 
 la Commission, dans la plus large 
 mesure qu'EUes jugeront possible, 
 tous les moyens et toutes les faci- 
 lites necessaires a son examen et 
 a son rapport. 
 
 Les travaux de la Commission Time for 
 
 report. 
 
 devront etre termines dans I'an- 
 nee du jour ou elle aura ete saisie, 
 a moins que les Hautes Parties 
 Contractantes ne tombent d'ac- 
 cord pour la fixation d'un autre 
 delai. 
 
 Les conclusions de la Commis- 
 sion et les termes de son rapport 
 seront arretes a la majorite. Le 
 rapport signe par le President 
 seul, agissant en vertu de sa 
 qualite, sera transmis par ses 
 soins a chacune des Parties Con- 
 tractantes. 
 
 Les Hautes Parties Contrac- independent 
 
 action 
 
 tantes se reservent une entiere reserved, 
 liberte pour la suite a donner au 
 rapport de la Commission. 
 
 1 U. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 36, pp. 2214-20. 
 
84 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Article IV 
 RatiScation. The prcsciit Treaty shall be 
 
 ratified by the President of the 
 United States of America, with 
 the advice and consent of the 
 Senate of the United States, and 
 by His Majesty the Emperor of 
 all the Russias. 
 
 It shall go into force imme- 
 diately after the exchange of rati- 
 fications and shall last five years. 
 DaratioB. If it has not been denounced at 
 
 least six months before the ex- 
 piration of this period it shall be 
 tacitly renewed for a period of 
 twelve months after either party 
 shall have notified the other of its 
 intention to terminate it. 
 
 sigsatures. ju witness whercof, the respec- 
 
 tive Plenipotentiaries have signed 
 the present Treaty and have af- 
 fixed thereunto their seals. 
 
 Done at Washington this 1 
 October/18 September, 1914. 
 [seal] 
 [seal] 
 
 Article IV 
 Le present Traite sera ratifie 
 par le President des Etats Unis 
 d'Amerique, sur I'avis et avec le 
 consentement du Senat des Etats 
 Unis, et par Sa Majeste I'Em- 
 pereur de Toutes les Russies. 
 
 II entrera en vigueur aussitot 
 apres I'echange des ratifications 
 et aura une duree de cinq annees. 
 
 S'il n'a pas ete denonce au 
 moins six mois avant I'expira- 
 tion de ce delai, il sera renouvele 
 par tacite reconduction pour une 
 duree de douze mois apres. que 
 I'une des Hautes Parties Contrac- 
 tantes aura notifie a I'autre son 
 intention d'y mettre terme. 
 
 En foi de quoi les Plenipoten- 
 tiaires ont signe le present Traite 
 et y ont appose leurs cachets. 
 
 Fait a Washington le 1* 
 tobre/18 septembre, 1914. 
 William Jennings Bryan 
 G. Bakhmeteff 
 
 oc- 
 
SPAIN 
 
 Treaty between the United States and Spain for the Advancement 
 
 of General Peace^ 
 
 Treaty for the settlement of dis- 
 putes between the two coun- 
 tries. 
 
 The President of the United 
 States of America and His Maj- 
 esty the King of Spain, desiring 
 to strengthen the friendly rela- 
 tions which unite their two coun- 
 tries and to serve the cause of 
 general peace, have decided to 
 conclude a treaty for these pur- 
 poses and have consequently 
 appointed the plenipotentiaries 
 designated hereinafter, to-wit: 
 
 The President of the United 
 States of America, the Honorable 
 William Jennings Bryan, Secre- 
 tary of State of the United States ; 
 and 
 
 His Majesty the King of Spain, 
 His Excellency Senor Don Juan 
 Riano y Gayangos, His Ambas- 
 sador in Washington; 
 
 Who, after exhibiting to each 
 other their full powers, found to 
 be in due and proper form, have 
 agreed upon the following articles : 
 
 Article 1 
 Any disputes arising between 
 the Government of the United 
 States of America and the Gov- 
 ernment of Spain, of whatever 
 
 Tratado para el arreglo de con- 
 flictos entre las das Paises. 
 
 El Presidente de los Estados 
 Unidos de America y Su Majes- 
 tad el Rey de Espafia, deseando 
 afianzar las amistosas relaciones 
 que unen a sus respectivas na- 
 ciones y servir la causa de la paz 
 general, han resuelto celebrar un 
 Tratado inspirado en tales fines y 
 han nombrado, en consecuencia, 
 los plenipotenciarios que a con- 
 tinuacion se designan, a saber: 
 
 El Presidente de los Estados 
 Unidos de America, al Honorable 
 Senor William Jennings Bryan, 
 Secretario de Estado de los Es- 
 tados Unidos ; y 
 
 Su Majestad el Rey de Espana, 
 al Excmo. Senor Don Juan Riaiio 
 y Gayangos, Su Embajador en 
 Washington ; 
 
 Quienes despues de haber pre- 
 sentado sus plenos poderes, de- 
 bidamente extendidos, han ex- 
 presado su conformidad con el 
 articulado siguiente: 
 ARxfcuLO I 
 
 Todo litigio surgido entre el 
 Gobierno de los Estados Unidos 
 de America y el Gobierno de 
 Espana, sea cual fuere su indole. 
 
 Contracting 
 Powers. 
 
 Plenipoten- 
 tiaries. 
 
 Disputes to be 
 submitted to 
 International 
 Commission 
 for investi- 
 gation and 
 report. 
 
 1 U. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 38, pt. 2, p. 1862. Signed at Washington, Sep- 
 tember IS, 1914; ratification advised by the Senate, September 25, 1914; ratified 
 by the President, November 23, 1914; ratified by Spain, November 23, 1914; 
 ratifications exchanged at Washington, December 21, 1914; proclaimed, De- 
 cember 23, 1914. 
 
86 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Status 
 
 pending 
 
 report. 
 
 nature they may be, shall, when 
 ordinary diplomatic proceedings 
 have failed and the High Con- 
 tracting Parties do not have 
 recourse to arbitration, be sub- 
 mitted for investigation and re- 
 port to a Permanent Interna- 
 tional Commission constituted in 
 the manner prescribed in the 
 following article. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree not to resort, with respect 
 to each other, to any act of force 
 during the investigation to be 
 made by the Commission and 
 before its report is handed in. 
 
 sera sometido, — de fracasar los 
 procedimientos diplomaticos usua- 
 les y de no recurrir las Altas 
 Partes Contratantes al arbitraje, 
 — al examen e informe de una 
 Comision internacional perma- 
 nente, constituida segiin lo pre- 
 scrito en el articulo siguiente. 
 
 Las Altas Partes Contratantes 
 se comprometen a no propasarse, 
 la una con respecto a la otra, a 
 ningiin acto de fuerza, durante 
 la investigacion que efectuara la 
 Comision y antes de la entrega 
 de sus conclusiones. 
 
 International 
 Commission. 
 Composition. 
 
 Article 2 
 
 The International Commission 
 shall be composed of five mem- 
 bers appointed as follows: Each 
 Government shall designate two 
 members, only one of whom shall 
 be of its own nationality; the 
 fifth member shall be designated 
 by common consent and shall not 
 belong to any of the nationalities 
 already represented on the Com- 
 mission; he shall perform the 
 duties of President. 
 
 In case the two Governments 
 should be unable to agree on the 
 choice of the fifth commissioner, 
 the other four shall be called 
 upon to designate him, and fail- 
 ing an understanding between 
 them, the provisions of article 
 
 ARTfcULO II 
 
 La Comision internacional se 
 compondra de cinco vocales nom- 
 brados de la manera siguiente: 
 cada Gobierno designara dos 
 miembros, de los cuales uno solo 
 podra ser de su nacionalidad ; 
 el quinto miembro sera designado 
 de comiin acuerdo y no podra 
 pertenecer a ninguna nacionali- 
 dad ya representada en la Comi- 
 sion; desempenara las funciones 
 de Presidente. 
 
 En el caso de que los dos 
 Gobiernos no pudiesen ponerse 
 de acuerdo sobre la designacion 
 del quinto comisionado, los cua- 
 tro restantes seran Uamados a 
 designarle y, de no Uegar tam- 
 poco estos a una inteligencia, se 
 
SPAIN 
 
 87 
 
 45 of The Hague Convention of 
 1907^ shall be applied. 
 
 The Commission shall be or- 
 ganized within six months from 
 the exchange of ratifications of 
 the present convention. 
 
 The members shall be ap- 
 pointed for one year and their 
 appointment may be renewed. 
 They shall remain in office until 
 superseded or reappointed, or 
 until the work on which they 
 are engaged at the time their 
 office expires is completed. 
 
 Any vacancies which may 
 arise (from death, resignation, or 
 cases of physical or moral inca- 
 pacity) shall be filled within the 
 shortest possible period in the 
 manner followed for the original 
 appointment. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 shall, before designating the Com- 
 missioners, reach an understand- 
 ing in regard to their compensa- 
 tion. They shall bear by halves 
 the expenses incident to the 
 meeting of the Commission. 
 
 aplicara lo dispuesto en el art. 
 45 de la Convencion de La Haya 
 de 1907. 
 
 La Comision quedara con- Organization, 
 stituida dentro de un periodo de 
 seis meses a contar desde el 
 canje de ratificaciones del pre- 
 sente convenio. 
 
 El mandato de los miembros Term of 
 
 ^ services. 
 
 sera de un ano y sera renovable. 
 Continuaran en funciones hasta 
 ser remplazados 6 confirmados en 
 su mandato 6 bien hasta finalizar 
 los trabajos pendientes al mo- 
 mento de expirar su mision. 
 
 Las vacantes que puedan sur- Vacancies. 
 gir, (por causa de fallecimiento, 
 dimision 6 caso de incapacidad 
 fisica 6 moral), seran provistas 
 en el mas breve plazo posible y 
 en la misma forma que presidio 
 al nombramiento. 
 
 Las Altas Partes Contratantes Compensation 
 
 and expenses. 
 
 se pondran de acuerdo sobre la 
 remuneracion que haya de sena- 
 larse a los comisionados, antes de 
 proceder a la designacion de 
 estos. Los gastos originados por 
 la reunion de la Comision se su- 
 fragaran por mitad. 
 
 Article 3 
 
 In case a dispute should arise 
 
 between the High Contracting 
 
 Parties which is not settled by 
 
 the ordinary methods, each Party 
 
 ARTfcuLO in 
 Caso de surgir entre las Altas Duties of 
 
 •^ Commission^ 
 
 Partes . Contratantes alguna dif e- 
 rencia no solucionada por la 
 via comiin, cada parte podra 
 
 ^ U. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 36, p. 2223. 
 
88 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Offer of 
 services. 
 
 Place of 
 meeting. 
 
 Statement of 
 
 subject-matter 
 
 referred. 
 
 shall have a right to ask that the 
 investigation thereof be intrusted 
 to the International Commission 
 charged with making a report. 
 Notice shall be given to the 
 President of the International 
 Commission, who shall at once 
 communicate with his colleagues. 
 
 In the same case the President 
 may, after consulting his col- 
 leagues and upon receiving the 
 consent of a majority of the mem- 
 bers of the Commission, offer the 
 services of the latter to each of the 
 Contracting Parties. Acceptance 
 of that offer declared by one of the 
 two Governments shall be suffi- 
 cient to give jurisdiction of the 
 case to the Commission in accord- 
 ance with the foregoing para- 
 graph. 
 
 The place of meeting shall be 
 determined by the Commission 
 itself. 
 
 Article 4 
 The two High Contracting Par- 
 ties shall have a right, each on its 
 own part, to state to the President 
 of the Commission what is the 
 subject-matter of the controversy. 
 No difference in these statements, 
 which shall be furnished by way 
 of suggestion, shall arrest the ac- 
 tion of the Commission. 
 
 exigir que el examen de ella se 
 someta a la Comision intema- 
 cional capacitada para emitir in- 
 forme. Se dara cuenta al Presi- 
 dente de la misma, quien segui- 
 damente se pondra en relacion 
 con sus colegas. 
 
 En analogo caso, el Presidente, 
 previa consulta con sus colegas y 
 mediante el consentimiento de la 
 mayoria de los miembros de la 
 Comision, puede ofrecer los bue- 
 nos oficios de esta a cada una de 
 las Partes Contratantes. Basta 
 que uno de los dos Gobiernos 
 manifieste su aquiescencia para 
 que la Comision considere el asun- 
 to de su competencia, segiin dis- 
 puesto en el parrafo anterior. 
 
 El lugar de la reunion se deter- 
 minara por la Comision misma. 
 
 Articulo IV 
 Las dos Altas Partes Contra- 
 tantes tendran el derecho de pre- 
 cisar, cada una de su lado, ante el 
 Presidente de la Comision, lo que 
 constituye el objeto del litigio. 
 Ninguna divergencia que pueda 
 haber entre los dos alegatos, dados 
 a titulo de sugerimiento, podra 
 coartar la accion de la Comision. 
 
 Procedure. 
 
 Article 5 
 As regards the procedure which 
 it is to follow, the Commission 
 
 ArtIculo V 
 El cuanto se refiere al procedi- 
 miento que haya de adoptar la 
 
SPAIN 
 
 89 
 
 shall as far as possible be guided 
 by the provisions contained in 
 articles 9 to 36 of Convention 1 
 of The Hague of 1907.^ 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree to afford the Commission all 
 means and all necessary facilities 
 for its investigation and report. 
 
 The work of the Commission 
 shall be completed within one 
 year from the date on which it has 
 taken jurisdiction of the case, un- 
 less the High Contracting Parties 
 should agree to set a different 
 period. 
 
 The conclusion of the Commis- 
 sion and the terms of its report 
 shall be adopted by a majority. 
 The report, signed only by the 
 President acting by virtue of his 
 office, shall be transmitted by him 
 to each of the Contracting Parties. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 reserve full liberty as to the action 
 to be taken on the report of the 
 Commission. 
 
 Comision se inspirara en lo posible 
 en el tenor de los articulos 9 a 36 
 del Convenio I de El Haya de 
 1907. 
 
 Las Altas Partes Contratantes 
 convienen en suministrar a la 
 Comision, todos los medios y fa- 
 cilidades necesarios para la inves- 
 tigacion e informe que la estan 
 encomendados. 
 
 Los trabajos de la Comision de- 
 beran ultimarse dentro de un aiio 
 a partir del dia en que haya asu- 
 mido su jurisdiccion, a menos que 
 las Altas Partes Contratantes no 
 fijen, de comiin acuerdo, otro 
 plazo. 
 
 Las conclusiones de la Comi- 
 sion y la redaccion de su informe 
 se adoptaran por mayoria de 
 votos. El informe, firmado tan 
 solo por el Presidente actuando 
 como tal, sera remitido por el a 
 cada una de las Partes Contra- 
 tantes. 
 
 Las Altas Partes Contratantes 
 se reservan la mas amplia libertad 
 por lo que afecta a su proceder 
 despues de la emision del informe 
 de la Comision. 
 
 Facilities for 
 investigation. 
 
 Completion 
 of work. 
 
 Transmittal 
 of report. 
 
 Independent 
 
 action 
 
 reserved. 
 
 Article 6 
 The present treaty shall be rati- 
 fied by the President of the 
 United States of America, with 
 the advice and consent of the Sen- 
 ate of the United States, and by 
 
 ARTfcULO VI 
 
 El presente Tratado sera ratifi- 
 cado por El Presidente de los 
 Estados Unidos de America, 
 previa consulta y aprobacion del 
 Senado de los Estados Unidos, y 
 
 Ratification. 
 
 1 U. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 36, pp. 2214-20. 
 
90 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Exchange of 
 ratifications. 
 
 Duration 
 and de- 
 nouncement. 
 
 His Majesty the King of Spain. 
 
 It shall go into force immedi- 
 ately after the exchange of ratifi- 
 cations and shall last five years. 
 
 Unless denounced six months at 
 least before the expiration of the 
 said period of five years, it shall 
 remain in force until the expira- 
 tion of a period of twelve months 
 after either party shall have noti- 
 fied the other of its intention to 
 terminate it. 
 
 por Su Majestad El Rey de 
 Espana. 
 
 Se considerara vigente una vez 
 verificado el canje de ratifica- 
 ciones y su duracion sera de cinco 
 aiios. 
 
 De no haber sido denunciado 
 seis meses cuando menos antes de 
 la expiracion de este plazo, que- 
 dara en vigor hasta terminado un 
 plazo de doce meses posteriores a 
 la notificacion hecha por una de 
 las Partes Contratantes a la otra, 
 de considerarlo terminado. 
 
 Signatures. jjj -yvitness whereof the respec- 
 
 tive plenipotentiaries have signed 
 the present treaty and have affixed 
 thereunto their seals. 
 
 Done at Washington this 15th 
 day of September, in the year nine- 
 teen hundred and fourteen. 
 [seal] 
 [seal] 
 
 Y en fe de ello, los respectivos 
 plenipotenciarios han firmado y 
 sellado el presente Tratado. 
 
 Hecho en Washington el 15 de 
 septiembre de mil novecientos 
 catorce. 
 
 William Jennings Bryan 
 
 Juan Riano y Gayangos 
 
 [The Secretary of State to the Spanish Ambassador] 
 
 Department of State, 
 November i6, ipi^ 
 Excellency : 
 
 The time specified in the Treaty of September 15, 1914, between the 
 United States and Spain, looking to the advancement of the general 
 cause of peace, for the appointment of the International Commission 
 having expired, without the United States non-national Commissioner, 
 the Spanish Commissioners and the Joint Commissioner being named, 
 I have the honor to suggest for the consideration of your Government 
 that the time within which the organization of the Commission may 
 be completed be extended from June 21, 1915 to February IS, 1916. 
 
 Your formal notification in writing, that your Government receives 
 
SPAIN 91 
 
 the suggestion favorably, will be regarded on this Government's part 
 as sufiScient to give effect to the extension, and I shall be glad to 
 receive your assurance that it will be so regarded by your Government 
 also. 
 
 Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my highest considera- 
 tion. 
 
 Robert Lansing 
 His Excellency 
 
 Seiior Don Juan Riano y Gayangos, 
 
 The Ambassador of Spain. 
 
 [The Spanish Ambassador to the Secretary of State] 
 
 [Translation] 
 
 Embassy of Spain, 
 
 Washington, December 20, 1915. 
 
 Mr. Secretary: 
 
 With reference to Your Excellency's note of November 16 last, 
 
 I have the honor to inform you that His Majesty's Government, 
 
 according to a telegram I have received, concurs in extending from 
 
 the 21st of June, 1915, to the 15th of February, 1916, the time set 
 
 by the Treaty of September 15, 1914, for the appointment of the 
 
 International Commission therein specified. 
 
 In so informing Your Excellency, I avail myself of this opportunity 
 
 to renew to you the assurance of my highest consideration. 
 
 Juan Riano 
 
 To the Hon. Robert Lansing 
 
 Secretary of State of the United States 
 
 &c., &c., &c. 
 
92 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Treaty between the United States and Sweden for the Advancement 
 
 of General Peace* 
 
 Contracting 
 Powers. 
 
 Plenipoten- 
 tiaries. 
 
 Treaty for the Settlement of Dis- 
 putes. 
 
 The President of the United 
 States of America and His Maj- 
 esty the King of Sweden, desir- 
 ing to strengthen the friendly 
 relations which unite their two 
 countries and to serve the cause 
 of general peace, have decided to 
 conclude a treaty for these pur- 
 poses and have consequently ap- 
 pointed the plenipotentiaries des- 
 ignated hereinafter, to-wit : 
 
 The President of the United 
 States of America, the Honorable 
 William Jennings Bryan, Secre- 
 tary of State of the United States ; 
 and 
 
 His Majesty the King of Swe- 
 den, Mr. W. A. F. Ekengren, His 
 Envoy Extraordinary and Minis- 
 ter Plenipotentiary at Washing- 
 ton; 
 
 Who, after exhibiting to each 
 other their full powers, found to 
 be in due and proper form, have 
 agreed upon the following articles : 
 
 Traite pour le Reglement des Li- 
 tiges. 
 
 Le President des Etats-Unis 
 d'Amerique et Sa Majeste le Roi 
 de Suede, desirant affirmer les re- 
 lations amicales qui unissent leurs 
 deux pays et servir la cause de la 
 paix generale, ont decide de con- 
 clure un traite a ces fins et nom- 
 me, en consequence, les plenipo- 
 tentiaires ci-apres designes, sa- 
 voir: 
 
 Le President des Etats-Unis 
 d'Amerique: I'Honorable William 
 Jennings Bryan, Secretaire d'Etat 
 des Etats-Unis ; 
 et 
 
 Sa Majeste le Roi de Suede: 
 Monsieur W. A. F. Ekengren, Son 
 Envoye Extraordinaire et Minis- 
 tre Plenipotentiaire a Washing- 
 ton; 
 
 Lesquels, apres s'etre commu- 
 nique leurs pleins pouvoirs, 
 trouves en bonne et due forme, 
 sont convenus des articles 
 suivants : 
 
 Disputes to be 
 submitted to 
 International 
 Commission 
 for investiga- 
 tion and 
 report. 
 
 Article 1 
 Any disputes arising between 
 the Government of the United 
 
 Article I 
 Tous differends s'elevant entre 
 le Gouvernement des Etats-Unis 
 
 1 U. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 38, pt. 2, p. 1872. Signed at Washington, Oc- 
 tober 13, 1914; ratification advised by the Senate, October 22, 1914; ratified by 
 Sweden, November 13, 1914; ratified by the President, January 4, 1915; ratifi- 
 cations exchanged at Washington, January 11, 1915; proclaimed, January 12, 
 1915. 
 
SWEDEN 
 
 93 
 
 States of America and the Gov- 
 ernment of His Majesty the King 
 of Sweden, of whatever nature 
 they may be, shall, when ordinary 
 diplomatic proceedings have failed 
 and the High Contracting Parties 
 do not have recourse to arbitra- 
 tion, be submitted for investiga- 
 tion and report to a permanent 
 International Commission consti- 
 tuted in the manner prescribed in 
 the following article. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree not to resort, with respect to 
 each other, to any act of force dur- 
 ing the investigation to be made 
 by the Commission and before its 
 report is handed in. 
 
 d'Amerique, et le Gouvernement 
 de Sa Majeste le Roi de Suede, de 
 quelque nature qu'ils soient, 
 lorsque les procedes diploma- 
 tiques ordinaires auront echoue et 
 que les Hautes Parties contrac- 
 tantes n'ont pas recours a Farbi- 
 trage, seront soumis, pour examen 
 et rapport, a une Commission In- 
 ternationale permanente, consti- 
 tuee de la maniere prescrite dans 
 I'article suivant. 
 
 Les Hautes Parties contrac- status 
 
 pending 
 
 tantes conviennent de ne se livrer, report. 
 I'une vis-a-vis de I'autre, a aucun 
 acte de force durant I'examen 
 auquel procedera la Commission 
 et avant la remise de son rapport. 
 
 Articxe 2 
 
 The International Commission 
 shall be composed of five mem- 
 bers appointed as follows: Each 
 Government shall designate two 
 members, only one of whom shall 
 be of its own nationality ; the fifth 
 member shall be designated by 
 common consent and shall not be- 
 long to any of the nationalities al- 
 ready represented on the Commis- 
 sion; he shall perform the duties 
 of President. 
 
 In case the two Governments 
 should be unable to agree on the 
 choice of the fifth commissioner, 
 the other four shall be called 
 upon to designate him, and fail- 
 ing an understanding between 
 them, the provisions of article 45 
 
 Article II 
 
 La Commission internationale commission*' 
 sera composee de cinq membres Composition. 
 nommes comme il suit: chaque 
 Gouvernement designera deux 
 membres, dont un seulement de 
 sa nationalite: le cinquieme mem- 
 bre sera designe d'un commun 
 accord et ne pourra appartenir a 
 une des nationalites deja repre- 
 sentees dans la Commission: il 
 remplira les fonctions de Presi- 
 dent. 
 
 Au cas ou les deux Gouver- 
 nements ne pourraient se mettre 
 d'accord sur le choix du cinquieme 
 commissaire, les quatre autres 
 seraient appeles a le designer, et a 
 defaut d'entente entre ceux-ci, les 
 dispositions de I'article 45 de la 
 
94 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Organization, 
 
 Term of 
 service. 
 
 Vacancies. 
 
 Compensation 
 and expenses. 
 
 of The Hague Convention of 
 19071 shall be applied. 
 
 The Commission shall be organ- 
 ized within six months from the 
 exchange of ratifications of the 
 present convention. 
 
 The members shall be ap- 
 pointed for one year and their 
 appointment may be renewed. 
 They shall remain in office until 
 superseded or reappointed, or 
 until the work on which they are 
 engaged at the time their office 
 expires is completed. 
 
 Any vacancies which may arise 
 (from death, resignation, or cases 
 of physical or moral incapacity) 
 shall be filled within the shortest 
 possible period in the manner fol- 
 lowed for the original appoint- 
 ment. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 shall, before designating the Com- 
 missioners, reach an understand- 
 ing in regard to their compensa- 
 tion. They shall bear by halves 
 the expenses incident to the 
 meeting of the Commission. 
 
 Convention de La Haye de 1907 
 seraient appliquees. 
 
 La Commission sera constituee 
 dans les six mois de I'echange des 
 ratifications de la presente con- 
 vention. 
 
 Les membres sont nommes 
 pour une annee et leur mandat 
 pent etre renouvele. lis restent 
 en fonctions jusqu'a leur rem- 
 placement ou jusqu'au renouvelle- 
 ment de leur mandat, ou encore 
 jusqu'a I'achevement de leurs tra- 
 vaux en cours au moment de I'ex- 
 piration de leur mandat. 
 
 II sera pourvu dans le plus bref 
 delai aux vacances qui se pro- 
 duiraient (deces, demission, cas 
 de force majeure) suivant le mode 
 employe pour la nomination. 
 
 Les Hautes Parties contrac- 
 tantes s'entendront avant qu'il 
 soit precede a la designation des 
 commissaires relativement a la 
 remuneration de ceux-ci. Elles 
 supporteront par moitie les frais 
 auxquels donnerait lieu la re- 
 union de la commission. 
 
 Duties of' 
 
 Commission. 
 
 Article 3 
 Differences that may happen 
 to occur between the High Con- 
 tracting Parties and should fail 
 of settlement by diplomatic 
 methods shall be forthwith re- 
 ferred to the examination of the 
 Interna.tional Commission which 
 
 Article III 
 Les differends, qui viendraient 
 a se produire entre les Hautes 
 Parties contractantes et qui n'au- 
 raient pu etre regies par la voie 
 diplomatique, seront aussitot ren- 
 voyes a I'examen de la Commis- 
 sion internationale, qui se char- 
 
 1 U. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 36, p. 2223. 
 
SWEDEN 
 
 95 
 
 will undertake to make a report. 
 By a note addressed to the Inter- 
 national Bureau of the Perma- 
 nent Court at The Hague, which 
 shall communicate it without de- 
 lay to both Governments, the 
 President may remind the Parties 
 that the services of the Interna- 
 tional Commission are at their 
 disposal. 
 
 Article 4 
 
 The two High Contracting Par- 
 ties shall have a right, each on its 
 own part, to state to the Presi- 
 dent of the Commission what is 
 the subject-matter of the con- 
 troversy. No difference in these 
 statements, which shall be fur- 
 nished by way of suggestion, 
 shall arrest the action of the 
 Commission. 
 
 In case the cause of the dispute 
 should consist of certain acts 
 already committed or about to 
 be committed, the Commission 
 shall as soon as possible indicate 
 what measures to preserve the 
 rights of each party ought in 
 its opinion to be taken provi- 
 sionally and pending the delivery 
 of its report. 
 
 Article 5 
 As regards the procedure which 
 it is to follow, the Commission 
 shall as far as possible be guided 
 by the provisions contained in 
 articles 9 to 36 of Convention 1 of 
 The Hague of 1907.^ 
 
 Statement of 
 
 subject-matter 
 
 referred. 
 
 gera de faire un rapport. Par 
 une note, adressee au Bureau 
 International de la Cour Perma- 
 nente a La Haye, qui doit la 
 communiquer sans delai aux deux 
 Gouvernements le President pent 
 rappeler aux parties que les ser- 
 vices de la Commission Interna- 
 tionale seront a leur disposition. 
 
 Article IV 
 Les deux Hautes Parties con- 
 tractantes auront le droit de 
 preciser, chacune de son cote, 
 aupres du President de la Com- 
 mission, quel est I'objet du 
 litige. Nulle difference dans ces 
 exposes, fournis a titre d'indica- 
 tion, n'arretera Taction de la 
 Commission. 
 
 Dans le cas ou la cause du 
 differend consisterait en actes 
 determines deja effectues ou sur 
 le point de I'etre, la Commission 
 indiquera, dans le plus bref delai 
 possible, quelles mesures, con- 
 servatoires des droits de chacun, 
 devraient, selon son avis, etre 
 prises a titre provisoire et en 
 attendant le depot de son rapport. 
 
 Article V 
 La Commission s'inspirera, Procedure, 
 dans la mesure du possible, quant 
 a la procedure qu'elle aura a 
 suivre, des dispositions contenues 
 dans les articles 9 a 36 de la Con- 
 vention 1 de La Haye de 1907. 
 
 Provisional 
 action. 
 
 1 U. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 36, pp. 2214-20. 
 
96 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Facilities for 
 investigation. 
 
 Completion 
 of work. 
 
 Transmittal 
 of report. 
 
 Independent 
 
 action 
 
 reserved. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree to afford the Commission all 
 means and all necessary facilities 
 for its investigation and report. 
 
 The work of the Commission 
 shall be completed within one 
 year from the date on which it 
 has taken jurisdiction of the case, 
 unless the High Contracting Par- 
 ties should agree to set a different 
 period. 
 
 The conclusion of the Commis- 
 sion and the terms of its report 
 shall be adopted by a majority. 
 The report, signed only by the 
 President acting by virtue of his 
 office, shall be transmitted by 
 him to each of the Contracting 
 Parties. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 reserve full liberty as to the 
 action to be taken on the report 
 of the Commission. 
 
 Les Hautes Parties contrac- 
 tantes conviennent de fournir a 
 la Commission tous les moyens 
 et toutes les facilites necessaires 
 a son examen et a son rapport. 
 
 Les travaux de la Commission 
 devront etre termines dans I'an- 
 nee du jour ou elle aura ete saisie, 
 a moins que les Hautes Parties 
 contractantes ne tombent d'ac- 
 cord pour la fixation d'un autre 
 delai. 
 
 Les conclusions de la Commis- 
 sion et les termes de son rapport 
 seront arretes a la majorite. Le 
 rapport, signe par le President 
 seul, agissant en vertu de sa 
 qualite, sera transmis par ses 
 soins a chacune des Parties con- 
 tractantes. 
 
 Les Hautes Parties contrac- 
 tantes se reservent une entiere 
 liberte pour la suite a donner au 
 rapport de la Commission. 
 
 Ratification. 
 
 Exchange of 
 ratifications. 
 
 Duration. 
 
 Article 6 
 
 The present treaty shall be 
 ratified by the President of the 
 United States of America, upon 
 his being authorized thereto by 
 the American Senate, and by His 
 Majesty the King of Sweden. 
 
 The ratifications shall be ex- 
 changed at Washington as soon 
 as possible and the treaty shall 
 go into force on the day of the 
 exchange of ratifications. 
 
 Its duration shall be five years 
 counted from the exchange of 
 ratifications. 
 
 Article VI 
 Le present traite sera ratifiee 
 par le President des Etats-Unis, 
 apres y avoir ete autorise par le 
 Senat americain, et par Sa Ma- 
 jeste le Roi de Suede. Les rati- 
 fications seront echangees a 
 Washington aussitot que faire se 
 pourra et la traite entrera en 
 vigueur le jour de I'echange des 
 ratifications. 
 
 II aura une duree de cinq 
 annees a partir de I'echange des 
 ratifications. 
 
SWEDEN 97 
 
 Unless denounced six months S'il n'a pas ete denonce au SeSt"'"^' 
 
 at least before the expiration of moins six mois avant I'expiration 
 
 the said period it shall continue de ce delai, il sera renouvele par 
 
 by tacit renewal for another tacite reconduction pour une nou- 
 
 period of five years and so on in velle periode de cinq ans et ainsi 
 
 periods of five years unless de suite de cinq ans en cinq ans, 
 
 denounced. sauf denonciation. 
 
 In witness whereof the respec- En foi de quoi les plenipo- Signatures, 
 tive plenipotentiaries have signed tentiaires respectifs ont signe le 
 the present treaty and have present traite et y ont appose 
 affixed thereunto their seals. leurs cachets. 
 
 Done at Washington this 13th Fait a Washington le 13 Octo- 
 day of October, in the year nine- bre de I'an mille neuf cent 
 teen hundred and fourteen. quatorze. 
 
 [seal] William Jennings Bryan 
 [seal] W. a. F. Ekengren 
 
 [The Secretary of State to the Swedish Minister] 
 
 Department of State, 
 Washington, November i6, 1915. 
 Sir: 
 
 The time specified in the Treaty of October 13, 1914, between the 
 United States and Sweden, looking to the advancement of the general 
 cause of peace, for the appointment of the International Commission 
 having expired, without the United States non-national Commissioner 
 being named, I have the honor to suggest for the consideration of 
 your Government that the time within which the organization of 
 the Commission may be completed be extended from July 11, 1915, 
 to January 15, 1916. 
 
 Your formal notification in writing, of the same date as this, that 
 your Government receives the suggestion favorably, will be regarded 
 on this Government's part as sufficient to give effect to the extension, 
 and I shall be glad to receive your assurance that it will be so regarded 
 by your Government also. 
 
 Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest consideration. 
 
 Robert Lansing 
 Mr. W. A. F. Ekengren, 
 
 The Minister of Sweden. 
 
98 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 [The Swedish Minister to the Secretary of Stated 
 
 Legation of Sweden^ 
 Washington, D. C, November i6, 1915. 
 Sir: 
 
 I have the honor to inform your Excellency that my Government 
 accepts the suggestion contained in your Excellency's note of today's 
 date that the time specified in the Treaty of the 13th October, 1914, 
 between the United States and Sweden, for the appointment of the 
 International Commission therein provided, be extended from July 11, 
 1915, to January IS, 1916. 
 
 With renewed assurances of my highest consideration I have the 
 honor to remain your Excellency's most obedient servant. 
 
 W. A. F. Ekengren 
 His Excellency 
 
 Mr. Robert Lansing, 
 Secretary of State, 
 
 etc., etc., etc. 
 
 Treaty between the United States and Uruguay for the Advance- 
 ment of General Peace^ 
 
 Contracting 
 Powers. 
 
 Plenipoten- 
 tiaries. 
 
 The United States of America 
 and the Oriental Republic of 
 Uruguay, being desirous to 
 strengthen the bonds of amity 
 that bind them together and also 
 to advance the cause of general 
 peace, have resolved to enter 
 into a treaty for that purpose, 
 and to that end have appointed 
 as their plenipotentiaries : 
 
 The President of the United 
 States, the Honorable William 
 
 Los Estados Unidos de Amer- 
 ica y la Repiiblica Oriental del 
 Uruguay con el deseo de forta- 
 lecer los vinculos de amistad que 
 los unen y a la vez cimentar el 
 espiritu de paz universal han 
 resuelto celebrar un Tratado con 
 tal objeto y para ese fin han nom- 
 brado como sus Plenipoten- 
 ciarios : 
 
 El Presidente de los Estados 
 Unidos, al Honorable William 
 
 1 U. S. Statutes at Large, vol. 38, pt. 2, p. 1908. Signed at Washington, July 
 20, 1914 ; ratification advised by the Senate, August 13, 1914 ; ratified by Uruguay, 
 November 25, 1914; ratified by the President, February 19, 1915; ratifications 
 exchanged at Washington, February 24, 1915; proclaimed, February 26, 1915. 
 
URUGUAY 
 
 99 
 
 Jennings Bryan, Secretary of 
 State; and 
 
 The President of Uruguay, his 
 Envoy Extraordinary and Minis- 
 ter Plenipotentiary to the United 
 States, Senor Dr. Don Carlos 
 Maria de Pena ; 
 
 Who, after having communi- 
 cated to each other their re- 
 spective full powers, found to be 
 in proper form, have agreed 
 upon and concluded the following 
 articles : 
 
 Jennings Bryan, Secretario de 
 Estado, y 
 
 El Presidente del Uruguay, a 
 su Enviado Extraordinario y 
 Ministro Plenipotenciario en los 
 Estados Unidos, Doctor Don 
 Carlos Maria de Pena; 
 
 Quienes, despues de exami- 
 nados sus respectivos Plenos 
 Poderes, y encontrandolos en 
 debida forma, han convenido en 
 los articulos siguientes : 
 
 Article I 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree that all disputes between 
 them, of every nature whatsoever, 
 to the settlement of which previous 
 arbitration treaties or agreements 
 do not apply in their terms or are 
 not applied in fact, shall, when 
 diplomatic methods of adjustment 
 have failed, be referred for in- 
 vestigation and report to a perma- 
 nent International Commission, to 
 be constituted in the manner pre- 
 scribed in the next succeeding 
 article; and they agree not to 
 declare war or begin hostilities 
 during such investigation and 
 before the report is submitted. 
 
 Articulo I 
 Las Altas Partes contratantes Disputes to be 
 
 submitted to 
 
 acuerdan que todas las desave- international 
 
 ■*■ Commission. 
 
 nencias de cualquiera naturaleza 
 que ellas sean y que en el hecho 
 6 por los terminos de tratados 
 de arbitraje existentes no esten 
 comprendidas en sus estipu- 
 laciones, y que no hayan podido 
 arreglarse por la via diplomatica 
 seran sometidas para su investi- 
 gacion e informe a una Comision 
 Internacional constituida de la 
 manera prescrita en el siguiente 
 articulo ; y convienen en no de- 
 clararse la guerra o empezar hos- 
 tilidades durante el periodo de 
 la investigacion y antes de pre- 
 sentado el informe. 
 
 Article II Articulo II 
 
 The International Commission 
 
 shall be composed of five mem- compondra de cinco miembros Composition. 
 
 bers, to be appointed as follows : nombrados como sigue : un miem 
 
 La Comision Internacional se international 
 
 Commission. 
 
100 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Compensation. 
 
 Expenses. 
 
 Appointment. 
 
 One member shall be chosen from 
 each country, by the Government 
 thereof ; one member shall be 
 chosen by each Government from 
 some third country; the fifth 
 member shall be chosen by com- 
 mon agreement between the two 
 Governments, it being understood 
 that he shall not be a citizen of 
 either country. Each of the High 
 Contracting Parties shall have the 
 right to remove, at any time be- 
 fore investigation begins, any 
 Commissioner selected by it and 
 to name his successor, and under 
 the same conditions shall also have 
 the right to withdraw its approval 
 of the fifth Commissioner selected 
 jointly ; in which case a new Com- 
 missioner shall be selected jointly 
 as in the original selection. The 
 Commissioners shall, when actu- 
 ally employed in the investiga- 
 tion of a dispute, receive such 
 compensation as shall be agreed 
 upon by the High Contracting 
 Parties. The expenses of the 
 Commission shall be paid by the 
 two Governments in equal pro- 
 portion. 
 
 The International Commission 
 shall be appointed as soon as pos- 
 sible after the exchange of the 
 ratifications of this treaty; and 
 vacancies shall be filled according 
 to the manner of the original 
 appointment. 
 
 bro sera escogido dentro del pais, 
 por su respectivo Gobierno; otro 
 miembro sera escogido por cada 
 Gobierno, de un tercer pais; el 
 quinto miembro sera escogido 
 de comiin acuerdo por los dos 
 Gobiernos ; siendo entendido 
 que no podra serlo ningiin ciu- 
 dadano de uno de los dos paises 
 interesados. Cada una de las 
 Altas Partes contratantes se re- 
 serva el derecho de separar, antes 
 que hayan comenzado las investi- 
 gaciones, al comisionado que cada 
 una hubiese elegido, y en tal caso 
 se procedera a nombrar su reem- 
 plazante. Bajo la misma condi- 
 cion podra cualquiera de las 
 Partes contratantes retirar su 
 aceptacion del quinto comisionado 
 elegido conjuntamente, y en este 
 caso se procedera a una nueva 
 eleccion en la forma ya estable- 
 cida. Los comisionados recibi- 
 ran la compensacion que acuer- 
 den las Altas Partes contratantes 
 tan solo durante el tiempo que se 
 ocupen de la investigacion. Los 
 gastos de la Comision seran aten- 
 didos por mitad por los Gobiernos 
 contratantes. 
 
 La Comision Internacional sera 
 nombrada en el mas corto plazo 
 despues del canje de las ratifi- 
 caciones del Tratado; y las va- 
 cantes que ocurriesen seran Jlena- 
 das segun lo acordado para el 
 nombramiento original. 
 
URUGUAY 
 
 yi 
 
 Article III 
 In case the High Contracting 
 Parties shall have failed to adjust 
 a dispute by diplomatic methods, 
 they shall at once refer it to the 
 International Commission for in- 
 vestigation and report. The In- 
 ternational Commission may, 
 however, by unanimous agree- 
 ment spontaneously offer its serv- 
 ices to that effect, and in such 
 case it shall notify both Govern- 
 ments and request their coopera- 
 tion in the investigation. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree to furnish the permanent 
 International Commission with 
 all the means and facilities re- 
 quired for its investigation and 
 report. 
 
 The report of the International 
 Commission shall be completed 
 within one year after the date on 
 which it shall declare its investi- 
 gation to have begun, unless the 
 High Contracting Parties shall 
 limit or extend the time by mu- 
 tual agreement. The report shall 
 be prepared in triplicate ; one copy 
 shall be presented to each Govern- 
 ment, and the third retained by 
 the Commission for its files. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 reserve the right to act independ- 
 ently on the subject matter of the 
 dispute after the report of the 
 
 Articulo III 
 
 En el caso de que no haya sido 
 posible el arreglo de una cuestion 
 entre las Altas Partes contra- 
 tantes por los medios diplomati- 
 cos, esta sera referida inmediata- 
 mente a la Comision Interna- 
 cional para su investigacion e in- 
 forme. La Comision Interna- 
 cional podra tambien por con- 
 sentimiento unanime y por inicia- 
 tiva propia ofrecer sus servicios 
 para aquel efecto, y en tal caso 
 debera hacerlo saber a ambos 
 Gobiernos y pedir su cooperacion 
 para la investigacion. 
 
 Las Altas Partes contratantes 
 convienen en suministrar a la 
 Comision Permanente Interna- 
 cional todos los medios y facili- 
 dades que demande para la in- 
 vestigacion e informe. 
 
 El informe de la Comision In- 
 ternacional debera estar listo den- 
 tro de un ano contado desde la 
 fecha que ella haya designado 
 para empezar la investigacion, a 
 menos que las Altas Partes con- 
 tratantes restringieran o exten- 
 dieran el tiempo por mutuo con- 
 sentimiento. El informe debe ser 
 preparado por triplicado; una 
 copia para ser entregada a cada 
 Gobierno, y la tercera retenida por 
 la Comision para su archivo. 
 
 Las Altas Partes contratantes 
 se reservan el derecho de obrar in- 
 dependientemente en el asunto en 
 disputa despues que se les haya 
 
 Duties of 
 
 Commission, 
 
 Facilities 
 for investi- 
 gation, etc. 
 
 Time for ' 
 report. 
 
 Independent 
 
 action 
 
 reserved. 
 
102 
 
 PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Commission shall have been sub- sometido el informe de la Co- 
 mitted. mision. 
 
 Ratification. 
 
 Duration. 
 
 Signatures. 
 
 Article IV 
 The present treaty shall be rati- 
 fied by the President of the United 
 States of America, by and with 
 the advice and consent of the Sen- 
 ate thereof ; and by the President 
 of Uruguay, in accordance with 
 the Constitution and laws thereof ; 
 and the ratifications shall be ex- 
 changed as soon as possible. It 
 shall take effect immediately after 
 the exchange of ratifications, and 
 shall continue in force for a period 
 of five years; and it shall there- 
 after remain in force until twelve 
 months after one of the High Con- 
 tracting Parties have given notice 
 to the other of an intention to 
 terminate it. 
 
 In witness whereof the respec- 
 tive plenipotentiaries have signed 
 the present treaty and have af- 
 fixed thereunto their seals. 
 
 Done in Washington on the 
 20th day of July, in the year nine- 
 teen hundred and fourteen. 
 
 Articulo IV 
 El presente Tratado sera rati- 
 ficado por el Presidente de los 
 Estados Unidos de America, de 
 acuerdo y con el consentimiento 
 del Senado respectivo, y por el 
 Presidente de la Repiiblica del 
 Uruguay conforme a la constitu- 
 cion y leyes de la Republica; y 
 las ratificaciones deberan ser can- 
 jeadas tan pronto como fuere 
 posible. El presente tratado pro- 
 ducira sus efectos inmediata- 
 mente despues del canje de las 
 ratificaciones ; continuara en vigor 
 por cinco afios, y sera obligatorio 
 despues por doce meses contados 
 desde que una de las Altas Partes 
 contratantes haya comunicado a 
 la otra su intencion de terminarlo. 
 
 En fe de lo cual, los respectivos 
 Plenipotenciarios han firmado el 
 presente Tratado, y han puesto al 
 pie sus sellos. 
 
 Hecho en Washington, el dia 20 
 de Julio, en el afio de mil nove- 
 cientos catorce. 
 
 William Jennings Bryan [seal] 
 Carl= M=- de Pena [seal] 
 
Part II 
 Unperfected Treaties 
 
ARGENTINE REPUBLIC 
 
 105 
 
 Treaty between the United States and the Argentine Republic for 
 the Advancement of General Peace^ 
 
 The Governments of the United 
 States of America and of the Ar- 
 gentine Republic, being desirous 
 of once more contributing to the 
 consolidation of their traditional 
 policy of peace and amity and also 
 to advance the diffusion of the 
 spirit of universal peace, have re- 
 solved to enter into a special 
 treaty and to that end have ap- 
 pointed as their plenipotentiaries: 
 
 The President of the United 
 States of America: The Honor- 
 able William Jennings Bryan, 
 Secretary of State; and 
 
 The President of the Argentine 
 Republic: Doctor Romulo S. 
 Naon, Envoy Extraordinary and 
 Minister Plenipotentiary of the 
 Argentine Republic to the United 
 States of America ; 
 
 Who, after having communi- 
 cated to each other their respec- 
 tive full powers, found to be in 
 proper form, have agreed upon 
 the following articles: 
 
 Los GobiernOS de los Estados Contracting 
 
 Powers. 
 
 Unidos de America y de la Repii- 
 blica Argentina, en el anhelo de 
 contribuir una vez mas a la con- 
 solidacion de su politica tradicio- 
 nal de paz y de amistad y con el 
 proposito de fomentar la difusion 
 del espiritu de paz universal, han 
 convenido en concluir un Tratado 
 Especial nombrando a este fin 
 como sus Plenipotenciarios : 
 
 El Presidente de los Estados Pienipoten- 
 Unidos de America al Honorable 
 William Jennings Bryan, Secreta- 
 rio de Estado; y 
 
 El Presidente de la Repiiblica 
 Argentina al Doctor Romulo S. 
 Naon, Enviado Extraordinario y 
 Ministro Plenipotenciario de la 
 Repiiblica Argentina en los Esta- 
 dos Unidos de America ; 
 
 Los cuales, despues de haberse 
 comunicado los Plenos Poderes de 
 que se hallan investidos, hallados 
 en buena y debida forma, han 
 convenido en las disposiciones si- 
 guientes : 
 
 Article I 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree that all disputes between 
 them, of every nature whatsoever, 
 which it has not been possible to 
 adjust through diplomatic meth- 
 
 Articulo I 
 
 Las Altas Partes Contratantes Disputes to be 
 
 If / , - - submitted to 
 
 se obhgan a someter todas las international 
 
 . > J 1 . Commission 
 
 controversias de cualquier natu- forinvestiga- 
 
 raleza que por cualquier causa re°p"ort" 
 surgieran entre ellas, a la investi- 
 
 1 MS. Department of State. Signed at Washington, July 24, 1914 ; ratification 
 advised by the Senate, August 13, 1914. 
 
106 
 
 UNPERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 International 
 Commission.. 
 Composition. 
 
 ods, be referred for investigation 
 and report to an International 
 Commission to be constituted in 
 the manner prescribed in the fol- 
 lowing article. And they further 
 agree not to declare war or begin 
 hostilities against each other dur- 
 ing such investigation and before 
 the report is submitted. 
 
 Article II 
 
 The International Commission 
 mentioned in the preceding article 
 shall be composed of five mem- 
 bers, to be appointed as follows: 
 Each Government shall appoint 
 two members, one of whom shall 
 be a citizen of the country whose 
 government appoints him, and 
 the other a citizen of some third 
 country; the fifth member shall 
 be chosen by common agreement 
 between the two Governments, it 
 being understood that he shall not 
 be a citizen of either of the two 
 contracting countries. In case of 
 disagreement regarding the ap- 
 pointment of the fifth member, 
 the two Governments shall re- 
 quest the President of the Swiss 
 Confederation to choose such 
 member. Said fifth member shall 
 be of right the President of the 
 International Commission. 
 
 Each Government shall have 
 the right to revoke the appoint- 
 ment of either or both of the 
 
 gacion y al informe de una Comi- 
 sion Internacional constituida en 
 la forma establecida por el arti- 
 culo siguiente, siempre que esas 
 controversias no hayan podido ser 
 solucionadas por la via diploma- 
 tica. Se obligan asimismo a no 
 declararse la guerra 6 iniciar hos- 
 tilidades entre ellas mientras se 
 produzca la investigacion y antes 
 que el informe haya sido some- 
 tido. 
 
 Articulo II 
 La Comision Internacional a 
 que se refiere el articulo anterior 
 sera compuesta de cinco miem- 
 bros designados en la siguiente 
 forma: Cada Gobierno nombrara 
 dos miembros, debiendo uno de 
 ellos ser ciudadano del pais cuyo 
 Gobierno lo nombra y el otro ciu- 
 dadano de un tercer pais. El 
 quinto debera ser designado de 
 comun acuerdo por ambos Go- 
 biernos, no pudiendo recaer la 
 designacion en un ciudadano de 
 ninguno de los dos paises contra- 
 tantes. En el caso de desacuerdo 
 sobre la eleccion del quinto, los 
 dos Gobiernos pediran al Presi- 
 dente de la Confederacion Suiza 
 que haga la designacion de el. 
 Este quinto miembro sera de de- 
 recho Presidente de la Comision 
 Internacional. 
 
 Cada Gobierno podra revocar el 
 nombramiento de cualquiera de 
 los miembros designados por el. 
 
ARGENTINE REPUBLIC 
 
 107 
 
 members chosen by it, at any time 
 before the investigation is begun, 
 but must appoint his or their suc- 
 cessors at the time his or their ap- 
 pointments are revoked. If the 
 fifth member be chosen by com- 
 mon agreement between the High 
 Contracting Parties, they may 
 also at any time before the inves- 
 tigation is begun, withdraw their 
 approval, but shall in such case 
 come to an agreement within the 
 next thirty days as to the appoint- 
 ment of a successor or request the 
 President of the Swiss Confed- 
 eration to make such appoint- 
 ment. Vacancies due to other 
 causes than those enumerated in 
 this article shall be filled in the 
 manner established for the orig- 
 inal appointment, and the new ap- 
 pointments shall not be delayed 
 more than fifteen days from the 
 date on which notice of the va- 
 cancy was received. The Inter- 
 national Commission shall organ- 
 ize within six months after the 
 exchange of the ratifications of 
 this treaty, and shall report its or- 
 ganization to both Governments 
 on the same date. It shall pre- 
 scribe the rules of practice to be 
 observed in the discharge of its 
 mission, and shall also designate 
 the place where the investigations 
 are to be conducted. The ex- 
 penses of the Commission and the 
 compensation of its members 
 shall be paid by the two contract- 
 
 en cualquier momento antes de 
 iniciada la investigacion, debiendo 
 sin embargo designar el 6 los 
 reemplazantes en el mismo acto 
 en que produzca la revocacion. 
 Si el quinto miembro hubiera sido 
 designado de comiin acuerdo por 
 las Altas Partes Contratantes, 
 estas podran tambien en cualquier 
 momento antes de iniciada la in- 
 vestigacion, retirar ese acuerdo, 
 debiendo sin embargo dentro de 
 los treinta dias siguientes ponerse 
 de acuerdo en la designacion del 
 reemplazante 6 pedir al Presidente 
 de la Confederacion Suiza que 
 haga esa designacion. Las vacan- Vacancies, 
 tes que se produjeran por otras 
 causas que las enumeradas en 
 este articulo seran llenadas en la 
 forma establecida para la designa- 
 cion original, no debiendo las nue- 
 vas designaciones retardarse mas 
 de quince dias a contar desde 
 aquel en que se haya tenido noti- Organization, 
 cia de la vacante. La Comision 
 Internacional se constituira den- 
 tro de los seis meses siguientes al 
 cange de las ratificaciones del pre- 
 sente Tratado, debiendo dar cuen- 
 ta de su constitucion a ambos Go- 
 biernos en la misma fecha. Ella 
 establecera las reglas de procedi- 
 miento a que debera ajustarse en 
 el desempeno de su mision y 
 designara asimismo el lugar en Expenses. 
 que se practicaran las investigacio- 
 nes. Los gastos de la Comision y 
 los honorarios de sus miembros 
 
108 
 
 UN PERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 ing Governments in equal propor- 
 tion. 
 
 seran suf ragados por partes igua- 
 les por los dos Gobiernos contra- 
 tantes. 
 
 Duties o£ 
 Commission. 
 
 Facilities for 
 investigation. 
 
 Time for 
 report. 
 
 Independent 
 
 action 
 
 reserved. 
 
 Article III 
 In case the High Contracting 
 Parties shall have failed to adjust 
 their disputes by diplomatic meth- 
 ods, they shall at once be referred 
 to the International Commission 
 for investigation and report, and 
 either of the two interested gov- 
 ernments may make the respective 
 reference. The High Contracting 
 Parties agree to furnish the In- 
 ternational Commission with all 
 the facilities which it requires for 
 the proper discharge of its trust, 
 and it shall complete its investi- 
 gation and submit its report with- 
 in a period of one year from the 
 date on which it shall declare its 
 investigation to have begun. If 
 for reasons of force majeure it 
 shall not have found it possible to 
 complete its investigation or sub- 
 mit its report within the said pe- 
 riod, it may be extended for six 
 months more, if the High Con- 
 tracting Parties agree in this re- 
 spect. Upon the submission of its 
 report by the International Com- 
 mission, or if for any reason 
 whatsoever no report is submitted 
 within the term fixed in this arti- 
 cle, the High Contractmg Parties 
 reserve the right to act in the 
 subject matter of the investiga- 
 
 Articulo III 
 Cuando las Altas Partes Con- 
 tratantes no hayan podido solucio- 
 nar sus diferencias por la via di- 
 plomatica, ellas seran inmediata- 
 mente ref eridas para su investiga- 
 cion e informe a la Comision 
 Internacional, pudiendo cualquiera 
 de los dos Gobiernos interesados 
 hacer la convocatoria respectiva. 
 Las Altas Partes Contratantes se 
 obligan a suministrar a la Comi- 
 sion Internacional todas las fa- 
 cilidades que reclame el mejor de- 
 sempeiio de su cometido, y ella 
 debera terminar su investigacion 
 y presentar su Informe dentro del 
 termino de un afio a contar desde 
 la fecha en que hubiese declarado 
 que habia empezado la investiga- 
 cion. Si por razones de fuerza 
 mayor no hubiera podido comple- 
 tarse la investigacion 6 redactarse 
 el Informe dentro de ese termino, 
 podra el ser ampliado por seis 
 meses mas, siempre que estuvie- 
 ran de acuerdo a este respecto las 
 Altas Partes Contratantes. Some- 
 tido el Informe por la Comision 
 Internacional a los respectivos 
 Gobiernos, 6 no producido el por 
 cualquier motivo dentro de los 
 terminos fijados en el presente 
 articulo, las Altas Partes Contra- 
 
ARGENTINE REPUBLIC 
 
 109 
 
 tion and report as their respf ;tive 
 interests may demand. 
 
 tantes se reservan el derecho de 
 proceder en el asunto materia de 
 investigacion e informe como lo 
 reclamen sus respectivos intereses. 
 
 Article IV 
 
 The present treaty shall be rati- 
 fied by the respective Govern- 
 ments in accordance with the pro- 
 visions of their respective consti- 
 tutions, and the ratifications shall 
 be exchanged as soon as possible. 
 
 This treaty shall continue in 
 force for five years from the date 
 of the exchange of ratifications 
 and if notice of an intention to 
 terminate it is not given by one 
 of the Contracting Parties to the 
 other one year before the termina- 
 tion of this period, it shall be con- 
 sidered as renewed for another 
 year, and so on successively. A 
 strict and faithful observance of 
 the preceding article is entrusted 
 to the honor of the signatory 
 nations. 
 
 Articulo IV 
 EI presente Tratado sera ratifi- Exchange of 
 
 ^ ratincations. 
 
 cado por los respectivos Gobier- 
 nos de acuerdo con lo establecido 
 por sus respectivas Constitucio- 
 nes, debiendo hacerse el cange de 
 dichas ratificaciones tan pronto 
 como fuere posible. 
 
 Este Tratado estara en vigencia Duration, 
 durante cinco aiios a contar desde 
 el cange de las ratificaciones y si 
 no es denunciado un ano antes de 
 su vencimiento se considerara re- 
 novado por otro ano, y asi sucesi- 
 vamente. El estricto y leal cum- 
 plimiento de las clausulas prece- 
 dentes queda confiado al honor de 
 las naciones signatarias. 
 
 In witness whereof the respec- 
 tive plenipotentiaries have signed 
 the present treaty and have af- 
 fixed thereunto their seals. 
 
 Done in Washington on the 
 24th day of July, in the year of 
 our Lord nineteen hundred and 
 fourteen. 
 
 [seal] William Jennings Bryan 
 [seal] R. S. Naon 
 
 En fe de lo cual, los respectivos signatures. 
 Plenipotenciarios ban firmado el 
 presente Tratado, y ban puesto al 
 pie sus sellos. 
 
 Hecho en Washington, el dia 24 
 de Julio, en el afio de Nuestro 
 Sefior mil novecientos catorce. 
 
no 
 
 UNPERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Treaty between the United States and the Dominican Republic for 
 the Advancement of General Peace^ 
 
 Contracting 
 Powers. 
 
 Plenipoten- 
 tiaries. 
 
 The United States of America 
 and the Dominican Republic, be- 
 ing desirous to strengthen the 
 bonds of amity that bind them to- 
 gether and also to advance the 
 cause of general peace, have re- 
 solved to enter into a treaty for 
 that purpose, and to that end 
 have appointed as their plenipo- 
 tentiaries : 
 
 The President of the United 
 States, the Honorable William 
 Jennings Bryan, Secretary of 
 State; and 
 
 The President of the Domini- 
 can Republic, Seiior Don Fran- 
 cisco J. Peynado, Envoy Extraor- 
 dinary and Minister Plenipoten- 
 tiary of the Dominican Republic 
 to the United States ; 
 
 Who, after having communi- 
 cated to each other their respec- 
 tive full powers, found to be in 
 proper form, have agreed upon 
 the following articles: 
 
 Los Estados Unidos de Ame- 
 rica y la Repiiblica Dominicana, 
 en el deseo de fortalecer los vin- 
 culos de amistad que los unen y 
 tambien avanzar la causa de la 
 Paz general, han resuelto celebrar 
 un Tratado con tal objeto, y con 
 este fin han nombrado como sus 
 Plenipotenciarios : 
 
 El Presidente de los Estados 
 Unidos, al Honorable William 
 Jennings Bryan, Secretario de 
 Estado ; y 
 
 El Presidente de la Repiiblica 
 Dominicana, al Seiior Don Fran- 
 cisco J. Peynado, Plenipotencia- 
 rio en Mision Especial en los Es- 
 tados Unidos; 
 
 Quienes despues de haberse co- 
 municado sus respectivos Plenos 
 Poderes, que encontraron en de- 
 bida forma, han convenido en los 
 siguientes articulos : 
 
 Differences of 
 a legal nature 
 to be referred 
 to Permanent 
 Court of 
 Arbitration. 
 
 Article I 
 Differences which may arise of 
 a legal nature, or relating to the 
 interpretation of treaties existing 
 between the two Contracting 
 Parties, and which it may not 
 
 ARTfcULO I 
 Todas las diferencias que pue- 
 dan surgir de naturaleza legal o 
 relativa a la interpretacion de 
 tratados que existan entre las dos 
 Altas Partes contratantes y que 
 
 IMS. Department of State. Signed at Washington, February 17, 1914. 
 
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 
 
 111 
 
 have been possible to settle by 
 diplomacy, shall be referred to the 
 Permanent Court of Arbitration 
 established at The Hague, pro- 
 vided, nevertheless, that they do 
 not affect the vital interests, the 
 independence, or the honor of the 
 two Contracting States, and do 
 not concern the interests of third 
 Parties. 
 
 no hayan podido ser arregladas 
 por la diplomacia, seran referidas 
 a la Corte Permanente de Arbi- 
 traje establecida en La Haya, a 
 menos, sin embargo, que ellas 
 afecten los intereses vitales, la in- 
 dependencia o el honor de cual- 
 quiera de los Estados contratan- 
 tes, o conciema a los intereses de 
 terceras partes. 
 
 Article II 
 In each individual case the 
 High Contracting Parties, before 
 appealing to the Permanent Court 
 of Arbitration, shall conclude a 
 special Agreement defining clearly 
 the matter in dispute, the scope 
 of the powers of the Arbitrators, 
 and the periods to be fixed for the 
 formation of the Arbitral Tri- 
 bunal and the several stages of 
 the procedure. It is understood 
 that on the part of the United 
 States such special agreements 
 will be made by the President of 
 the United States, by and with the 
 advice and consent of the Senate, 
 and on the part of the Dominican 
 Republic by its President, with 
 the approval of its Congress. 
 
 Those special agreements will be 
 obligatory only when confirmed 
 by the two Governments through 
 an exchange of notes. 
 
 Articulo II 
 
 En cada caso, las Altas Partes fPf=^^^„i. 
 contratantes, antes de recurrir a 
 la Corte Permanente de Arbitraje, 
 concluiran un convenio especial 
 que defina claramente la materia 
 en disputa, la extension de los 
 poderes de los Arbitros, y los pe- 
 riodos de tiempo que hayan de 
 fijarse para la formacion del Tri- 
 bunal Arbitral y para las diversas 
 faces del procedimiento. 
 
 Queda entendido que tales con- 
 venios especiales seran hechos, en 
 nombre de los Estados Unidos, 
 por su Presidente, de acuerdo y 
 con el consentimiento de su Se- 
 nado; y en nombre de la Repii- 
 blica Dominicana, por su Presi- 
 dente, con la aprobacion de su 
 Congreso. 
 
 Esos convenios solo seran obli- 
 gatorios cuando esten confirmados 
 por los dos Gobiernos con un cam- 
 bio de Notas. 
 
112 
 
 UNPEEFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Disputes to be 
 submitted to 
 International 
 Goramisston 
 for investi- 
 gation and 
 report. 
 
 Article III 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree that all disputes between 
 them, of every nature whatsoever, 
 which diplomacy shall have failed 
 to settle or refer to the Perma- 
 nent Court at The Hague, shall 
 be referred for investigation and 
 report to a permanent Interna- 
 tional Commission, which shall be 
 constituted in the manner pre- 
 scribed in the next succeeding 
 article; and they agree not to de- 
 clare war or begin hostilities dur- 
 ing such investigation or before 
 the report is submitted. 
 
 Articulo III 
 Las Altas Partes contratantes 
 convienen en que todas las desa- 
 venencias, de cualquier naturaleza 
 que fueren, que la diplomacia no 
 hubiere podido arreglar ni some- 
 ter al arbitraje de la Corte Per- 
 manente de La Haya, deberan ser 
 sometidas para su investigacion e 
 informe a una Comision Interna- 
 cional, la cual debera constituirse 
 de la manera prescrita en el 
 proximo siguiente articulo ; y con- 
 vienen en no declararse guerra 
 ni empezar hostilidades durante 
 tal investigacion ni antes que el 
 informe haya sido sometido. 
 
 International 
 Commission. 
 Composition. 
 
 Article IV 
 The International Commission 
 shall be composed of five mem- 
 bers, to be appointed as follows: 
 One member shall be chosen from 
 each country, by the Government 
 thereof ; one member shall be 
 chosen by each Government from 
 some third country; the fifth 
 member shall be chosen by com- 
 mon agreement between the two 
 Governments, it being understood 
 that he shall not be a citizen of 
 either country. Each of the High 
 Contracting Parties shall have the 
 right to remove, at any time be- 
 fore the investigation begins, any 
 one of its Commissioners, and in 
 that case shall immediately name 
 his successor, and under the same 
 
 ArtIculo IV 
 La Comision Internacional de- 
 bera componerse de cinco miem- 
 bros, que seran nombrados como 
 sigue: un miembro debera ser es- 
 cojido de cada pais, por su res- 
 pectivo Gobierno ; un miembro de- 
 bera ser escojido por cada Go- 
 bierno, de un tercer pais ; el quin- 
 to miembro debera ser escojido 
 de comun acuerdo entre los dos 
 Gobiernos, entendiendose que 
 este no debera ser ciudadano de 
 ninguno de los dos paises intere- 
 sados. Cada una de las Altas 
 Partes contratantes se reserva el 
 derecho de remover, antes que 
 haya comenzado la investigacion, 
 a cualquiera de sus comisionados, 
 y en tal caso procedera a reempla- 
 
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 
 
 113 
 
 conditions shall also have the 
 right to withdraw its approval of 
 the fifth Commissioner selected 
 jointly; in which case a new Com- 
 missioner shall be selected jointly 
 as in the original selection. The 
 Commissioners shall, when actu- 
 ally employed in the investigation 
 of a dispute, receive such com- 
 pensation as shall be agreed upon 
 by the High Contracting Parties. 
 The expenses of the Commission 
 shall be paid by the two Govern- 
 ments in equal proportion. 
 
 The International Commission 
 shall be appointed as soon as pos- 
 sible after the exchange of the 
 ratifications of this treaty; and 
 vacancies shall be filled according 
 to the manner of the original ap- 
 pointment. 
 
 zarlo inmediatamente. Bajo las 
 mismas condiciones podra cual- 
 quiera de las Partes contratantes 
 retirar su aprobacion del quinto 
 comisionado elejido conjuntamen- 
 te, y en este caso se escojera con- 
 juntamente un nuevo comisiona- Compensation, 
 do, en la forma original. Los 
 comisionados recibiran la retribu- 
 cion que acuerden las Altas Partes 
 contratantes, pero solamente du- 
 rante el tiempo que empleen en Expenses, 
 la investigacion. Los gastos de la 
 Comision deberan ser pagados por 
 los dos Gobiernos en partes 
 iguales. 
 
 La Comision Internacional de- Appointment, 
 bera ser nombrada dentro de 
 cuatro meses despues del canje de 
 las ratificaciones del Tratado; y 
 las vacantes deberan ser llenadas 
 de acuerdo con la manera del 
 nombramiento original. 
 
 Article V 
 In case the High Contract- 
 ing Parties shall have failed to ad- 
 just, or refer to arbitration, a dis- 
 pute by diplomatic methods, they 
 shall at once refer it to the Inter- 
 national Commission. The Inter- 
 national Commission may, how- 
 ever, act on its own initiative, and 
 in such case it shall notify both 
 Governments and request their 
 cooperation in the investigation. 
 
 Articulo V 
 En el caso de que las Altas Duties ef 
 
 ^ Commission. 
 
 Partes contratantes no hubieren 
 podido arreglar una desavenencia 
 por los medios diplomaticos, ni 
 someterla a arbitraje, deberan in- 
 mediatamente referirla a la Co- 
 mision Internacional. La Comi- 
 sion Internacional puede, sin em- 
 bargo, actuar por su propia inicia- 
 tiva, y en tal caso debera notifi- 
 carlo a ambos Gobiernos y pedir- 
 les su cooperacion en la investi- 
 
 The High Contracting Parties Las Altas Partes contratantes 
 
114 
 
 UNPERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Facilities for 
 investigation. 
 
 Time for 
 
 report. 
 
 Independent 
 
 action 
 
 reserved. 
 
 agree to furnish the Permanent 
 International Commission with all 
 the means and facilities required 
 for its investigation and report. 
 
 The report of the International 
 Commission shall be rendered 
 within one year after the date on 
 which it shall declare its investi- 
 gation to have begun, unless the 
 High Contracting Parties shall 
 limit or extend the time by mutual 
 agreement. The report shall be 
 prepared in triplicate in the lan- 
 guage of either of the two High 
 Contracting Parties that the Com- 
 mission may select, one copy shall 
 be presented to each Government, 
 and the third retained by the 
 Commission for its files. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 reserve the right to act indepen- 
 dently on the subject matter of 
 the dispute after the report of the 
 Commission shall have been sub- 
 mitted. 
 
 convienen en suministrar a la Co- 
 mision Internacional todos los 
 medios y facilidades necesarias 
 para su investigacion e informe. 
 
 El informe de la Comision In- 
 ternacional debera ser rendido 
 dentro de un ano despues de la 
 fecha en la cual haya declarado 
 haber empezado su investigacion, 
 a menos que las Altas Partes con- 
 tratantes limitaren o extendieren 
 el tiempo por mutuo consenti- 
 miento. El informe debera ser 
 preparado por triplicado, en cual- 
 quiera de los dos idiomas de las 
 Altas Partes contratantes que es- 
 coja la Comision; una copia de- 
 bera ser entregada a cada Gobier- 
 no, y la tercera retenida por la 
 Comision para su archivo. 
 
 Las Altas Partes contratantes 
 se reservan el derecho de obrar 
 independientemente en el asunto 
 en disputa, despues que el informe 
 de la Comision se les haya some- 
 tido. 
 
 Exchange of 
 ratifications. 
 
 Article VI 
 The present treaty shall be rati- 
 fied by the President of the 
 United States of America, by and 
 with the advice and consent of the 
 ISenate thereof ; and by the Presi- 
 dent of the Dominican Republic, 
 with the approval of the Congress 
 thereof ; and the ratifications shall 
 be exchanged as soon as possible. 
 It shall take effect immediately 
 after the exchange of ratifica- 
 
 Articulo VI 
 El presente Tratado sera rati- 
 ficado por el Presidente de los 
 Estados Unidos de America, de 
 acuerdo y con el consentimiento 
 del Senado Americano; y por el 
 Presidente de la Repiiblica Do- 
 minicana con la aprobacion del 
 Congreso de esta Republica ; y las 
 ratificaciones deberan ser canjea- 
 das tan pronto como fuere posi- 
 ble. Debera entrar en vigor in- 
 
GREECE 115 
 
 tions, and shall continue in force mediatamente despues del canje Duration. 
 
 for a period of five years ; and it de ratificaciones ; continuar en 
 
 shall thereafter remain in force fuerza por un periodo de cinco 
 
 until twelve months after one of anos, y, ademas, permanecer vi- 
 
 the High Contracting Parties jente hasta doce meses despues 
 
 have given notice to the other of que una de las Altas Partes con- 
 
 an intention to terminate it. tratantes haya notificado a la otra 
 
 la intencion de terminarlo. 
 
 In witness whereof, the respec- En fe de lo cual, los respecti- Signatures. 
 tive plenipotentiaries have signed vos Plenipotenciarios han firmado 
 the present treaty and have affixed por duplicado el presente Tratado 
 thereunto their seals. y puesto al pie sus sellos. 
 
 Done in Washington on the Hecho en Washington el dia 17 
 17th day of February, in the year de Febrero, en el ano de Nuestro 
 of our Lord nineteen hundred Seiior de mil novecientos catorce. 
 and fourteen. 
 
 [seal] William Jennings Bryan, 
 [seal] Fran°° J. Peynado. 
 
 Treaty between the United States and Greece for the Advance- 
 ment of General Peace^ 
 
 The President of the United States of America and His Majesty the Contracting 
 
 Powers 
 
 King of the Hellenes, being desirous to strengthen the bonds of amity 
 that bind them together and also to advance the cause of general peace, 
 have resolved to enter into a treaty for that purpose, and to that end 
 have appointed as their plenipotentiaries : 
 
 The President of the United States, the Honorable William Jennings Piempoten- 
 Bryan, Secretary of State; and 
 
 His Majesty the King of the Hellenes, Mr. Agamemnon Schliemann, 
 his Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to the United 
 States ; 
 
 Who, after having communicated to each other their respective full 
 powers, found to be in proper form, having agreed upon and concluded 
 the following articles : 
 
 IMS. Department of State. Signed at Washington, October 13, 1914; ratifica- 
 tion advised by the Senate, October 20, 1914. 
 
116 
 
 UNPERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Disputes to be 
 submitted to 
 International 
 Commission 
 for investi- 
 gation and 
 report. 
 
 Article I 
 The High Contracting Parties agree that all disputes between them, 
 of every nature whatsoever, to the settlement of which previous arbi- 
 tration treaties or agreements do not apply in their terms or are not 
 applied in fact, shall, when diplomatic methods of adjustment have 
 failed, be referred for investigation and report to a permanent Inter- 
 national Commission, to be constituted in the manner prescribed in the 
 next succeeding article ; and they agree not to declare war or begin hos- 
 tilities during such- investigation and before the report is submitted. 
 
 International 
 Commission. 
 Composition. 
 
 Expenses. 
 
 Appointment 
 and vacancies. 
 
 Article II 
 
 The International Commission shall be composed of five members, to 
 be appointed as follows : One member shall be chosen from each coun- 
 try, by the Government thereof; one member shall be chosen by each 
 Government from some third country ; the fifth member shall be chosen 
 by common agreement between the two Governments, it being under- 
 stood that he shall not be a citizen of either country. The expenses of 
 the Commission shall be paid by the two Governments in equal pro- 
 portion. 
 
 The International Commission shall be appointed within six months 
 after the exchange of the ratifications of this treaty; and vacancies 
 shall be filled according to the manner of the original appointment. 
 
 DMtiesof 
 Commission. 
 
 Facilities for 
 investigation. 
 
 Time for 
 report. 
 
 Article III 
 
 In case the High Contracting Parties shall have failed to adjust a 
 dispute by diplomatic methods, they shall at once refer it to the Inter- 
 national Commission for investigation and report. The International 
 Commission may, however, spontaneously offer its services to that 
 effect, and in such case it shall notify both Governments and request 
 their cooperation in the investigation. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties agree to furnish the Permanent In- 
 ternational Commission with all the means and facilities required for 
 its investigation and report. 
 
 The report of the International Commission shall be completed within 
 one year after the date on which it shall declare its investigation to 
 have begun, unless the High Contracting Parties shall limit or extend 
 the time by mutual agreement. The report shall be prepared in tripli- 
 cate; one copy shall be presented to each Government, and the third 
 retained by the Commission for its files. 
 
NETHERLANDS 117 
 
 The High Contracting Parties reserve the right to act independently independent 
 on the subject matter of the dispute after the report of the Commission reserved, 
 shall have been submitted. 
 
 Article IV 
 
 The present treaty shall be ratified by the President of the United „ , 
 
 c r K ■ o Exchange of 
 
 States of America, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate ratifications, 
 thereof ; and by His Majesty the King of the Hellenes ; and the ratifi- 
 cations shall be exchanged as soon as possible. It shall take effect 
 immediately after the exchange of ratifications, and shall continue in 
 force for a period of five years ; and it shall thereafter remain in force 
 until twelve months after one of the High Contracting Parties have 
 given notice to the other of an intention to terminate it. 
 
 In witness whereof the respective plenipotentiaries have signed the Signatures, 
 present treaty and have affixed thereunto their seals. 
 
 Done in Washington on the thirteenth day of October, in the year 
 nineteen hundred and fourteen. 
 
 William Jennings Bryan, [seal] 
 Agamemnon Schliemann. [seal] 
 
 Treaty between the United States and the Netherlands for the 
 Advancement of General Peace^ 
 
 The President of the United De President der Vereenigde p^^g""^''"^ 
 
 States of America and Her Maj- Staten van Amerika en Hare 
 
 esty the Queen of the Nether- Majesteit de Koningin der Neder- 
 
 lands, being desirous to strengthen landen, wenschende de tusschen 
 
 the bonds of amity that bind them hen bestaande vriendschapsbanden 
 
 together and also to advance the te versterken en evenzeer den 
 
 cause of general peace, have re- algemeenen vrede te bevorderen, 
 
 solved to enter into a treaty for hebben besloten tot dat doel een 
 
 that purpose, and to that end have verdrag te sluiten, waartoe Zy als 
 
 appointed as their plenipoten- hunne Gevolmachtigden hebben 
 
 tiaries : benoemd : 
 
 The President of the United De President der Vereenigde t^arfj^"*^"' 
 
 States, the Honorable William Staten: Zyne Excellentie William 
 
 Jennings Bryan, Secretary of Jennings Bryan, Secretaris van 
 
 1 MS. Department of State. Signed at Washington, December 18, 1913 ; rati- 
 fication advised by the Senate, August 13, 1914. 
 
118 
 
 UNPERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 State; and 
 
 Her Majesty the Queen of the 
 Netherlands, Chevalier W. L. F. 
 C. van Rappard, Envoy Extraor- 
 dinary and Minister Plenipoten- 
 tiary of the Netherlands to the 
 United States; 
 
 Who, after having communi- 
 cated to each other their respec- 
 tive full powers, found to be in 
 proper form, having agreed upon 
 and concluded the following arti- 
 cles : 
 
 Staat; en 
 
 Hare Majesteit de Koningin 
 der Nederlanden: Ridder W. L. 
 F. C. van Rappard, Hoogst Der- 
 zelver Buitengewoon Gezant en 
 Gevolmachtigd Minister by de 
 Vereenigde Staten van Amerika; 
 
 Die, na elkander hunne weder- 
 zydsche volmachten te hebben 
 medegedeeld, welke in goeden en 
 behoorlyken vorm zyn bevonden, 
 omtrent de volgende artikelen zyn 
 overeengekomen. 
 
 Disputes to be 
 submitted to 
 International 
 Commission 
 for investi- 
 gation and 
 report. 
 
 Article I 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree that all disputes between 
 them, of every nature whatsoever, 
 to the settlement of which pre- 
 vious arbitration treaties or agree- 
 ments do not apply in their terms 
 or are not applied in fact, shall, 
 when diplomatic methods of ad- 
 justment have failed, be referred 
 for investigation and report to a 
 permanent International Commis- 
 sion, to be constituted in the man- 
 ner prescribed in the next suc- 
 ceeding article; and they agree 
 not to declare war or begin hos- 
 tilities during such investigation 
 and before the report is submitted. 
 
 Artikel I 
 De Hooge Verdragsluitende 
 Partyen komen overeen dat alle 
 geschillen van welken aard ook, 
 die tusschen hen mochten ontstaan 
 en waarvan de beslechting niet 
 wordt voorzien in vroeger aange- 
 gane arbitrage verdragen en 
 overeenkomsten, of indien de 
 bepalingen dier verdragen en 
 overeenkomsten feitelyk niet wor- 
 den toegepast, ter fine van onder- 
 zoek en verslag zullen worden on- 
 derworpen, nadat alle diplomatie- 
 ke middelen ter regeling dezer 
 geschillen gefaald hebben, aan 
 eene Permanente Internationale 
 Commissie, die zal worden be- 
 noemd op de wyze voorgeschreven 
 in het volgend artikel; en zy ko- 
 men overeen noch den oorlog te 
 verklaren noch vyandelykheden 
 te beginnen loopende dat onder- 
 zoek en totdat het verslag zal zyn 
 ingediend. 
 
NETHERLANDS 
 
 119 
 
 Article II 
 
 The International Commission 
 shall be composed of five mem- 
 bers, to be appointed as follows: 
 One member shall be chosen from 
 each country, by the Government 
 thereof; one member shall be 
 chosen by each Government from 
 some third country; the fifth 
 member shall be chosen by com- 
 mon agreement between the two 
 Governments, it being understood 
 that he shall not be a citizen of 
 either country. The expenses of 
 the Commission shall be paid by 
 the two Governments in equal 
 proportion. 
 
 The International Commission 
 shall be appointed within six 
 months after the exchange of the 
 ratifications of this treaty; and 
 vacancies shall be filled according 
 to the manner of the original ap- 
 pointment. 
 
 Artikel II 
 
 De Internationale Commissie international 
 zal bestaan uit vyf leden als volgt S^HJ^n. 
 te benoemen: Een lid zal worden 
 gekozen door iedere Regeering uit 
 hare eigen onderdanen; een lid 
 zal worden gekozen door iedere 
 Regeering uit onderdanen van een 
 derde Mogendheid; het vyfde lid 
 zal in gemeen overleg door beide 
 Regeeringen gekozen worden met 
 dien verstande, dat hy niet zal zyn 
 onderdaan van een der beide Ian- 
 den. De kosten aan de Commis- Expenses, 
 sie verbonden zuUen gelykelyk 
 door de twee Regeeringen ge- 
 dragen worden. 
 
 De Internationale Commissie Appointment. 
 zal benoemd worden binnen zes 
 maanden na de uitwisseling der 
 akten van bekrachtiging van dit 
 verdrag; opengevallen plaatsen vacancies, 
 zullen vervuld worden op de wyze 
 voorgeschreven voor de oorspron- 
 kelyke benoeming. 
 
 Article III 
 In case the High Contracting 
 Parties shall have failed to adjust 
 a dispute by diplomatic methods, 
 they shall at once refer it to the 
 International Commission for in- 
 vestigation and report. The In- 
 ternational Commission may, 
 however, spontaneously offer its 
 services to that effect, and in such 
 case it shall notify both Govern- 
 
 Artikel III 
 Voor het geval de Hooge Ver- Hl'«i»i„. 
 dragsluitende Partyen niet zullen 
 geslaagd zyn een tusschen hen 
 gerezen geschil te beslechten langs 
 diplomatieken weg, zullen zy het 
 onverwijld aan de Internationale 
 Commissie onderwerpen ter fine 
 van onderzoek en verslag. De In- 
 ternationale Commissie kan echter 
 tot dat doel uit eigen beweging 
 
120 
 
 UNPERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Facilities for 
 investigation. 
 
 Time for 
 report. 
 
 Independent 
 
 action 
 
 reserved. 
 
 ments and request their coopera- 
 tion in the investigation. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree to furnish the Permanent 
 International Commission with all 
 the means and facilities required 
 for its investigation and report. 
 
 The report of the International 
 Commission shall be completed 
 within one year after the date on 
 which it shall declare its investi- 
 gation to have begun, unless the 
 High Contracting Parties shall 
 limit or extend the time by mutual 
 agreement. The report shall be 
 prepared in triplicate ; one copy 
 shall be presented to each Govern- 
 ment, and the third retained by 
 the Commission for its files. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 reserve the right to act indepen- 
 dently on the subject matter of 
 the dispute after the report of the 
 Commission shall have been sub- 
 mitted. 
 
 hare diensten aanbieden, in welk 
 geval zy beiden Regeeringen daar-. 
 van kennis zal geven, en beider 
 medewerking tot een onderzoek 
 zal verzoeken. 
 
 De Hooge Verdragsluitende 
 Partyen verbinden zich der Per- 
 manente Internationale Commis- 
 sie alle hulpmiddelen en facili- 
 teiten te verschaiifen benoodigd 
 voor haar onderzoek en verslag. 
 
 Het verslag der Internationale 
 Commissie moet gereed zyn bin- 
 nen een jaar van af den dag 
 waarop zy zal hebben verklaard, 
 dat het onderzoek is begonnen, 
 tenzy de Hooge Verdragsluitende 
 Partyen dit tydsverloop met on- 
 derling goedvinden zullen wen- 
 schen te verkorten of te verlengen. 
 Het verslag zal in drievoud opge- 
 maakt worden; een exemplaar zal 
 aan ieder der Regeeringen worden 
 aangeboden, en het derde exem- 
 plaar blyven berusten in het ar- 
 chief der Commissie, 
 
 Nadat het verslag der Commis- 
 sie aan de Hooge Verdragsluiten- 
 de Partyen zal zyn aangeboden, 
 behouden deze zich volledige 
 vryheid van handelen voor in het 
 geschil, dat het onderwerp van 
 het onderzoek uitmaakte. 
 
 Article IV 
 Ratifications. fhe present treaty shall be rati- 
 
 fied by the President of the 
 United States of America, by and 
 with the advice and consent of the 
 
 Artikel IV 
 
 Dit verdrag zal worden be- 
 
 krachtigd door den President der 
 
 Vereenigde Staaten van Amerika, 
 
 wat dezen laatsten betreft op ad- 
 
NICARAGUA 
 
 121 
 
 Senate thereof ; and by Her Maj- 
 esty the Queen of the Nether- 
 lands; and the ratifications shall 
 be exchanged as soon as possible. 
 It shall take effect immediately 
 after the exchange of ratifications, 
 and shall continue in force for a 
 period of five years; and it shall 
 thereafter remain in force until 
 twelve months after one of the 
 High Contracting Parties have 
 given notice to the other of an 
 intention to terminate. 
 
 In witness whereof the respec- 
 tive plenipotentiaries have signed 
 the present treaty and have af- 
 fixed thereunto their seals. 
 
 Done in Washington on the 
 eighteenth day of December, in 
 the year of our Lord nineteen 
 hundred and thirteen. 
 
 [seal] William 
 [seal] W. L. F. 
 
 vies en met goedkeuren van den 
 Senaat, en door Hare Majesteit 
 de Koningin der Nederlanden, en 
 de akten van bekrachtiging zul- 
 len zoo spoedig mogelyk worden Duration, 
 uitgewisseld. Het zal in werking 
 treden onmiddellyk na de uitwis- 
 seling der akten van bekrachtiging 
 en zal van kracht blyven voor een 
 tydperk van vyf jaren ; hierna zal 
 het van kracht blyven tot twaalf 
 maanden nadat een der Hooge 
 Verdragsluitende Partyen aan de 
 andere zal hebben kennis gegeven 
 van haar voornemen het te doen 
 eindigen. 
 
 Ter oorkonde waarvan de we- Signatures. 
 derzijdsche gevolmachtigden dit 
 verdrag hebben geteekend en van 
 hun zegel voorzien. 
 
 Gedaan te Washington op den 
 achttienden dag der maand De- 
 cember van het jaar onzes Heeren 
 negentien honderd en dertien. 
 Jennings Bryan 
 C. V. Rappard 
 
 Treaty between the United States and Nicaragua for the Advance- 
 ment of General Peace^ 
 
 The Republic of Nicaragua and 
 the United States of America, be- 
 ing desirous to strengthen the 
 bonds of amity that bind them to- 
 gether and also to advance the 
 cause of general peace, have re- 
 
 Los Estados Unidos de Ame- Contracting 
 
 Powers. 
 
 rica, y la Republica de Nicara- 
 gua, en el deseo de fortalecer los 
 vinculos de amistad que los unen 
 y tambien avanzar la causa de la 
 Paz general, han resuelto entrar 
 
 1 MS. Department of State. Signed at Washington, December 17, 1913 ; rati- 
 fication advised by the Senate, August 13, 1914. 
 
122 
 
 UNPERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Plenipoten- 
 tiaries. 
 
 solved to enter into a treaty for 
 that purpose and to that end have 
 appointed as their plenipoten- 
 tiaries : 
 
 The President of Nicaragua, 
 Senor General Don Emiliano 
 Chamorro, Envoy Extraordinary 
 and Minister Plenipotentiary of 
 Nicaragua to the United States; 
 and 
 
 The President of the United 
 States, the Honorable William 
 Jennings Bryan, Secretary of 
 State ; 
 
 Who, after having communi- 
 cated to each other their respec- 
 tive full powers, found to be in 
 proper form, have agreed upon 
 the following articles : 
 
 en un Tratado con aquel objeto, 
 a cuyo fin han nombrado como 
 sus Plenipotenciarios : 
 
 El Presidente de los Estados 
 Unidos, al Honorable William 
 Jennings Bryan, Secretario de 
 Estado, y 
 
 El Presidente de Nicaragua, al 
 Seiior General Don Emiliano 
 Chamorro, Enviado Extraordina- 
 rio y Ministro Plenipotenciario 
 de Nicaragua en los Estados Uni- 
 dos; 
 
 Quienes, despues de haber co- 
 municado sus respectivos Plenos 
 Poderes, que encontraron en de- 
 bida forma, han convenido en los 
 articulos siguientes : 
 
 Disputes to be 
 submitted to 
 International 
 Commission 
 for investi- 
 gation and 
 report. 
 
 Article I 
 The high contracting parties 
 agree that all disputes between 
 them, of every nature whatsoever, 
 which diplomacy shall fail to ad- 
 just, shall be submitted for inves- 
 tigation and report to an Interna- 
 tional Commission, to be consti- 
 tuted in the manner prescribed in 
 the next succeeding Article; and 
 they agree not to declare war or 
 begin hostilities during such inves- 
 tigation and report. 
 
 Articulo I 
 Las Altas Partes contratantes 
 convienen en que todas las dispu- 
 tas entre ellas, de cualquiera natu- 
 raleza que fueren, que la diplo- 
 macia f allare arreglar, deberan ser 
 sometidas para su investigacion e 
 informe a una Comision Interna- 
 cional, la cual debera ser consti- 
 tuida de la manera prescrita en el 
 proximo siguiente articulo ; y con- 
 vienen en no declarar guerra 6 
 empezar hostilidades durante tal 
 investigacion e informe. 
 
 International 
 Commission. 
 Composition, 
 
 Article II 
 The International Commission 
 shall be composed of five mem- 
 
 Articulo II 
 La Comision Internacional de- 
 bera componerse de cinco miem- 
 
NICARAGUA 
 
 123 
 
 bers, to be appointed as follows: 
 One member shall be chosen from 
 each country, by the Government 
 thereof; one member shall be 
 chosen by each Government from 
 some third country; the fifth 
 member shall be chosen by com- 
 mon agreement between the two 
 Governments. The expenses of 
 the Commission shall be paid by 
 the two Governments in equal 
 proportion. 
 
 The International Commission 
 shall be appointed within four 
 months after the exchange of the 
 ratifications of this treaty; and 
 vacancies shall be filled according 
 to the manner of the original ap- 
 pointment. 
 
 bros, que deberan ser nombrados 
 como sigue: un miembro debera 
 ser escogido de cada pais, por su 
 respectivo Gobierno; un miembro 
 debera ser escogido por cada Go- 
 bierno, de un tercer pais ; el quinto 
 miembro debera ser escogido de 
 comun acuerdo entre los dos Go- 
 biernos. Los gastos de la Comi- Expenses. 
 sion deberan ser pagados por los 
 dos Gobiemos en igual propor- 
 cion. 
 
 La Comision Intemacional de- Appointment. 
 bera ser nombrada dentro de 
 cuatro meses despues del canje de , 
 las ratificaciones del Tratado; y 
 las vacantes deberan ser Uenadas 
 de acuerdo con la manera del 
 nombramiento original. 
 
 Article III 
 
 In case the high contracting 
 parties shall have failed to adjust 
 a dispute by diplomatic methods, 
 they shall at once refer it to the 
 International Commission for in- 
 vestigation and report. The In- 
 ternational Commission may, 
 however, act upon its own initia- 
 tive, and in such case it shall 
 notify both Governments and re- 
 quest their cooperation in the in- 
 vestigation. 
 
 The report of the International 
 Commission shall be completed 
 within one year after the date on 
 which it shall declare its investi- 
 gation to have begun, unless the 
 high contracting parties shall ex- 
 
 Articulo III 
 En el caso que las Altas Partes Duties of 
 
 * ^ Commission. 
 
 Qontratantes hubieren fallado en 
 arreglar una disputa por los me- 
 dios diplomaticos, deberan inme- 
 diatamente referirla a la Comision 
 Intemacional para su investiga- 
 cion e informe. La Comision In- 
 temacional puede, sin embargo, 
 actuar por su propia iniciativa, y 
 en tal caso debera notificar a am- 
 bos Gobiernos y solicitar su coope- 
 racion en la investigacion. 
 
 El informe de la Comision In- Time for 
 
 report, 
 
 ternacional debera estar comple- 
 tado dentro de un ano despues de 
 la f echa en la cual haya declarado 
 haber empezado su investigacion, 
 a menos que las Altas Partes con- 
 
124 
 
 UNPERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Independent 
 
 action 
 
 reserved. 
 
 Military and 
 naval status 
 quo to be 
 preserved. 
 
 Ratifications. 
 
 tend the time by mutual agree- 
 ment. The report shall be pre- 
 pared in triplicate ; one copy shall 
 be presented to each Government, 
 and the third retained by the 
 Commission for its files. 
 
 The high contracting parties re- 
 serve the right to act independent- 
 ly on the subject-matter of the 
 dispute after the report of the 
 Commission shall have been sub- 
 mitted. 
 
 Article IV 
 Pending the investigation and 
 report of the International Com- 
 mission, the high contracting par- 
 ties agree not to increase their 
 military or naval programs, unless 
 danger from a third power should 
 compel such increase, in which 
 case the party feeling itself men- 
 aced shall confidentially com- 
 municate the fact in writing to the 
 other contracting party, where- 
 upon the latter shall also be re- 
 leased from its obligation to main- 
 tain its military and naval status 
 quo. 
 
 Article V 
 The present treaty shall be rati- 
 fied by the Congress of the Repub- 
 lic of Nicaragua; and by the 
 President of the United States of 
 America, by and with the advice 
 and consent of the Senate there- 
 of; and the ratifications shall be 
 exchanged as soon as possible. It 
 
 tratantes extendieren el tiempo 
 por mutuo consentimiento. El in- 
 forme debera ser preparado por 
 triplicado; una copia debera ser 
 presentada a cada Gobiemo, y la 
 tercera retenida por la Comision 
 para sus legajos. 
 
 Las Altas Partes contratantes 
 se reservan el derecho de obrar 
 independientemente en el asunto 
 de la disputa despues que el in- 
 forme de la Comision se les haya 
 sometido. 
 
 ARTfcuiX) IV 
 Durante la investigacion e in- 
 forme de la Comision Internacio- 
 nal, las Altas Partes contratantes 
 convienen en no aumentar su pro- 
 grama militar 6 naval, a menos 
 que el peligro de un tercer Poder 
 los compela a tal aumento, en 
 cuyo caso, la parte que se creyere 
 amenazada debera comunicar con- 
 fidencialmente el hecho por es- 
 crito a la otra parte contratante; 
 entonces, la ultima quedara exo- 
 nerada de las obligaciones de 
 mantener su statu quo militar y 
 naval. 
 
 ARTfcULO V 
 
 El presente Tratado sera rati- 
 ficado por el Presidente de los 
 Estados Unidos de America, de 
 acuerdo y con el consentimiento 
 del Senado respective, y por el 
 Congreso de la Republica de Ni- 
 caragua ; y las ratificaciones debe- 
 ran ser canjeadas tan pronto 
 
PANAMA 
 
 125 
 
 shall take effect immediately after 
 the exchange of ratifications, and 
 shall continue in force for a pe- 
 riod of five years; and it shall 
 thereafter remain in force until 
 twelve months after one of the 
 high contracting parties have 
 given notice to the other of an in- 
 tention to terminate it. 
 
 como fuere posible. Debera en- Duration. 
 trar en vigor inmediatamente des- 
 pues del canje de ratifidaciones, y 
 continuara en fuerza por un pe- 
 riodo de cinco aiios ; y debera des- 
 pues permanecer en fuerza hasta 
 doce meses despues que una de las 
 Altas Partes contratantes haya 
 notificado a la otra la intencion 
 de terminarlo. 
 
 In witness whereof the respec- 
 tive plenipotentiaries have signed 
 the present treaty and have af7 
 fixed thereunto their seals. 
 
 Done in Washington on the 
 17th day of December, in the year 
 of our Lord nineteen hundred 
 and thirteen. 
 
 [seal] William Jennings Bryan 
 [seal] Emiliano Chamoreo 
 
 En fe de lo cual, los respecti- Signatures, 
 vos Plenipotenciarios han firmado 
 el presente Tratado, y han puesto 
 al pie sus sellos. 
 
 Hecho en Washington, el dia 17 
 de Diciembre, en el aiio de Nues- 
 tro Senor mil novecientos trece. 
 
 Treaty between the United States and Panama for the Advance- 
 ment of General Peace^ 
 
 The United States of America 
 and the Republic of Panama, be- 
 ing desirous to strengthen the 
 bonds of amity that bind them to- 
 gether and also to advance the 
 cause of general peace, have re- 
 solved to enter into a treaty for 
 that purpose and to that end have 
 appointed as their plenipoten- 
 tiaries : 
 
 The President of the United 
 States, the Honorable William 
 Jennings Bryan, Secretary of 
 State; and 
 
 Contracting 
 Powers. 
 
 Los Estados Unidos de Ame- 
 rica y la Repiiblica de Panama, en 
 €1 deseo de fortalecer los vinculos 
 de amistad que los unen y tam- 
 bien avanzar la causa de la Paz 
 general, han resuelto entrar en un 
 Tratado con aquel objeto a cuyo 
 fin han nombrado como sus Ple- 
 nipotenciarios : 
 
 El Presidente de los Estados Pienipoten- 
 Unidos, al Honorable William "*""' 
 Jennings Bryan, Secretario de 
 Estado, y 
 
 1 MS. Department of State. Signed at Washington, September 20, 191,1. 
 
126 
 
 UNPERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 The President of Panama, 
 Sefior Dr. Don Eusebio A. 
 Morales, Envoy Extraordinary 
 and Minister Plenipotentiary of 
 Panama to the United States; 
 
 Who, after having communi- 
 cated to each other their respec- 
 tive full powers, found to be in 
 proper form, have agreed upon 
 the following articles: 
 
 El Presidente de Panama, al 
 Senor Dr. Don Eusebio A. 
 Morales, Enviado Extraordinario 
 y Ministro Plenipotenciario de 
 Panama en los Estados Unidos ; 
 
 Quienes, despues de haber co- 
 municado sus respectivos Plenos 
 Poderes, que encontraron en de- 
 bida forma, han convenido en los 
 articulos siguientes: 
 
 Disputes to be 
 submitted to 
 International 
 Commission 
 for investi- 
 gation and 
 report. 
 
 Article I 
 The high contracting parties 
 agree that all disputes between 
 them, of every nature whatsoever, 
 which diplomacy shall fail to ad- 
 just, shall be submitted for inves- 
 tigation and report to an Interna- 
 tional Commission, to be consti- 
 tuted in the manner prescribed in 
 the next succeeding Article; and 
 they agree not to declare war or 
 begin hostilities during such in- 
 vestigation and report. 
 
 Articulo I 
 Las Altas Partes contratantes 
 han convenido, que todas las dis- 
 putas entre ellas, de cualquiera 
 naturaleza que fueren, que la di- 
 plomacia fallare arreglar, deberan 
 ser sometidas para su investiga- 
 cion e informe a una Comision 
 Internacional, la cual debera ser 
 constituida en la manera prescrita 
 en el proximo siguiente articulo; 
 y convienen en no declarar guerra 
 6 empesar hostilidades durante tal 
 investigacion e informe. 
 
 International 
 Commission. 
 
 Composition. 
 
 Expenses. 
 
 Article II 
 The International Commission 
 shall be composed of five mem- 
 bers, to be appointed as follows: 
 One member shall be chosen from 
 each country, by the Government 
 thereof; one member shall be 
 chosen by each Government from 
 some third country; the fifth 
 member shall be chosen by com- 
 mon agreement between the two 
 Governments. The expenses of 
 
 Articulo II 
 La Comision Internacional de- 
 bera componerse de cinco miem- 
 bros, que deberan ser nombrados 
 como sigue: un miembro debera 
 ser escogido de cada pais, por su 
 respectivo Gobierno; un miembro 
 'debera ser escogido por cada 
 Gobierno, de un tercer pais; el 
 quinto miembro debera ser es- 
 cogido de comun acuerdo entre 
 los dos Gobiernos. Los gastos 
 
PANAMA 
 
 127 
 
 the Commission shall be paid by 
 the two Grovernments in equal 
 proportion. 
 
 The International Commission 
 shall be appointed within four 
 months after the exchange of the 
 ratifications of this treaty; and 
 vacancies shall be filled according 
 to the manner of the original ap- 
 pointment. 
 
 Article III 
 
 In case the high contracting 
 parties shall have failed to adjust 
 a dispute by diplomatic methods, 
 they shall at once refer it to the 
 International Commission for in- 
 vestigation and report. The In- 
 ternational Commission may, 
 however, act upon its own initia- 
 tive, and in such case it shall 
 notify both Governments and 
 request their cooperation in the 
 investigation. 
 
 The report of the International 
 Commission shall be completed 
 within one year after the date on 
 which it shall declare its investi- 
 gation to have begun, unless the 
 high contracting parties shall ex- 
 tend the time by mutual agree- 
 ment. The report shall be pre- 
 pared in triplicate ; one copy shall 
 be presented to each Government, 
 and the third retained by the 
 Commission for its files. 
 
 The high contracting parties 
 reserve the right to act indepen- 
 
 de la Comision deberan ser paga- 
 dos por los dos Gobiernos en 
 igual proporcion. 
 
 La Comision Internacional de- Appointment. 
 bera ser nombrada dentro de 
 cuatro meses despues del canje 
 de las ratificaciones del Tratado; 
 y las vacantes deberan ser Uena- 
 das de acuerdo con la manera del 
 nombramiento original. 
 
 Articulo III 
 
 En el caso que las Altas Partes g^^^^^°/i„„. 
 contratantes hubieren fallado en 
 arreglar una disputa por los me- 
 dios diplomaticos, deberan inme- 
 diatamente referirla a la Comi- 
 sion Internacional para su inves- 
 tigacion e informe. La Comision 
 Internacional puede, sin embargo, 
 actuar sobre su propia iniciativa, 
 y en tal caso debera notificar 
 ambos Gobiernos y solicitar su 
 cooperacion en la investigacion. 
 
 El informe de la Comision In- Ji'^^J°' 
 ternacional debera estar comple- 
 tado dentro de un aiio despues de 
 la f echa en la cual haya declarado 
 haber empesado su investigacion, 
 a menos que las Altas Partes con- 
 tratantes extendieran el tiempo 
 por mutuo consentimiento. El 
 informe debera ser preparado por 
 triplicado; una copia debera ser 
 presentada a cada Gobierno, y la 
 tercera retenida por la Comision 
 para sus legajos. 
 
 Las Altas Partes contratantes independent 
 se reservan el derecho de obrar reserved. 
 
128 
 
 UNPERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 dently on the subject-matter of 
 the dispute after the report of the 
 Commission shall have been sub- 
 mitted. 
 
 independientemente en la materia- 
 sujeta de la disputa despues que el 
 informe de la Comision se les 
 haya sometido. 
 
 Maintenance 
 of military 
 and naval 
 status quo. 
 
 Ratifications. 
 
 Duration, 
 
 Article IV 
 Pending the investigation and 
 report of the International Com- 
 mission, the high contracting par- 
 ties agree not to increase their 
 military or naval programs, unless 
 danger from a third power should 
 compel such increase, in which 
 case the party feeling itself men- 
 aced shall, confidentially com- 
 municate the fact 'in writing to the 
 other contracting party, where- 
 upon the latter shall also be re- 
 leased from its obligation to main- 
 tain its military and naval status 
 quo. 
 
 Article V 
 The present treaty shall be rati- 
 fied by the President of the 
 United States of America, by and 
 with the advice and consent of 
 the Senate thereof ; and by the 
 President of the Republic of 
 Panama, with the approval of 
 the Congress thereof; and the 
 ratifications shall be exchanged as 
 soon as possible. It shall take ef- 
 fect immediately after the ex- 
 change of ratifications, and shall 
 continue in force for a period of 
 five years; and it shall thereafter 
 remain in force until twelve 
 months after one of the high con- 
 
 Articulo IV 
 Durante la investigacion e in- 
 forme de la Comision Intemacio- 
 nal, las Altas Partes contratantes 
 convienen en no aumentar su pro- 
 grama militar 6 naval, a menos 
 que el peligro de un tercer Poder 
 los compela a tal aumento, en cuyo 
 caso, la parte que se creyere ame- 
 nazada debera comunicar confi- 
 dencialmente el hecho por escrito 
 a la otra parte contratante, por lo 
 tanto, la ultima quedara exone- 
 rada de las obligaciones de man- 
 tener su status quo militar y 
 naval. 
 
 Articulo V 
 El presente Tratado sera rati- 
 ficado por el Presidente de los 
 Estados Unidos de America, de 
 acuerdo y con el consentimiento 
 del Senado respectivo, y por el 
 Presidente de la Repiiblica de 
 Panama, con la aprobacion del 
 Congreso, y las ratificaciones de- 
 beran ser canjeadas tan pronto 
 como fuere posible. Debera en- 
 trar en vigor inmediatamente des- 
 pues del canje de ratificaciones, y 
 continuara en fuerza por un pe- 
 riodo de cinco atios ; y debera des- 
 pues permanecer en fuerza hasta 
 doce meses despues que una de las 
 
PERSIA 
 
 129 
 
 tracting parties have given notice Altas Partes contratantes haya 
 
 to the other of an intention to ter- notificado a la otra la intencion 
 
 minate it. de terminarlo. 
 
 In witness whereof the respec- En f e de lo cual, los respectivos signatures. 
 
 tive plenipotentiaries have signed Plenipotenciarios han firmado el 
 
 the present treaty and have presente Tratado, y han puesto al 
 
 affixed thereunto their seals. pie sus sellos. 
 
 Done in Washington on the Hecho en Washington, el dia 
 
 20th day of September, in the 20 de Setiembre, en el afio de 
 
 year of our Lord nineteen hun- Nuestro Senor mil novecientos 
 
 dred and thirteen. trece. 
 
 [seal] William Jennings Bryan 
 [seal] Eusebio a. Morales 
 
 Treaty between the United States and Persia for the Advancement 
 
 of General Peace^ 
 
 The President of the United States of America and His Imperial Powe"!""^ 
 Majesty the Shah of Persia, being desirous to strengthen the bonds of 
 amity that bind them together and also to advance the cause of general 
 peace, have resolved to enter into a treaty for that purpose and to that 
 end have appointed as their Plenipotentiaries : 
 
 The President of the United States, His Excellency Mr. Charles ^1,^^"^'°*'°" 
 Wells Russell, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of 
 the United States to Persia and; 
 
 His Imperial Majesty the Shah of Persia, His Excellency Mirza 
 Hassan Khan Wossough ed Dowleh Minister for Foreign Affairs; 
 who, after having communicated to each other their respective full 
 powers found to be in proper form, have agreed upon the following 
 Articles : 
 
 Article I 
 
 The high contracting parties agree that all disputes between them. Disputes to be 
 of every nature whatsoever, which diplomacy shall fail to adjust, shall international 
 
 <i.«c- '■ 1 T • t e~^ • Commission 
 
 be submitted for investigation and report to an international Commis- for investi- 
 sion, to be constituted in the manner prescribed in the next succeeding report. 
 
 IMS. Department -of State. Signed, February 4, 1914; ratification advised 
 by the Senate, August 13, 1914. 
 
130 
 
 UNPERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Article ; and they agree not to declare war or begin hostilities during 
 such investigation and report. 
 
 International 
 Commission. 
 Composition. 
 
 Expenses. 
 Appointment. 
 
 Article II 
 
 The International Commission shall be composed of five members, 
 to be appointed as follows : 
 
 One member shall be chosen from each country by the Government 
 thereof; one member shall be chosen by each Government from some 
 third country ; the fifth member shall be chosen by common agreement 
 between the two Governments. The expenses of the Commission 
 should the occasion arise shall be paid by the two Governments in 
 equal proportion. The International Commission shall be appointed 
 within four months after the exchange of the ratifications of this treaty 
 and vacancies shall be filled acording to the manner of the original 
 appointment. 
 
 Duties of 
 Commission. 
 
 Time for 
 report. 
 
 Independent 
 
 action 
 
 reserved. 
 
 Article III 
 
 In case the high contracting parties shall have failed to adjust a 
 dispute by diplomatic methods, they shall at once refer it to the Inter- 
 national Commission for investigation and report. 
 
 The International Commission may, however, act upon its own initia- 
 tive, and in such case it shall notify both Governments and request 
 their cooperation in the investigation. 
 
 The report of the International Commission shall be completed 
 within one year after the date on which it shall declare its investigation 
 to have begun, unless the high contracting parties shall extend the time 
 by mutual agreement. The report shall be prepared in triplicate; one 
 copy shall be presented to each Government, and the third retained by 
 the Commission for its files. The high contracting parties reserve the 
 right to act independently on the subject-matter of the dispute after 
 the report of the Commission shall have been submitted. 
 
 Maintenance 
 of military 
 and naval 
 status quo. 
 
 Article IV 
 
 Pending the investigation and report of the International Commis- 
 sion, the high contracting parties agree not to increase their military 
 or naval programs, unless danger from a third power should compel 
 such increase, in which case the party feeling itself menaced shall con- 
 fidentially communicate the fact in writing to the other contracting 
 
SALVADOR 131 
 
 party, whereupon the latter shall also be released from its obligation to 
 maintain its military and naval status quo. 
 
 Article V 
 The present treaty shall be ratified by the President of the United Ratifi=a''o"s. 
 States of America, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate 
 thereof; and by His Imperial Majesty the Shah of Persia, with the 
 approval of the Majliss thereof ; and the ratifications shall be ex- 
 changed as soon as possible. It shall take effect immediately after Duration, 
 the exchange of ratifications and shall continue in force for a period 
 of five years; and it shall thereafter remain in force until twelve 
 months after one of the high contracting parties have given notice to 
 the other of an intention to terminate it. 
 
 Signatures. 
 
 In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed the 
 present treaty and have affixed thereunto their seals. 
 
 Done in Teheran on the 8th day Rabiol-Aval, 1332 (A. H.), Cor- 
 responding to the 4th day of February, 1914 (A. D.). 
 
 [seal] Charles W. Russell 
 
 [seal] WoSSOUGH ED DOWLEH 
 
 Treaty between the United States and Salvador for the Advance- 
 ment of General Peace^ 
 
 The United States and the Re- Los Estados Unidos de Ame- Contracting 
 
 x^owers. 
 
 public of Salvador, being desirous rica y la Republica de El Salva- 
 
 to strengthen the bonds of amity dor, en el deseo de f ortalecer los 
 
 that bind them together and also vinculos de amistad que los unen 
 
 to advance the cause of general y tambien avanzar la causa de la 
 
 peace, have resolved to enter into Paz general, han resuelto entrar 
 
 a treaty for that purpose and to en un Tratado con aquel objeto 
 
 that end have appointed as their a cuyo fin han nombrado como sus 
 
 plenipotentiaries : Plenipotenciarios : 
 
 The President of the United El Presidente de los Estados Plenipoten- 
 tiaries. 
 States, the Honorable William Unidos, al Honorable William 
 
 Jennings Bryan, Secretary of Jennings Bryan, Secretario de 
 
 State ; and Estado, y 
 
 1 MS. Department of State. Signed at Washington, August 7, 1913 ; ratification 
 advised by the Senate, August 13, 1914. 
 
132 
 
 UNPERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 The President of Salvador, 
 Senor Don Federico Mejia, En- 
 voy Extraordinary and Minister 
 Plenipotentiary of Salvador to 
 the United States: 
 
 Who, after having communi- 
 cated to each other their respec- 
 tive full powers, found to be in 
 proper form, have agreed upon 
 the following articles : 
 
 El Presidente de El Salvador, al 
 Senor Don Federico Mejia, En- 
 viado Extraordinario y Ministro 
 Plenipotenciario en los Estados 
 Unidos ; 
 
 Quienes, despues de haber co- 
 municado sus respectivos Plenos 
 Poderes, que encontraron en de- 
 bida forma, han convenido en los 
 articulos siguientes: 
 
 Disputes to be 
 submitted to 
 International 
 Commission 
 for investi- 
 gation and 
 report. 
 
 Article I 
 The high contracting parties 
 agree that all disputes between 
 them, of every nature whatsoever, 
 which diplomacy shall fail to ad- 
 just, shall be submitted for in- 
 vestigation and report to an In- 
 ternational Commission, to be 
 constituted in the manner pre- 
 scribed in the next succeeding 
 Article ; and they agree not to de- 
 clare war or begin hostilities dur- 
 ing such investigation and report. 
 
 Articulo I 
 Las Altas Partes contratantes 
 han convenido, que todas las dis- 
 putas entre ellas, de cualquiera 
 naturaleza que fueren, que la di- 
 plomacia fallare arreglar, deberan 
 ser sometidas para su investiga- 
 cion e inf orme a una Comision In- 
 temacional, la cual debera ser 
 constituida en la manera prescrita 
 en el proximo siguiente articulo ; 
 y convienen en no declarar guerra 
 6 empesar hostilidades durante tal 
 investigacion e informe. 
 
 International 
 Commission. 
 Composition. 
 
 Expenses. 
 
 Article II 
 The International Commission 
 shall be composed of five mem- 
 bers, to be appointed as follows: 
 One member shall be chosen from 
 each country, by the Government 
 thereof; one member shall be 
 chosen by each Government from 
 some third country; the fifth 
 member shall be chosen by com- 
 mon agreement between the two 
 Governments. The expenses of 
 
 ArtIculo II 
 La Comision Internacional de- 
 bera componerse de cinco miem- 
 bros, que deberan ser nombrados 
 como sigue: un miembro debera 
 ser escogido de cada pais, por su 
 respectivo Gobierno; un miembro 
 debera ser escogido por cada Go- 
 bierno, de un tercer pais ; el quinto 
 miembro debera ser escogido de 
 comiin acuerdo entre los dos Go- 
 biernos. Los gastos de la Comi- 
 
SALVADOR 
 
 133 
 
 the Commission shall be paid by 
 the two Governments in equal 
 proportion. 
 
 The International Commission 
 shall be appointed within four 
 months after the exchange of the 
 ratifications of this treaty; and 
 vacancies shall be filled according 
 to the manner of the original ap- 
 pointment. 
 
 sion deberan ser pagados por los 
 dos Gobiemos en igual proporcion. 
 
 La Comision Internacional de- Appointment. 
 bera ser nombrada dentro de 
 cuatro meses despues del canje de 
 las ratificaciones del Tratado; y 
 las vacantes deberan ser llenadas 
 de acuerdo con la manera del nom- 
 bramiento original. 
 
 Article III 
 
 In case the high contracting 
 parties shall have failed to ad- 
 just a dispute by diplomatic 
 methods, they shall at once re- 
 fer it to the International Com- 
 mission for investigation and re- 
 port. The International Com- 
 mission may, however, act upon 
 its own initiative, and in such case 
 it shall notify both Governments 
 and request their cooperation in 
 the investigation. 
 
 The report of the International 
 Commission shall be completed 
 within one year after date on 
 which it shall declare its investi- 
 gation to have begun, unless the 
 high contracting parties shall ex- 
 tend the time by mutual agree- 
 ment. The report shall be pre- 
 pared in triplicate; one copy 
 shall be presented to each Gov- 
 ernment, and the third retained 
 by the Commission for its files. 
 
 The high contracting parties 
 reserve the right to act indepen- 
 
 Articulo III 
 En el caso que las Altas Partes duties of 
 
 ^ Commission. 
 
 contratantes hubieren fallado en 
 arreglar una disputa por los me- 
 dios diplomaticos, deberan inme- 
 diatamente referirla a la Comision 
 Internacional para su investiga- 
 cion e informe. La Comision In- 
 ternacional puede, sin embargo, 
 actuar sobre su propia iniciativa, 
 y en tal caso debera notificar am- 
 bos Gobiernos y solicitar su 
 cooperacion en la investigacion. 
 
 El informe de la Comision In- Time for 
 
 report. 
 
 ternacional debera estar comple- 
 tado dentro de un atio despues de 
 la f echa en la cual haya declarado 
 haber empesado su investigacion, 
 a menos que las Altas Partes con- 
 tratantes extendieran el tiempo 
 por mutuo consentimiento. El in- 
 forme debera ser preparado por 
 triplicado ; una copia debera ser 
 presentada a cada Gobiemo, y la 
 tercera retenida por la Comision 
 para sus legajos. 
 
 Las Altas Partes contratantes in4«P«"'^«"' 
 
 action 
 
 se reservan el derecho de obrar in- ■■eserved. 
 
134 
 
 UNPERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 dently on the subject-matter of 
 the dispute after the report of the 
 Commission shall have been sub- 
 mitted. 
 
 dependientemente en la materia- 
 sujeta de la disputa despues que 
 el informe de la Comision se les 
 haya sometido. 
 
 Maintenance 
 of military 
 and naval 
 status quo. 
 
 Ratifications. 
 
 Duration. 
 
 Article IV 
 Pending the investigation and 
 report of the International Com- 
 mission, the high contracting 
 parties agree not to increase their 
 military or naval programs, unless 
 danger from a third power shall 
 compel such increase, in which 
 case the party feeling itself men- 
 aced shall confidentially commu- 
 nicate the fact in writing to the 
 other contracting party, where- 
 upon the latter shall also be re- 
 leased from its obligation to main- 
 tain its military and naval status 
 quo. 
 
 Article V 
 The present treaty shall be rati- 
 fied by the President of the 
 United States of America, by and 
 with the advice of the Senate 
 thereof ; and by the President of 
 the Republic of Salvador, with 
 the approval of the Congress 
 thereof ; and the ratifications shall 
 be exchanged as soon as possible. 
 It shall take efifect immediately 
 after the exchange of ratifica- 
 tions, and shall continue in force 
 for a period of five years ; and it 
 shall thereafter remain in force 
 until twelve months after one of 
 the high contracting parties have 
 
 Articulo IV 
 Durante la investigacion e in- 
 forme de la Comision Intemacio- 
 nal, las Altas Partes contratantes 
 convienen en no aumentar su pro- 
 grama militar 6 naval, a menos 
 que el peligro de un tercer Poder 
 los compela a tal aumento, en 
 cuyo caso, la parte que se creyere 
 amenazada debera comunicar con- 
 fidencialmente el hecho por escrito 
 a la otra parte contratante, por lo 
 tanto, la ultima quedara exone- 
 rada de las obligaciones de man- 
 tener su status quo militar y naval. 
 
 Articulo V 
 El presente Tratado sera ratifi- 
 cado por el Presidente de los Es- 
 tados Unidos de America, de 
 acuerdo y con el consentimiento 
 del Senado respectivo, y por el 
 Presidente de la Repiiblica de El 
 Salvador, con la aprobacion del 
 Congreso, y las ratificaciones de- 
 beran ser canjeadas tan pronto 
 como fuere posible. Debera en- 
 trar en vigor inmediatamente des- 
 pues del canje de ratificaciones, y 
 continuara en fuerza por un pe- 
 riodo de cinco afios ; y debera des- 
 pues permanecer en fuerza hasta 
 doce meses despues que una de las 
 
SALVADOR 135 
 
 given notice to the other of an in- Altas Partes contratantes haya 
 tention to terminate it. notificado a la otra la intencion de 
 
 terminarlo. 
 
 In witness whereof the respec- En fe de lo cual, los respectivos Signatures, 
 
 tive plenipotentiaries have signed Plenipotenciarios han firmado el 
 
 the present treaty and have af- presente Tratado, y han puesto 
 
 fixed thereunto their seals. al pie sus sellos. 
 
 Done in Washington on the Hecho en Washington, el dia 
 
 seventh day of August, in the siete de Agosto, en el ario de 
 
 year of our Lord nineteen hun- Nuestro Sefior mil novecientos 
 
 dred and thirteen. trece. 
 
 [seal] William Jennings Bryan 
 [seal] F. Mejia 
 
 In Executive Session, Senate of the United States 
 
 August 13, 1914. 
 
 (Legislative Day of August 11, 1914) 
 
 Resolved (Two-thirds of the Senators present concurring therein). 
 That the Senate advise and consent to the ratification of the Treaty 
 between the United States and Salvador (Ex. K, 63d Cong., 2d Sess.), 
 looking to the advancement of the Cause of General Peace, signed at 
 Washington, August 7, 1913, with the following amendments : 
 
 1. In line 3 of Article I, after the word "whatsoever" and before 
 the word "which" insert the following : to the settlement of which pre- 
 vious arbitration treaties or agreements do not apply in their terms or 
 are not applied in fact, and, so that as amended the article will read: 
 
 "The High Contracting Parties agree that all disputes between them 
 of every nature whatsoever, to the settlement of which previous arbi- 
 tration treaties or agreements do not apply in their terms or are not 
 applied in fact, and which diplomacy shall fail to adjust, shall be sub- 
 mitted for investigation and report to an International Commission, to 
 be constituted in the manner prescribed in the next succeeding Article ; 
 and they agree not to declare war or begin hostilities during such inves- 
 tigation and report." 
 
 2. Strike out Article IV. 
 
 3. Change the title of the next article so as to make it read "Article 
 IV" instead of "Article V." Attest: James M. Baker, 
 
 Secretary. 
 
136 
 
 UNPERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Treaty between the United States and Switzerland for the Advance- 
 ment of General Peace^ 
 
 Contracting 
 Powers. 
 
 Plenipoten- 
 tiaries. 
 
 Disputes to be 
 submitted to 
 an Inter- 
 national Com- 
 mission for 
 investigation 
 and report. 
 
 The President of the United 
 States of America and the Swiss 
 Federal Council, being desirous 
 to strengthen the bonds of amity 
 that bind them together and also 
 to advance the cause of general 
 peace, have resolved to enter into 
 a treaty for that purpose, and to 
 that end have appointed as their 
 plenipotentiaries : 
 
 The President of the United 
 States, the Honorable William 
 Jennings Bryan, Secretary of 
 State ; and 
 
 The Swiss Federal Council, Dr. 
 Paul Ritter, Envoy Extraordinary 
 and Minister Plenipotentiary of 
 Switzerland to the United States ; 
 
 Who, after having communi- 
 cated to each other their respec- 
 tive full powers, found to be in 
 proper form, have agreed upon 
 and concluded the following arti- 
 cles: 
 
 Article I 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree that all disputes between 
 them, of every nature whatsoever, 
 which can not be adjusted through 
 diplomatic methods, or are not 
 submitted to arbitration, shall be 
 
 Der Prasident der Vereinigten 
 Staaten von Amerika und der 
 Schweizerische Bundesrat, in der 
 Absicht, die Bande der Freund- 
 schaft, die sie verbinden, enger zu 
 kniipfen und die Sache des allge- 
 meinen Friedens zu forden, haben 
 beschlossen einen bezuglichen 
 Vertrag abzuschliessen und haben 
 zu diesem Zecke zu ihren BevoU- 
 machtigten ernannt: 
 
 Der Prasident der Vereinigten 
 Staaten: Honorable William Jen- 
 nings Bryan, Staatssekretar ; und 
 
 Der Schweizerische Bundesrat : 
 Dr. Paul Ritter, Ausserordent- 
 licher Gesandter und Bevollmach- 
 tigter Minister der Schweiz bei 
 den Vereinigten Staaten; 
 
 Welche, nach gegenseitiger 
 Auswechslung ihrer in guter und 
 richtiger Form befundenen Voll- 
 machten, folgende Artikel unter 
 sich vereinbart und abgeschlossen 
 haben : 
 
 Artikel I 
 Die Hohen Vertragschliessen- 
 den Parteien kommen iiberein, 
 dass alle zwischen ihnen auftauch- 
 enden Streitigkeiten, welcher Na- 
 tur sie auch sein mogen, welche 
 auf diplomatischem Wege nicht 
 
 1 MS. Department of State. Signed at Washington, February 13, 1914 ; rati- 
 fication advised by the Senate, August 13, 1914. 
 
SWITZERLAND 
 
 137 
 
 referred for investigation and re- 
 port to a permanent International 
 Commission, to be constituted in 
 the manner prescribed in the next 
 succeeding article ; and they 
 agree not to declare war or begin 
 hostilities during such investiga- 
 tion and before the report is sub- 
 mitted. 
 
 geschlichtet werden konnen oder 
 welche nicht einem Schiedsge- 
 richte unterbreitet werden, zur 
 Untersuchung und zum Berichte 
 einer, gemass den Bestimmungen 
 des nachfolgenden Artikels zu 
 konstituierenden Kommission un- 
 terbreitet werden sollen; und sie 
 kommen iiberein, wahrend der 
 Untersuchung und vor erfolgter 
 Berichterstattung weder Krieg zu 
 erklaren noch die Feindseligkeiten 
 zu eroffnen. 
 
 Article II 
 The International Commission 
 shall be composed of five mem- 
 bers, to be appointed as follows: 
 One member shall be chosen from 
 each country, by the Government 
 thereof; one member shall be 
 chosen by each Government from 
 some third country; the fifth 
 member shall be chosen by com- 
 mon agreement between the two 
 Governments, it being understood 
 that he shall not be a citizen of 
 either country. Each of the High 
 Contracting Parties shall have the 
 right to remove, at any time be- 
 fore investigation begins, any 
 Commissioner selected by it and 
 to name his successor, and under 
 the same conditions shall also 
 have the right to withdraw its ap- 
 proval of the fifth Commissioner 
 selected jointly; in which case a 
 new Commissioner shall be se- 
 lected jointly as in the original 
 
 Artikel II 
 Die internationale Kommission international 
 
 Commission. 
 soil aUS fiinf, wie folgt zu be- Composition. 
 
 stimmenden Mitgliedem zusam- 
 mengesetzt sein: ein Mitglied 
 wird von jedem Lande durch die 
 betreffende Regierung gewahlt ; 
 ein Mitglied wird von jeder 
 Regierung aus einem dritten 
 Staate ernannt; das fiinf te Mit- 
 glied wird durch gemeinsames 
 Uebereinkommen der beiden Re- 
 gierungen bezeichnet, in der An- 
 nahme jedoch, dass es nicht 
 Biirger eines der beiden Lander 
 sei. Jede der Hohen Vertrag- 
 schliessenden Parteien soil das 
 Recht haben, irgend einen von ihr 
 gewahlten Kommissar, jederzeit 
 vor Beginn der Untersuchung, 
 abzuberufen und seinen Nach- 
 folger zu ernennen, und soil un- 
 ter denselben Bedingungen das 
 Recht haben, ihre Anerkennung 
 des gemeinsam ernannten fiinften 
 
138 
 
 UNPEEFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Compensation. 
 
 Expenses. 
 
 Appointment. 
 
 selection. The Commissioners 
 shall, when actually employed in 
 the investigation of a dispute, re- 
 ceive such compensation as shall 
 be agreed upon by the High Con- 
 tracting Parties. The expenses 
 of the Commission shall be paid 
 by the two Governments in equal 
 proportion. 
 
 The International Commission 
 shall be appointed within six 
 months after the exchange of the 
 ratifications of this treaty; and 
 vacancies shall be filled according 
 to the manner of the original ap- 
 pointment. 
 
 Kommissars zuriickzuziehen ; in 
 diesem Falle soil ein neuer Kom- 
 missar nach der Art der urspriing- 
 lichen Wahl gemeinsam ernannt 
 werden. Die Kommissare sollen 
 wahrend der tatsachlichen Inan- 
 spruchnahme durch die Untersu- 
 chung eines Streitfalles eine Ent- 
 schadigung erhalten, wie sie von 
 den Hohen Vertragschliessenden 
 Parteien vereinbart worden ist. 
 Die Kosten der Kommission sind 
 von den beiden Regierungen zu 
 gleichen Teilen zu tragen. 
 
 Die internationale Kommission 
 soil innert sechs Monaten nach 
 Austausch der Ratifikationsur- 
 kunden dieses Vertrages ernannt 
 werden; Vakanzen sind nach der 
 Art der urspriinglichen Wahl 
 auszufullen. 
 
 Duties of 
 Commission, 
 
 Article III 
 
 In case the Pligh Contracting 
 Parties shall have failed to adjust 
 a dispute by diplomatic methods, 
 or through an arbitration, they 
 shall at once refer it to the Inter- 
 national Commission for investi- 
 gation and report. The Interna- 
 tional Commission may, however, 
 spontaneously ofifer its services to 
 that effect, and in such case it 
 shall notify both Governments and 
 request their cooperation in the 
 investigation. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 agree that in such a case they will 
 
 Artikel III 
 Fur den Fall, dass die Hohen 
 Vertragschliessenden Parteien 
 einen Streitfall auf diplomati- 
 schem Wege oder durch ein 
 Schiedsgericht nicht werden beile- 
 gen konnen, so werden sie densel- 
 ben sofort der internationalen 
 Kommission zur Untersuchung 
 und zum Bericht unterbreiten. 
 Die internationale Kommission 
 kann immerhin auf ihre eigene 
 Initiative zu diesem Zwecke ihre 
 Dienste anbieten, und soil in sol- 
 chen Fallen die beiden Regierun- 
 gen benachrichtigen und deren 
 
SWITZERLAND 
 
 139 
 
 support the efforts of the Commis- 
 sion in every direction. 
 
 The report of the International 
 Commission shall be completed 
 within one year after the date on 
 which it shall declare its investi- 
 gation to have begun, unless the 
 High Contracting Parties shall 
 limit or extend the time by mutual 
 agreement. The report shall be 
 prepared in triplicate; one copy 
 shall be presented to each Govern- 
 ment, and the third retained by 
 the Commission for its files. 
 
 The High Contracting Parties 
 reserve the right to act indepen- 
 dently on the subject-matter of 
 the dispute after the report of the 
 Commission shall have been sub- 
 mitted. 
 
 Mitarbeit bei der Untersuchun^ 
 nachsuchen; die Hohen Vertrag- 
 schliessenden Parteien kommen 
 iiberein, dass sie in diesem Falle 
 die Bemiihungen der Kommis- 
 sion in jeder Richtung unterstut- 
 zen werden. 
 
 Der Bericht der internationalen Time for 
 
 report. 
 
 Kommission ist innert Jahresfrist 
 nach dem Datum, an welchem 
 diese erklaren wird, die Untersu- 
 chung begonnen zu haben, abzuge- 
 ben, es sei denn, die Hohen Ver- 
 tragschliessenden Parteien verkiir- 
 zen oder dehnen diese Frist durch 
 gegenseitiges Einverstandnis wel- 
 ter aus. Der Bericht soil in drei 
 Exemplaren abgegeben werden ; 
 eine Abschrift wird jeder Regie- 
 rung vorgelegt und die dritte bei 
 den Akten der Kommission zu- 
 riickbehalten werden. 
 
 Die Hohen Vertragschliessen- independent 
 
 ° action 
 
 den Parteien behalten sich das reserved. 
 Recht vor, nachdem der Bericht 
 der Kommission abgegeben sein 
 wird, in der Hauptstreitsache 
 unabhangig zu handeln. 
 
 Article IV 
 The present treaty shall be rati- 
 fied by the President of the 
 United States of America, by and 
 with the advice and consent of the 
 Senate thereof ; and by the Swiss 
 Federal Council in accordance 
 with the provisions of the Swiss 
 Constitution and the Swiss laws; 
 and the ratifications shall be ex- 
 
 Artikel IV 
 Der gegenwartige Vertrag wird Ratifications. 
 vom Prasidenten der Vereinigten 
 Staaten von Amerika nach Be- 
 richt und mit der Zustimmung des 
 Senates, und vom schweizerischen 
 Bundesrat gemass den Bestim- 
 mungen der schweizerischen 
 Bundesverfassung und der 
 schweizerischen Gesetze, ratifiziert 
 
140 
 
 UNPERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 changed as soon as possible. It 
 shall take effect immediately after 
 the exchange of ratifications, and 
 shall continue in force for a pe- 
 riod of five years; and it shall 
 thereafter remain in force until 
 twelve months after one of the 
 High Contracting Parties have 
 given notice to the other of an in- 
 tention to terminate it. 
 
 Signatures. ju witness whereof the respec- 
 
 tive plenipotentiaries have signed 
 the present treaty and have af- 
 fixed thereunto their seals. 
 
 Done in Washington on the 
 13th day of February, in the year 
 of our Lord nineteen hundred and 
 fourteen. 
 
 [seal] 
 [seal] 
 
 werden; und die Ratifikationsur- 
 kunden sollen so bald als moglich 
 ausgewechselt werden. Er tritt 
 unmittelbar nach dem Austausch 
 der Ratifikationsurkunden in 
 Kraft und soil fur eine Dauer von 
 fiinf Jahren in Kraft bleiben ; und 
 er soil alsdann noch bis zwolf Mo- 
 nate, nachdem eine der Hohen 
 Vertragschliessenden Parteien der 
 andern von der Absicht, ihn 
 ablaufen zu lassen, Mitteilung 
 gemacht hat in Kraft bleiben. 
 
 Als Urkund dessen haben die 
 beidseitigen Bevollmachtigten den 
 vorliegenden Vertrag unterzeich- 
 net und ihre Siegel beigesetzt. 
 
 Also gegeben in Washington 
 den 13 Februar im Jahre des 
 Herrn neunzehnhundert und vier- 
 zehn. 
 William Jennings Bryan 
 
 P. RiTTER 
 
 Treaty between the United States and Venezuela for the Advance- 
 ment of General Peace^ 
 
 Contracting 
 Powers. 
 
 The President of the United 
 States of Venezuela and the 
 President of the United States of 
 America, being desirous to 
 strengthen the bonds of amity 
 that bind Venezuela and the 
 United States together and also to 
 advance the cause of general 
 peace, have resolved to enter into 
 
 El Presidente de los Estados 
 Unidos de Venezuela y el Presi- 
 dente de los Estados Unidos de 
 America, en el deseo de estrechar 
 los lazos de amistad que unen a 
 Venezuela y a los Estados Unidos, 
 y con el proposito de laborar por 
 la causa de la paz general, han re- 
 suelto celebrar un tratado que 
 
 1 MS. Department of State. Sigtied at Caracas. March 21, 1914; ratification 
 advised by the Senate, August 13, 1914. 
 
VENEZUELA 
 
 141 
 
 a treaty for that purpose and to 
 that end have appointed as their 
 plenipotentiaries : 
 
 The President of the United 
 States of Venezuela, Seiior Doc- 
 tor Manuel Diaz Rodriguez, Min- 
 ister for Foreign Relations; and 
 the President of the United States 
 of America, Mr. Preston Mc- 
 Goodwin, Envoy Extraordinary 
 and Minister Plenipotentiary of 
 said Nation to Venezuela ; 
 
 Who, after having communi- 
 cated to each other their respec- 
 tive full powers, found to be in 
 proper form, have agreed upon 
 and concluded the following arti- 
 cles: 
 
 Article I 
 The high contracting parties 
 agree that all disputes between 
 them, of every nature whatsoever, 
 which diplomacy shall fail to ad- 
 just, shall be submitted for inves- 
 tigation and report to a Perma- 
 nent International Commission, 
 to be constituted in the manner 
 prescribed in Article II ; and they 
 agree, if the case arises, not to 
 declare war nor to begin hostili- 
 ties during such investigation and 
 before the report has been con- 
 sidered. 
 
 Article II 
 The International Commission 
 shall be composed of five mem- 
 
 tienda especialmente a esos fines, 
 y para ello ha nombrado como sus 
 plenipotenciarios : 
 
 El Presidente de los EstadOS Plenipoten- 
 tiaries. 
 
 Unidos de Venezuela al Seiior 
 Doctor Manuel Diaz Rodriguez, 
 Ministro de Relaciones Exterio- 
 res ; y el Presidente de los Estados 
 Unidos de America al Seiior Pres- 
 ton McGoodwin, Enviado Ex- 
 traordinario y Ministro Plenipo- 
 tenciario de dicha Nacion en Ve- 
 nezuela. 
 
 Quienes, despues de haberse co- 
 municado sus respectivos plenos 
 poderes y de hallarlos en debida 
 forma, han convenido en los si- 
 guientes articulos : 
 
 ARTfcuLo I 
 Las altas partes contratantes Disputes to be 
 
 ^ submitted to 
 
 convienen en que todas las dife- aninter- 
 
 , ^ national Com- 
 
 rencias surgidas entre ellas, de mission for 
 
 . investigation 
 
 cualquier naturaleza que sean, y and report. 
 que no se hayan podido arreglar 
 por los medios diplomaticos, seran 
 sometidas, para su investigacion e 
 informe, a una Comision Interna- 
 cional Permanente, que se consti- 
 tuira de la manera prescrita en el 
 articulo II; y convienen, si lle- 
 gare el caso, en no declararse la 
 guerra ni comenzar hostilidades 
 mientras dure la investigacion y 
 no haya sido considerado el in- 
 forme. 
 
 Art! cuLo II 
 La Comision Internacional se international 
 
 Commission. 
 
 compondra de cinco miembros que Composition. 
 
142 
 
 UNPERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Expenses. 
 
 Appointment. 
 
 bers, to be appointed as follows: 
 one member shall be chosen from 
 each country, by the Government 
 thereof; one member shall be 
 chosen by each Government from 
 some third country; the fifth 
 member shall be chosen by com- 
 mon agreement between the two 
 Governments, who can also sub- 
 mit his election to the four arbi- 
 trators already appointed ; it being 
 understood that he shall not be a 
 citizen of either of the two coun- 
 tries. The expenses shall be paid 
 by the two Governments in equal 
 proportion. 
 
 The International Commission 
 shall be appointed within six 
 months after the exchange of the 
 ratifications of this treaty; and 
 the vacancies shall be filled ac- 
 cording to the manner of the orig- 
 inal appointment. 
 
 se nombraran como sigue: cada 
 uno de los Gobiernos escogera de 
 entre sus nacionales un miembro ; 
 otro se elegira de un tercer pais 
 por cada Gobierno, y el quinto 
 sera elegido de comun acuerdo en- 
 tre los dos Gobiernos, quienes 
 pueden tambien someter su elec- 
 cion a los cuatro arbitros ya nom- 
 brados; teniendose entendido que 
 no ha de ser ciudadano de nin- 
 guno de los dos paises. Los gas- 
 tos de la Comision seran sufra- 
 gados por partes iguales entre los 
 dos Gobiernos. 
 
 La Comision Internacional sera 
 nombrada dentro de seis meses 
 despues del canje de las ratifica- 
 ciones de este tratado ; y las faltas 
 seran suplidas siguiendo el proce- 
 dimiento adoptado para el nom- 
 bramiento original. 
 
 Duties of 
 Commission. 
 
 Article III 
 In case the high contracting 
 parties shall have failed to ad- 
 just a dispute by diplomatic 
 methods, they shall at once refer 
 it to the International Commis- 
 sion for investigation and report. 
 The International Commission, 
 may, however, before taking dip- 
 lomatic steps or in the course 
 thereof, act upon its own initia- 
 tive, and in such case it shall no- 
 tify both Governments and re- 
 quest their cooperation in the in- 
 vestigation. 
 
 Articulo III 
 En caso de que las altas partes 
 contratantes no puedan llegar al 
 arreglo de una controversia por la 
 via diplomatica, habran de some- 
 terla inmediatamente a la Comi- 
 sion Internacional para su inves- 
 tigacion e informe. La Comision 
 Internacional puede, sin embargo, 
 antes de que se inicien los tratos 
 diplomaticos o en el curso de ellos, 
 ofrecer espontaneamente sus ser- 
 vicios al efecto, y en tal caso lo 
 notificara a ambos Gobiernos, ex- 
 citandoles a que cooperen a la in- 
 vestigacion. 
 
VENEZUELA 
 
 143 
 
 The high contracting parties 
 agree to afford to the Permanent 
 International Commission all the 
 means and facilities required for 
 its investigation and report. 
 
 In each instance, the report of 
 the International Commission 
 shall be completed within one 
 year after the date on which it 
 shall declare its investigation to 
 have begun, unless the high con- 
 tracting parties shall limit or ex- 
 tend the time by mutual agree- 
 ment. The report shall be pre- 
 pared in triplicate; one copy shall 
 be presented to each Government, 
 and the third retained by the Com- 
 mission for its files. 
 
 The high contracting parties re- 
 serve the right to act independent- 
 ly on the subject-matter of the 
 dispute after the report of the 
 Commission shall have been sub- 
 mitted. 
 
 Las altas partes contratantes Facilities for 
 
 investigation. 
 
 convienen en proporcionar a la 
 Comision Internacional Perma- 
 nente todos los medios y facili- 
 dades requeridos para su investi- 
 gacion e informe. 
 
 En cada caso, el informe de la Time for 
 
 ' report. 
 
 Comision Internacional sera con- 
 cluido dentro de un aiio despues 
 de la fecha en que se hubiere or- 
 denado el comienzo de su investi- 
 gacion, a menos que las altas par- 
 tes contratantes limiten o prolon- 
 guen el lapso de mutuo acuerdo. 
 El informe se hara por triplicado ; 
 una copia se presentara a cada 
 uno de los Gobiernos, y la tercera 
 se conservara en los archives de la 
 Comision. 
 
 Las altas partes contratantes se 
 reservan el derecho de obrar inde- 
 pendientemente acerca del asunto 
 de la controversia, despues de ha- 
 berles sido sometido el informe 
 de la Comision. 
 
 Article IV 
 
 The present treaty shall be rati- 
 fied by the President of the 
 United States of Venezuela, with 
 the approval of the Congress and 
 by the President of the United 
 States of America, by and with 
 the advice and consent of the 
 Senate thereof; and the ratifica- 
 tions shall be exchanged as soon 
 as possible. 
 
 It shall take effect immediately 
 after the exchange of ratifications. 
 
 Articulo IV 
 El presente tratado sera ratifi- Ratifications. 
 cado por el Presidente de los Es- 
 tados Unidos de Venezuela, con la 
 aprobacion del Congreso ; y por el 
 Presidente de los Estados Unidos 
 de America, por y con el voto y 
 consentimiento del Senado de 
 dicho pais ; y las ratificaciones se- 
 ran canjeadas tan pronto como sea 
 posible. Entrara en vigencia in- 
 mediatamente despues del canje 
 de las ratificaciones, y continuara 
 
144 
 
 UNPERFECTED TREATIES 
 
 Signatures. 
 
 and shall continue in force for a 
 period of five years; and it shall 
 thereafter remain in force until 
 twelve months after one of the 
 high contracting parties have 
 given notice to the other of an in- 
 tention to terminate it. 
 
 In witness whereof the respec- 
 tive plenipotentiaries have signed , 
 the present treaty and have af- 
 fixed thereunto their seals. 
 
 Done at Caracas on the twenty- 
 first day of March in the year 
 nineteen hundred and fourteen. 
 
 [seal] Preston 
 [seal] Manuel 
 
 estandolo por un periodo de cinco 
 alios ; y quedara luego en vigencia 
 hasta despues de doce meses en 
 que una de las altas partes contra- 
 tantes haya dado aviso a la otra 
 de su intencion de darle termino. 
 
 En prueba de lo cual los res- 
 pectivos plenipotenciarios han fir- 
 mado el presente tratado y lo han 
 sellado con sus sellos. 
 
 Hecho en Caracas el dia veinte 
 y uno de Marzo del aiio mil nove- 
 cientos catorce. 
 McGooDWiN 
 Diaz Rodriguez 
 
 Purpose of 
 protocol to 
 remove un- 
 certainty 
 regarding 
 interpretation 
 of Article 
 II of treaty 
 of peace. 
 
 PROTOCOL 
 
 Supplemental to the Treaty of Peace Between the United States and 
 
 Venezuela 
 
 The Government of the United 
 States of America and the Gov- 
 ernment of the United States of 
 Venezuela, desirous of removing 
 any doubt or uncertainty that 
 may exist or that may hereafter 
 arise as to the interpretation to 
 be placed upon the second clause 
 of Article II of the Treaty of 
 March 21, 1914, between the 
 United States and Venezuela, 
 looking to the advancement of the 
 general cause of peace, which 
 clause reads as follows : 
 
 "The International Commission 
 may, however, before taking dip- 
 
 El Gobierno de los Estados 
 Unidos de America y el Gobierno 
 de los Estados Unidos de Vene- 
 zuela, deseosos de resolver cual- 
 quiera duda o incertidumbre que 
 exista o pueda surgir respecto al 
 alcance de la clausula segunda 
 del Articulo III del Tratado del 
 21 de marzo de 1914 concluido 
 entre los Estados Unidos y Vene- 
 zuela y encaminado al f omento de 
 la causa general de la paz; clau- 
 sula cuyo tenor es como sigue : 
 
 "La Comision Internacional 
 puede, sin embargo antes de que 
 
VENEZUELA 
 
 145 
 
 lomatic steps or in the course 
 thereof, act upon its own initia- 
 tive, and in such case it shall no- 
 tify both Governments and re- 
 quest their cooperation in the in- 
 vestigation." 
 
 have authorized the under- 
 signed Renipotentiaries to declare 
 as follows : 
 
 It is the understanding of the 
 two Governments that the said 
 clause does not confer upon the 
 Commission the right to act upon 
 its own initiative before diploma- 
 tic means of adjustment have 
 been exhausted, but that it shall 
 be understood as meaning that, 
 should the Commission spon- 
 taneously offer its services, it 
 shall not proceed to undertake its 
 investigation and report in the 
 matter which is the subject of dis- 
 agreement between the two Gov- 
 ernments, until after they shall 
 have exhausted diplomatic means 
 of adjustment. 
 
 In witness whereof, the un- 
 dersigned Plenipotentiaries have 
 signed their names and afifixed 
 their seals to this Protocol, at the 
 city of Caracas, this twenty- 
 seventh day of February, in the 
 year 1915. 
 
 [seal] 
 [seal] 
 
 se inicien los tratos diplomaticos 
 o en el curso de ellos, ofrecer es- 
 pontaneamente sus servicios al 
 efecto, y en tal caso lo notificara 
 a ambos Gobiernos, excitandolos 
 a que cooperen a la investiga- 
 cion:" han autorizado a los in- 
 frascritos Plenipotenciarios para 
 hacer la siguiente declaracion: 
 
 Lios dos Gobiernos declaran que Understand- 
 
 ^ ^ ing of the 
 
 la clausula trascrita no confiere a Governments. 
 la Comision el derecho de obrar 
 de propia iniciativa antes de ha- 
 berse agotado los medios diploma- 
 ticos de arreglo, sino que ha de 
 entenderse que si la Comision 
 ofreciere espontaneamente sus ser- 
 vicios, no podra proceder a prac- 
 ticar su investigacion y hacer in- 
 forme en el asunto que motiva el 
 desacuerdo de los dos Gobiernos 
 sino despues que estos hayan ago- 
 tado los medios diplomaticos de 
 arreglo. 
 
 En testimonio de lo cual los in- signatures, 
 frascritos Plenipotenciarios auto- 
 rizan con sus firmas y sellos el 
 presente Protocolo, en Caracas, a 
 los veinte y siete dias del mes de 
 Febrero de mil novecientos 
 quince. 
 
 Preston McGoodwin 
 
 Ign. Andrade 
 
TABLE SHOWING THE STATUS OF TREATIES FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF 
 PEACE, WITH REFERENCE TO EVERY NATION 
 
 Nations invited to negotiate 
 treaties^ 
 
 Accepted in 
 principle 
 
 Treaty siened 
 
 Ratification advised 
 by Senate 
 
 Ratifications 
 exchmeed 
 
 Argentine Republic. . 
 Austria-Hungary . . . 
 
 Belgium 
 
 Bolivia 
 
 Brazil 
 
 Chile 
 
 China 
 
 Colombia 
 
 Costa Rica 
 
 Cuba 
 
 Denmark 
 
 Dominican Republic, 
 
 Ecuador 
 
 France 
 
 Germany 
 
 Great Britain 
 
 Greece 
 
 Guatemala 
 
 Haiti 
 
 Honduras 
 
 Italy 
 
 Japan 
 
 Mexico 
 
 Netherlands 
 
 Nicaragua 
 
 Norway 
 
 Panama 
 
 Paraguay 
 
 Persia 
 
 Peru 
 
 Portugal 
 
 Russia 
 
 Salvador 
 
 Siam 
 
 Spain 
 
 Sweden 
 
 Switzerland 
 
 Turkey 
 
 Uruguay 
 
 Venezuela 
 
 Accepted 
 
 Accepted 
 
 Accepted 
 
 Accepted 
 
 Accepted 
 
 July 
 
 24, 1914 
 
 August 13, 1914 
 
 January 22, 1914 
 July 24, 1914 
 
 July 24, 1914 
 
 September IS, 1914 
 
 August 
 August 
 August 
 October 
 
 13, 1914 
 13, 1914 
 20, 1914 
 12, 1914 
 
 January 8, 1915 
 
 October 28, 1916 
 
 January 19, 1916 
 
 October 22, 1915 
 
 February 13, 1914 
 
 August 13, 1914 
 
 April 17, 1914 
 
 February 17, 1914 
 October 13, 1914 
 September 15, 1914 
 
 September 30, 1914 
 
 November 
 January 
 
 12. 1914 
 
 19. 1915 
 
 October 20, 1914 
 September 25, 1914 
 
 January 
 January 
 
 22, 1916 
 22, 1915 
 
 September 15, 1914 
 October 13, 1914 
 September 20, 1913 
 
 September 25, 1914 
 October 20, 1914 
 August 13, 1914 
 
 November 
 October 
 
 10, 1914 
 13, 1914 
 
 November 3, 1913 
 May 5, 1914 
 
 August 
 August 
 
 13, 1914 
 13, 1914 
 
 July 
 Ma(rch 
 
 27, 1916 
 19, 1915 
 
 December 
 
 December 
 
 June 
 
 September 
 
 August 
 
 February 
 
 July 
 
 February 
 
 October 
 
 August 
 
 18, 1913 
 
 17. 1913 
 
 24. 1914 
 
 20. 1913 
 
 29. 1914 
 4, 1914 
 
 14, 1914 
 4, 1914 
 1, 1914 
 7, 1913 
 
 August 
 August 
 August 
 
 13, 1914 
 13, 1914 
 13, 1914 
 
 October 21, 1914 
 
 October 22, 1914 
 
 August 13, 1914 
 
 August 20, 1914 
 
 August 13, 1914 
 
 October 13, 1914 
 
 August 13, 1914 
 
 March 9, 1915 
 
 March 4, 1915 
 
 October 24, 1914 
 March 22, 1915 
 
 September 15, 1914 
 October 13, 1914 
 February 13, 1914 
 
 September 25, 1914 
 October 22, 1914 
 August 13, 1914 
 
 December 21, 1914 
 January 11, 1915 
 
 July 
 March 
 
 20, 1914 
 21, 1914 
 
 August 
 August 
 
 13, 1914 
 13, 1914 
 
 February 24, 1915 
 
 iThe invitation was issued only to countries which had diplomatic representation in 
 Washington in April, 1913. Bulgaria, Luxemburg, Montenegro, Roumania and Serbia, not 
 having such representation, did not receive an invitation. See Introduction, p. xxxiii. 
 
APPENDIX 
 
 Tratado entre la Repuhlica de 
 Chile, Argentina y los Estados 
 Unidos del Brasil para Facilitar 
 la Solucion Pacifica de las Con- 
 troversias Internacionales} 
 
 Los Gobiernos de las Repiiblicas 
 de Chile, Argentina y Estados Uni- 
 dos del Brasil, en el deseo de afir- 
 mar en esta oportunidad la inteli- 
 gencia cordial que la comunidad 
 de ideales e intereses ha creado 
 entre sus respectivos paises y de 
 consolidar las relaciones de estre- 
 cha amistad que los vinculan, con- 
 jurando la posibilidad de conflic- 
 tos violentos en el porvenir; con- 
 secuentes con los designios de Con- 
 cordia y de paz que inspiran su 
 politica intemacional y con el 
 firme proposito de cooperar a que 
 cada dia se haga mas solida la 
 confratemidad de las Repiiblicas 
 americanas ; teniendo presente que 
 los Tratados vigentes de Arbitraje 
 entre Chile y el Brasil, de 18 de 
 mayo de 1899, entre la Republica 
 Argentina y Chile de 28 de mayo 
 de 1902, y entre la Republica Ar- 
 gentina y el Brasil, de 7 de sep- 
 tiembre de 1905, que consagraron 
 al arbitraje como el linico medio 
 de solucionar todas las controver- 
 sias de cualquier naturaleza que 
 
 Treaty between the Republic of 
 Chile, Argentine, and the United 
 States of Brasil to facilitate the 
 Peaceful Solution of Interna- 
 tional Controversies.^ 
 
 The Governments of the Re- 
 publics of Chile, Argentine and 
 the United States of Brazil, de- 
 siring to strengthen, on this occa- 
 sion, the cordial understanding 
 which the community of ideals 
 and interests has created between 
 their respective countries and to 
 cement the relations of close 
 friendship which bind them to- 
 gether, averting the possibility of 
 violent conflicts in the future; 
 consistent with the designs for 
 harmony and peace which inspire 
 their international politics and in 
 the firm determination to cooper- 
 ate in order to strengthen more 
 and more the brotherhood of the 
 American republics; taking into 
 consideration that the existing 
 treaties of arbitration between 
 Chile and Brazil, signed on May 
 18, 1899, between the Argentine 
 Republic and Chile, signed on 
 May 28, 1902, and between the 
 Republic of Argentine and Brazil, 
 signed on September 7, 1905, 
 which placed arbitration as the 
 
 1 MS. Department of State, Washington, D. C. 
 
 2 Translation. 
 
148 
 
 APPENDIX 
 
 surgieren entre ellos, exceptuaron 
 de este recurso, el primera de los 
 referidos tratados, aquellas cues- 
 tiones que no puedaxi ser formula- 
 das juridicamente, y los dos lilti- 
 mos las que afectan a los precep- 
 tos constitucionales de los paises 
 contratantes : han resuelto adoptar 
 ahora una norma de procedimiento 
 que facilite la solucion amistosa 
 de las cuestiones que quedaron 
 excluidas del arbitraje en virtud 
 de dichos pactos y para este fin 
 han convenido en celebrar un 
 Tratado especial nombrando al 
 efecto los siguientes Plenipoten- 
 ciarios : 
 
 El Presidente de la Republica 
 de Chile al senor Doctor Don 
 Alejandro Lira, Ministro Secre- 
 tario de Estado en el Departa- 
 mento de Relaciones Exteriores. 
 El Presidente de la Republica 
 Argentina al senor Doctor Jose 
 Luis Murature, Ministro Secre- 
 tario de Estado' en el Departa- 
 mento de Relaciones Exteriores y 
 Culto. El Presidente de la Repu- 
 blica de los Estados Unidos del 
 Brasil al senor General Doctor 
 Don Lauro Miiller, Ministro de 
 Estado de Relaciones Exteriores. 
 Los cuales, despues de haberse co- 
 municado sus Plenos Poderes que 
 hallaron en buena y debida forma 
 han convenido lo siguiente : 
 
 only means of solving all difficul- 
 ties of whatever nature, that 
 might arise between them, ex- 
 cluded from arbitration, the first 
 of the treaties in reference, those 
 questions which can not be legally 
 treated, and the last two, those 
 questions affecting the constitu- 
 tional law of the contracting cotm- 
 tries: they then have resolved to 
 adopt rules of procedure to facili- 
 tate the friendly solution of the 
 questions which were excluded 
 from arbitration by virtue of said 
 agreements, and to this end have 
 agreed to conclude a special treaty 
 naming for this purpose the fol- 
 lowing plenipotentiaries : 
 
 The President of the Republic 
 of Chile, Doctor Alejandro' Lira, 
 Secretary of State in the Depart- 
 ment for Foreign Affairs. The 
 President of the Argentine Re- 
 public, Doctor Jose Luis Mura- 
 ture, Secretary of State in the 
 Department for Foreign Affairs. 
 The President of the Republic of 
 the United States of Brazil, (Gen- 
 eral) Doctor Lauro Miiller, Min- 
 ister of State for Foreign Affairs. 
 Who, after having communicated 
 their full Powers which were 
 found in good and due form have 
 agreed upon the following: 
 
APPENDIX 
 
 149 
 
 ARTfcULO I 
 
 Las controversias que por cual- 
 quiera cuestion originada en lo 
 future surgieren entre las tres 
 partes Contratantes o entre dos de 
 ellas y que no hubieren podido ser 
 resueltas por la via diplomatica ni 
 sometidas a arbitraje de acuerdo 
 con los Tratados existentes o con 
 los que ulteriormente se ajustaren, 
 seran sometidas a la investigacion 
 e informe de una Comision Per- 
 manente constituida en la forma 
 que establece el Articulo III. Las 
 Altas Partes Contratantes se obli- 
 gan a no practicar actos hostiles 
 hasta despues de haberse produ- 
 cido el informe de la Comision que 
 establece el presente Tratado o 
 transcurrido el plazo de un aiio a 
 que se refiere el Articulo V. 
 
 ARTfcuLO II 
 Es entendido que lo estipulado 
 en el articulo precedente no res- 
 tringe en nada, ni los compromises 
 establecidos en los Tratados de ar- 
 bitraje, actuales o futures, entre 
 las Altas Partes Contratantes, ni 
 la obligacion de cumplir los fallos 
 arbitrales en las cuestiones que 
 segun esos Tratados hayan sido o 
 fueren resueltas por arbitraje. 
 
 Articulo III 
 Para constituir la Comision 
 Permanente a que se refiere el 
 Articulo I, cada una de las Altas 
 
 Article 1 
 Controversies which may arise 
 among the three Contracting 
 Parties, or between two of them, 
 on any subject whatever originat- 
 ing in the future and which can 
 not be adjusted by diplomacy, or 
 submitted to arbitration in con- 
 formity with existing or future 
 treaties, shall be submitted for in- 
 vestigation and report to a Per- 
 manent Commission organized in 
 the manner established by Arti- 
 cle 3. The High Contracting Par- 
 ties engage not to commit hostile 
 acts before the report of the Com- 
 mission established by the present 
 treaty, or until the expiration of 
 the period of one year mentioned 
 in Article 5. 
 
 Article 2 
 It is imderstood that the stipu- 
 lations of the preceding article 
 do not restrict in any way, either 
 the bonds established in existing 
 or future arbitration treaties, be- 
 tween the High Contracting Par- 
 ties, nor the obligation to comply 
 with the arbitral decisions on the 
 questions which, in accordance 
 with those treaties, have been or 
 may be decided by arbitration. 
 
 Article 3 
 In order to constitute the Per- 
 manent Commission referred to in 
 Article 1, each of the High Con- 
 
150 
 
 APPENDIX 
 
 Partes Contratantes designara un 
 Delegado, dentro de los tres meses 
 despues de canjeadas las ratifica- 
 ciones del presente Tratado. Cada 
 Gobiemo podra revocar el nom- 
 bramiento de su propio Delegado 
 en cualquier momento antes de 
 iniciada la investigacion, debiendo 
 sin embargo, designar el reempla- 
 zante en el mismo acto en que se 
 produzca la revocacion. La vacante 
 que ocurriere por otras causas 
 sera llenada por el Gobierno res- 
 pectivo y no suspendera los efec- 
 tos de las disposiciones estableci- 
 das por este Tratado. 
 
 Articulo IV 
 Las controversias a que se re- 
 fiere el Articulo I seran referidas 
 para su investigacion e informe a 
 la Comision inmediatamente des- 
 pues que las negociaciones diplo- 
 maticas hayan fracasado para so- 
 lucionarlas. Cualquiera de los 
 Gobiemos interesados en la con- 
 troversia podra hacer la convoca- 
 toria respectiva para cuyo efecto 
 bastara comunicar oficialmente es- 
 ta decision a los otros dos Go- 
 biemos. 
 
 ARTfcULO V 
 
 La Comision Permanente se 
 constituira en la ciudad de Mon- 
 tevideo dentro de los tres meses 
 despues de haber sido convocada 
 y determinara las reglas de pro- 
 cedimiento a que deba ajustarse en 
 el cumplimiento de su mision. 
 
 tracting Parties shall appoint a 
 delegate within three months after 
 the exchange of ratifications of 
 the present treaty. Each Govern- 
 ment may revoke the appointment 
 of its own delegate at any time be^ 
 fore the beginning of the inves- 
 tigation, but shall, however, des- 
 ignate the successor in the same 
 act of revocation. Vacancy due to 
 other causes shall be filled by the 
 respective Government, and the 
 provisions of the present treaty 
 shall not be suspended thereby. 
 
 Article 4 
 
 The controversies mentioned in 
 Article 1 shall be submitted for 
 investigation and report to the 
 commission immediately after the 
 breakdown of the diplomatic ne- 
 gotiations for their solution. Each 
 of the Governments interested in 
 the controversy can convoke the 
 Commission. In order that the 
 convocation miay produce its 
 effect, it is sufficient to communi- 
 cate it to the two other Govern- 
 ments. 
 
 Article S 
 The Permanent Commission 
 shall be constituted in the city of 
 Montevideo within three months 
 of its convocation, and it shall de- 
 termine the rules of procedure 
 necessary for the accomplishment 
 of its mission. If for any reason 
 
APPENDIX 
 
 151 
 
 Aun cuando por cualquiera causa 
 dicha Comision no pudiera reu- 
 nirse, una vez transcurridos los 
 tres meses se la considerara cons- 
 tituida para el efecto de los pla- 
 zos que establece el presente Arti- 
 culo. Las Altas Partes Contra- 
 tantes suministraran los antece- 
 dentes e informaciones necesarias 
 para la investigacion. La Comi- 
 sion debera presentar su informe 
 antes de un ano a contar desde la 
 fecha de su constitucion. Si no 
 hubiere podido completarse la in- 
 vestigacion ni redactarse el in- 
 forme dentro del termino fijado 
 podra ampliarse por seis meses o 
 mas el plazo establecido, siempre 
 que estuvieran de acuerdo a este 
 respecto las Altas Partes Contra- 
 tantes. 
 
 Articulo VI 
 Sometido el informe a los res- 
 pectivos Gobiemos o no habien- 
 dose este producido dentro de los 
 terminos estipulados, las Altas 
 Partes Contratantes recuperaran 
 toda su libertad de accion para 
 proceder como crean conveniente 
 a sus intereses en el asunto de la 
 investigacion. 
 
 the Commission can not meet, it 
 shall, at the expiration of the 
 three months, be considered as 
 constituted for the purposes of 
 the periods established in the 
 present article. The High Con- 
 tracting Parties shall submit the 
 antecedents and the information 
 necessary for the investigation. 
 The Commission must present its 
 report before the expiration of a 
 year from the date of its constitu- 
 tion. If it can not complete its in- 
 vestigation nor prepare its report 
 within the period fixed, it may ex- 
 tend the period for six months or 
 longer, with the consent of the 
 High Contracting Parties. 
 
 Article 6 
 Once the report has been sub- 
 mitted to the respective Govern- 
 ments or, in case the same has not 
 been rendered within the time 
 specified, the High Contracting 
 Parties shall regain full liberty of 
 action to proceed as they think 
 best for their interest in the mat- 
 ter under investigation. 
 
 Articulo VII 
 El presente Tratado sera rati- 
 ficado y las ratificaciones canjea- 
 das en Rio de Janeiro tan pronto 
 como sea posible. Estara en vigor 
 hasta un ano despues de haber 
 
 Article 7 
 The present treaty shall be rati- 
 fied and the ratifications ex- 
 changed in Rio de Janeiro as soon 
 as possible. It shall remain in 
 force until one year after it has 
 
152 
 
 APPENDIX 
 
 sido denunciada por cualquiera de been denounced by any one of the 
 las Altas Partes Contratantes. High Contracting Parties. 
 
 En fe de lo cual, los Plenipo- 
 tenciarios arriba nombrados, fir- 
 mamos el presente instrumento en 
 tres ejemplares, cada uno en las 
 lenguas castdlana y portuguesa, 
 sellandolos con nuestros sellos. 
 
 Hecho en la ciudad de Buenos 
 Aires a los veinticinco dias del 
 mes de mayo del ano mil novecien- 
 tos quince. 
 
 Alejandro Lira. 
 
 (Hay un sello) 
 Jose Luis Murature. 
 
 (Hay tm sello) 
 Lauro Muller. 
 
 (Hay un sello) 
 
 In testimony whereof, we, the 
 above-named plenipotentiaries, 
 sign the present document in 
 triplicate, each one in the Spanish 
 and Portuguese languages, stamp- 
 ing them with our seals, in the city 
 of Buenos Aires on this twenty- 
 fifth day of the month of May in 
 the year nineteen hundred and 
 fifteen. 
 
 Alejandro Lira. [Seal] 
 
 Jose Luis Murature. [Seal] 
 Lauro Muller. [Seal]